wfU'r^' .^m Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2007 with funding from IVIicrosoft Corporation http://www.archive.org/details/elementsofhebrewOOharprich Elements OF Hebrew BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph. D. ■! PuorBSSOB OF Semitic Languages IN YAiiE Univeusity; PaiNCiPAii of thh Schools of the American Institute of Hebrew TWELFTH EDITION, WITH INDEX. NEW YORK : CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS. 1890. Copyright 1886 by American Publication Society of Hebrew Chicago. m MEMORIAM TO THOSE WHO HAVE STUDIED OR WHO SHALL STUDY IN THE SCHOOLS OF THE INSTITUTE OF HEBREW THIS VOLUME IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED 926529' PREFACE TO THE SIXTH EDITION. The first edition of the Elements was issued in July, 1881 ; the second, in October, 1882 ; the third, in February, 1883 ; the fourth, in November, 1883 ; the fifth, in November, 1884. All these editions, the first except- ed, were printed from one set of plates, with only such changes and additions, from time to time, as the use of the same plates would permit. The peculiar circumstances of publication explained, although they could not excuse, the incomplete, and often imperfect, treatment accorded in these editions to very many of the subjects. While the present edition lays no claim to completeness, or to freedom from error, it will certainly be found more nearly complete and perfect than preceding editions. The author can only regret that regular and special duties of a most exacting nature, have not permitted him to give that amount of time, or that attention to the preparation of the book, which justice to the sub- ject, to those who may use the book, and to himself, demanded. The present edition, which contains nearly one hundred additional pages, and is entirely re-written, differs considerably from the former editions, and radically from other grammars now in common use. Some of the distinguishing features of the ^ammar deserve, perhaps, special mention : 1) For the purpose, not of aiding the beginner to pronounce, but of teaching the exact force and value of the several consonant- and vowel- sounds, a minute system of transliteration has been employed, by which the attention of the student is directed from the very beginning to the details of the vowel-system. Too little, by far, is made in Hebrew study, of the vowel-system, without a correct knowledge of which all effort is merely groping in darkness. 2) A tolerably exhaustive treatment, more complete perhaps than any that has yet appeared in English, is given of the various vowel-sounds. Each sound is treated separately, the laws which regulate its occurrence and the grammatical forms in which it appears being carefully noted. 3) Certain important distinctions, not heretofore generally recognized by American teachers, are indicated throughout the grammar ; e. g., (a) 4 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW. the tone-long 6 (-), heightened from ^, which is seen in Segholates, in n"^ Imperfects and Participles, and elsewhere ; (&) the naturally long e (^..) contracted from ay, which occurs in plural nouns before the pro- nominal suffixes T|,n,and in certain Imperfects before H^; (c) the 6 obscured from a, as d'istinguished from the o=aw. 4) Instead of adopting a new Paradigm-word for each class of weak verbs, the verb ^m is retained, with such variation as the particular weak verb under consideration demanded; e. g., ^^2]^, for the '£] gut- tural verb. tDDp, for the ;;";; verb, '^Ip for the y'V ^erb. There can be no objection to this method. Many grammarians have adopted it in the treatment of noun-formation. Experience has shown that, in this way, men learn the verb more rapidly and more thoroughly. 5) In the treatment of the strong verb, the student is referred, in every case, to the primary form or ground-form from which the form in use has arisen in accordance with the phonetic laws of the language. That treatment which starts with stems having the form which occurs in the Perf. 3 m. sg., or Impf. 3 m. sg., is, at the same time, unscientific and unsatisfactory. The bugbear of Hebrew grammar is the weak verb. Nor will it be otherwise so long as the effort is made to explain the forms of weak verbs from those of the strong verb. How absurd, for example, to derive Qp^ from a form like 7Dp* ; but how simple to derive it from a form like ^\ffQ\ the ground-form of ^Dp*- Together with the form in use, the student should learn also the primary form from which the usual form is derived. This method will furnish a knowledge of the language, which will be not only more scientific, but also more lasting. 6) Particular attention is given to the subject of noun-formation, and on this is based the treatment of noun-inflection. The same method which would teach the primary forms of verbal stems, will also teach the primary forms of noun-stems. 7) That fiction of Hebrew grammarians, the connecting- vowel, has been practically discarded. The Hebrew has no connecting- vowels. The vowels incorrectly called connecting-vowels are the relics of old case- or stem-endings. These case- or stem-endings, summarily disposed of in current grammars under the head of " paragogic " vowels, are restored to the position which their existence and occurrence demand. But it is asked, What has a beginner to do with all this ? Why should a grammar which proposes only to consider the " elements" of the lan- guage, take up these subjects? While this may do for specialists, of what service is it to him who studies Hebrew only for exegetical pur- poses ? Our reply is this :— PREFACE. 5 1) The experiment of teaching men something about Hebrew gram- mar, of giving them only a superficial knowledge, has been tried for half a century ; and it has failed. Men instructed in this manner take no interest in the study, learn little or nothing of the language, and forget, almost before it is learned, the little that they may have acquired. If for no other reason, the adoption of a new system is justified by the lamentable failure of the old to furnish any practical results. 2) Those who take up the study of Hebrew are men, not children. Why should they not learn, as they proceed, the explanation of this or that fact? Why should the student be told that the Infinitive Construct (*7CDp) is formed from the Absolute fy'i^^Ty) by rejecting the pretonic qarne? ? Is it not better that he should learn at once that the o of the Construct is from ii, while the 6 of the Absolute is from a, and thus be enabled to grasp all the more firmly those two great phonetic laws of the language, heightening and obscuration? 3) The best way, always, to learn a thing is the right way, even if, at first, it is more difficult. If there is a difference between the o of the Imperfect, Imperative and Infinitive Construct on the one hand, and the 6 of the Infinitive Absolute and Participles on the other, what is gained by passing over it in silence ? 4) In order to learn any subject, the student must be interested in that subject. Is he not more likely to be interested in an accurate, scientific treatment, than in an arbitrary, superficial treatment ? The treatment adopted in the Elements is an inductive one, so far as it was possible to make it such. In the discussion of each subject there are first given sufficient data, either in the way of words taken from the text, or of Paradigms, to form a basis for the work. The words cited are from the early chapters of Genesis, with which the student is sup- posed to be familiarizing himself, as the subjects are being taken up. Where these chapters furnished no suitable example, a word is taken from some other book, the chapter and verse being cited in each case. It is intended that the student shall feel in all his work that he is deal- ing with the actual facts of the language, and not with hypothetical forms. After the presentation of the "facts," the principles taught by these facts are stated as concisely as possible. While the book is an elementary treatise, and for this reason, does not aim to take up the exceptions and anomalies of the language, it will be found to contain a treatment of all that is essential, and to include everything of import- ance which can be classified. In the treatment of the strong and weak verbs, a list is given under each class of the more important verbs be- PREFACE. longing to this class. This list may be used as an exercise, or merely for handy reference. The author lays no claim to originality so far as concerns the material employed ; there is indeed little room for originality in this line. In the matter, however, of arrangement, and of statement, he confidently be- lieves that a kind of help is here afforded the student which can not be found elsewhere. In the work of preparation, the best and latest authorities have been freely used. Special acknowledgement is due the grammars of Bickell, Gesenius (Kautzsch) and Davidson ; but valuable aid has been received from those of Green, Nordheimer, Kalisch, Land, Ewald, Olshausen, Konig, Stade, and Bottcher. For his assistance in the preparation of the manuscript for the printer, and for many valuable suggestions, the author is indebted to Mr. Fred- eric J. Gumey, of Morgan Park. He desires also to express his thanks to Mr. C. E. Crandall, of Milton, Wis., for aid rendered by him in the veri- fication of references and in the revision of the proof-sheets, and to Rev. John W. Payne, of Morgan Park, 111., for the skill and care exhibited in the typographical finish and accuracy of the book. He is under obliga- tions, still further, to Professors C. R. Brown, of Newton Centre, S. Burnham, of Hamilton, E. L. Cartis, of Chicago, and F. B. Denio, of Bangor, for useful suggestions and corrections. It is generally conceded that in America we are on the eve of a great revival in the department of Semitic study. It is the author's hope that this volume may contribute something toward this greatly needed awak- ening. Trusting that the new edition may be received with the same favor as those which have preceded it, and that its shortcomings will be as far as possible overlooked, he places the book, although with many misgivings, in the hands of those who favor the Inductive Method. Morgan Park, III., Sept. 1, 1885. W. R. H. NOTE TO THE EIGHTH EDITION. This edition differs from the sixth and seventh chiefly in having an index, for the preparation of which the author is indebted to Mr. Benson Sewall, Bangor, Me. A few typographical errors have been corrected. For the kind reception which the book has received at the hands of all who have used it, the author is deeply grateful. New Haven, Conn., July 1st, 1887. W. r, h. TABLE OF CONTENTS, PAET FIRST— ORTHOGRAPHY. Sec. I. THE LETTERS. Page 1. Alphabet 13 2. Remarks on the Pronunciation of Letters 14 3. Remarks on the Forms of Letters 14, 15 4. The Classification of Letters 15 IL VOWELS. 5. The Vowel-Sig-ns 16 6. The Vowel-Letters 17 7. The Classification of the Vowel-Sounds 18 8. The Names of the Vowels 19 9. Simple and Compound S«wa 19 10. Initial and Medial S«wa 19,20 n. The Syllable-Divider 20 nL OTHER POINTS. 12. Daghea-Lene 21 13. Daghes-Forte 21 , 23 14. Omission of Daghes-Forte 22 15. Kinds of Daghes-Forte 22,23 16. Mappiq and Raphe 23 17. Maqqeph 23 18. Methegh 24 19. Qm and Kethibh 24,25 IV. THE ACCENTS. 20. The Place of the Accent 25 21. Shifting of the Tone 26 22. The Table of Accents 26, 27 23. Remarks on the Table of Accents 27 24. The Consecution of the more common Accents 28, 29 25. A Table showing the Consecution of the Accents 29,30 V. SYLLABLES. 26. Kinds of Syllables 81 27. Syllabication 31 28. Quantity of the Vowel in Syllables 31,32 VI. EUPHONY OF VOWELS. 29. Short Vowels 32,33 30. Naturally Long Vowels 33-36 31. Tone-Long Vowels 37-o9 32. Tone-Short Vowels 39-41 33. The A-Class Vowels 41 34. The I-Class Vowels «. ^ tj CONTENTS. Pa ere Bee. 42 35. The U-Class Vowels "'* ^2-45 3«. Changes of Vowels ^ .....45, 46 365. Tables of Vowel-Changes [.M.il Tt. New Vowels 47 38. Pause Vn. EUPHONY OP CONSONANTS. 48 39. Assimilation 48,49 40. Rejection \q 41. Addition, Transposition, Commutation ^^^^ 43. The Peculiarities of Gutturals ^^ ^ 43. The Weakness of t< and H 52-5i 44. The Weakness of 1 and ' PART SECOND— ETYMOLOGY. VIII. INSEPARABLE PARTICLES. 45. The Article ?^ 46. He Interrogative ^ 47. The Inseparable Prepositions ^^ 48. The Preposition jD ^ 49. Waw Conjunctive*. ^^ IX. PRONOUNS. 60. The Personal Pronoun ^' ^1 51. Pronominal Suffixes 61,62 52. The Demonstrative Pronoun 62,63 63. The Relative Pronoun 63 64. The Interrogative Pronoun 63, 64 X. THE STRONG VERB. 55. Roots 65 56. Classes of Verbs 65,66 57. Inflection 66,67 58. The Simple Verb-Stem (Qal) 67 59. Intensive Verb-Stems 68,69 60. Causative Verb-Stems 69. 70 61. The Ordinary Passive-Stem 70 62. General View of the Verb-Stems 71 6:3. The Qal Perfect (Active) 72,73 64. The Qal Perfect (Stative) 73 65. The Remaining Perfects 74 66. The Qal Imperfect (Active) 75,76 67. The Qal Imperfect (Stative) •. 76 68. The Remaining Imperfects 77, 78 69. The Imperatives 79 70. The Infinitives 80, 81 71. The Participles 81,82 72. Special Forms of the Imperfect and Imperative 82, 83 73. The Perfect and Imperfect with Waw Consecutive 83-85 74. The Verb with Suffixes 85-89 75. General View of the Strong Verb 89 76. The Most Common Strong Verbs 90 XI. THE WEAK VERB. 77. Weak Verbs 91 78. Verbs 'JD Guttural 92,93 79. The Most Common 'Q Guttural Verbs 93,94 80. Verbs';? Guttural !..94[95 8L The Most Common ';? Guttural Verbs 95] 96 82. Verbs 6 Guttural ...."...".Oe^OT CONTENTS. 9 Sec. Page 83. The Most Common n Guttural Verbs 98 83ft. Verbs Containing- Two Gutturals 98 84. Verbs Pe Nun (| "3) 98, 99 85. The Most Common pi) Verbs 100 88. Verbs < Ayin Doubled {"J'y) .100-103 87. The Most Common }J "^ Verbs 103 88. Verbs Pe'Aleph(N«£)) 104 89. The X "3 Verbs 104 90. Verbs Pe Waw (V'3) 104-108 91. The Most Common 1 "3 Verbs 106, 107 92. Verbs Pe Yodh (" «3) 107, 108 93. The Pe Yodh ('"3 j Verbs 108 94. Verbs 'Ayin Waw (V'J?) 108-112 95. The Most Common Verbs 'Ayln Waw 0";?) 112 96. Verbs 'Ayin Yodh r";?) 113 97. The'Ayin YodhC";?) Verbs 113 98. Verbs Lamedh 'Aleph ({<"S) 114,115 99. The Most Common Verbs Lamedh "Aleph (K"S) 115 100. Verbs V'S or ^"^, called r\"h 116-118 lOla.TheMostCommon Verbs Lamedh He (n"S)... 118,119 1015. Verbs Lamedh He (n"S) and, at the same time, '3 or 'j; Guttural 119 103. Verbs Doubly Weak 119-121 103. Defective and Kindred Verbs 131,123 104. A Comparative View of the Strongr and Weak Verbs. 122-124 Xn. NOUNS. 105. The Inflection of Nouns 135 106. Nouns with One, Originally Short, Formative Vowel 135-127 107. Nouns with Two, Originally Short, Formative Vowels 137, 138 108. Nouns with one Short and one Long Formative Vowel 128, 129 109. Nouns with one Long and one Shoi-t Formative Vowel 129 110. Nouns with the Second Radical Reduplicated ..129,130 111. Nouns with the Third Radical Reduplicated 131 112. Nouns with J<, n and "• Prefixed 131 113. Nouns with D Prefixed 132,183 114. The Signification of Nouns with D Prefixed 133 115. Nouns Formed by Prefixing n 133, 134 116. Nouns formed by means of Affixes 134 117. Nouns Having Four or Five Radicals 134, 135 118. Compound Nouns 135 119. Nouns Formed from Other Nouns 135 120. The Formation of Noun-Stems 136 121. The Formation of Cases 136-138 123. Affixes for Gender and Number 138-140 123. The Absolute and Construct States 140-142 124. The Pronominal Suffixes 142-144 125. Stem-Changes in the Inflection of Nouns 144-147 126. Classification of Noun-Stems 147,148 127. Nouns of the First Class 148-150 128. Nouns of the Second Class 151, 152 129. Nouns of the Third Class 152,153 130. Nouns of the Fourth and Fifth Classes 153,154 13L Feminine Nouns 154-158 132. Irregular Nouns 1^. 157 133. Numerals 158,159 Xin. SEPARATE PARTICLES. 184. Adverbs 160 135. Prepositions 161 136. Conjunctions.... I 161,162 137. Interjections 1® CONTENTS. PAEADIGMS. Tage Paradiffm A.— The Personal Pronoun and Pronominal Suffixes 164, 165 Paradigm B.— The Strong Verb 166,167 Paradigm C— Strong Verb with Suffixes 168. 163 Paradigm D.— Verb Pe ('£3) Guttural 170 Paradigm E.— Verb 'Ayin Guttural 171 Paradigm F.— Verb Lamedh cb) Guttural 173 Paradigm G— Verb Pe Nun(|'iD) 173 Paradigm H.— Verb 'Ayin Doubled (_;;"_jr) 174.175 Paradigm J.— Verb Pe 'Aleph (H"i)) 176 Paradigm I.— Verbs Pe Yodh (^"£3) and Pe Waw (V '3) 176, 177 Paradigm K.— Verb 'Ayin Waw (Vy) and 'Ayin Yodh ("•";;) . .178, 179 Paradigm L.— Verb Lamedh He (n"S) 180, 181 Paradigm M.— Verb Lamedh 'Aleph (K"b) l&j mDEX. Of Subjects 183-192 Of Hebrew Words I9;J-200 PART FIRST-ORTHOGRAPHY. !• Tlie I^ettex-s. 7. Alphabet. o;„„ Equiv- xTo»».« Num Sign. y^„. Name. vni.,f alent. Value. Sign. Equiv- »T„_p Num. alent. ^>a^.e. value. 1 N « 'A-leph 1 12 ^ 1 La-mgdh 30 oy CiV' ^ OdLcL 2 a bh,b Beth 2 13 DD m Mem 40 3 :i gh, g Gl-mgl 3 14 r^ n Mn 50 Cak^e J?ish 4 1 dh,d Da-lgth 4 15 D ? Sa-mSkh 60 5 n h He . window 5 16 y ( 'A-yfo 70 6 1 w Waw 6 17 n^ pt,p Pe 80 hoo Ic rnyxi^i 7 r z ZS-yYn 7 18 r^ § Ca-dhe 90 we<3^|3oW5 8 n h Heth ■-'ev\ct. 8 19 p q Q6pli 100 1 K/iot 9 D t Teth 9 20 n r he*.**- 200 10 t y Y6dli 10 21 tr tr §,s &n, Sin 300 11 12 kii,k KSph , , 20. 22 n th, t Taw , 400 balivil^U*-*) Vr^w\<- 1. The Hebrew language has twenty-two letters ; these are consonants and are written from right to left. 2. The vowels in the "names" of the letters, given above, are sounded according to the English equivalents given in I 5. 3. The equivalent of each sign is the initial letter of its name. 14 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [U 2, 3. 2. Remarks on the Pronunciation of Letters. 1. riK = 'eth (l:l);i pNH = lia-'a-re9 (1:1); D^r1^{< = '^lo-lnm (1:1); &nT} = tli'hom (1:5). 2/'?i^;> 'alV-i)V'-i^^ = 'e-rebh (1:5); ^''p'l = ra-qi(a)' (1:6). a 9injjt.=^''^^-jiiaah;(i;^^^^^ rpn = ho-sekh (1:2); n^H*)? = '' '•' m'riie'-pheth'(l:2). 4. N-Jp = qa-ra' (1:5); ^5 = ki (1:4); Ip? = bo-qer (1:5). 5. DlD=t6bh (1:4); nnr)P=niit-ta-hath (1:7); fbj^n=haq-qa-ton (1:16). 6. nWI? = b're'-sith (1:1); t^}^^_ = way-ya-'as (1:7);. r)t?^"n = ho-sekh (1:2). 7. I^j;; = 'e9 (1:11); NVl^ = *^-5«' (l^^^); ijjp^ = yis-gor (2:21). 8. nJ<1=w'eth (1:1); ^HlDJ = wa-bho-hti (1:2); rrni=w'ru(a)h (1:2). 1. {< (') is a "soft breathing," like h in hour; H (b) is a "rough breathing," like h in /toi«. 2. V (') is a sound peculiar to the Semitic, and is so difficult of utterance that no attempt is made to reproduce it.^ 3. n (b) is a deep guttural, pronounced like ch in the German Buck. 4. p (q) is a Z:-sound (not like our qu), but pronounced lower down in the throat than 3 (k). 5. £0 (t) is pronounced with the tip of the tongue touching the palate, while, in the pronunciation of ^ (t), the tip of the tongue touches the teeth.3 6. t^ (s) is pronounced like the English sh; \^ (s) is an ordinary s-sound. 7. y (9) is a sharp s-sound, but the traditional , p is used at the end of words. 3. Certain letters, very similar in form, are to be carefully distinguished : D, D; :i, :i; n, n, y, n, n, ri; r ♦; r, p d, d; d, d; ;;^ V; b^, tr. 4. /■//£ Classification of Letters. Labials 3, *), 0, £] Dentals ) or [ r, D, V, C^ Sibilants ) Linguals...."!, D,*?, J^ri Palatals ;i, ^ D, p Gutturals... J<, H, H, J/ (1 is treated as a guttural.) 2. Medium);?, a ^J.^;). Stro ng..] X a < n, n D 3. Serviles {i$ n, rr, 1, ^ D Radicals j| n, r, n, d, d y, £3, V, p, n The letters may be classified according to (1) their organic formation, (2) their strength, (3) their function : 1. According to their organic formation : — (1) Labials, (2) Dentals, or Sibilants, (3) Linguals, (4) Palatals, (5) Gutturals. 2. According to their strength :—[l) The weak letters suffer or occasion many changes in the formation or inflection of words ; (2) the medium suffer or occasion a few changes ; (3) the strong suffer or occasion no changes. Note. — In ordinary usage, the medium are classified with the strong; 1, however, is more frequently classified with the weah. 3. According to their function .—(1) The Serviles are used as prefixes and suffixes in the formation and inflection of words ; (2) the Eadicah »re found only in roots. IQ ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [? ^» II. "Vo^^-els. 5. The Vowel-Signs.^ 1.5, Nn, ^\ n, K, nn, 1; trn, d, ^j^, ot, nn, np 2. n'?^•/D^n, ^'^. ^k *7n, ^;i; d:, p^ ra, pp, d*?, tr> 3. n, 0, ^1, r5' p, tf^'; n W' ^^' ^*^- ^i^' ^^ 4. ?in, n ^r V, IV, o, n; ^7?, pi^ o^^ p:, ^.^ 5. Din, D1^ niN, ■"^, ""n, '^tr-, -"i^^ d^> 3t?' ^J^ 6.3, \ |, 5, ri, P; N|, i?^; I?. D; p. T}, 1. — (a sign resembling t) is pronounced as a m father ; — (a horizontal stroke), like a in hat? 2. *_ (a point below the line, followed by *>) is pronounced as i in machine; -^ (i. e., without a following ^), as i in pin.^ 3. ♦__ or (two points below, with or without ^) is pronounced as ey in they; — (three points in a cluster), as e in met. 4. ) {) with a point in its bosom) is pronounced as oo in tool; — (three points arranged in an oblique line), as u in put.^ 5. 1 or — (a point with 1, or above a letter) is pronounced as o in note; — (that is, short o), as o in not.^ 6. a. — (two points placed vertically) is a very quickly uttered e-sound, as in helow, when the word is pronounced rapidly, so as to slur over the e and run the h and I almost (but not quite) together ; thus— h'low, not he- low, nor blow. h. -=r (a combination of -=- and t") is pronounced as a in hat, but much more hurriedly. c. — (a combination of — and -r) is pronounced as e in met^ but much more hurriedly. d. TT (a combination of ~ (8) and t) is pronounced as o in not, but much more hurriedly. 1 All letters In Hebrew are consonants; the alphabet contains no vowels. To supply the lack of vowels the above system of vowel-signs was introduced. a Properly the sound of -^ is precisely the same as that of "v, except that it is shorter. The difference between their sounds is one of quantity, not of quality. In practice, however, it is well even to exaggerate the difference, in order that they may clearly be distinguished. » Sometimes __ is written where ^__ was intended, and __, where ^ was intendbd; in such cases __ is pronounced as "•__ (i in machine), and __ as Uoo in fool). 4 It is certainly strange that the same sign was used to represent long a and short 0. They can easily be distinguished, however, by the application of the laws of the syllable (S 28.). § 6.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 17 6. The Vowel-Letters. Before the introduction^ of vowel-signs [1 5.), certain feeble consonants, N, n? V ^, were sometimes used to indicate the vowel-sounds, and hence were called vowel-letters : — 1. DKp2 = qam; nn^n = ha-ytha (1:2); n^H = hay-ya (1:20). 2. ^nn = tho-hu (1:2) ; rVD = ru(a)h (1:2) ; VH = ha-yil (1:15) ; nij< = 'or (1:3) ; ^ICO = t6bh (1:4) ; DV = y6m (1:5). 3. U'^rh^ = '*16-him (1:1); n^CTNn = re'-sith (1:1); ^^'>^\^ = I'W-ll (1:13) ; ^J£3 = p'ne (1:2) ; UtT = §'ne (1:16) ; p^ = ben (1:4). 4. n\T = yfli-ye(l:29); mpD = miq-w^ (1:10) ; H^HN = '5-h°16 (12:8). 1. The guttural, or a-sound, was indicated, when medial, by the guttural J"{ ; when final, by the guttural H. Note 1. — Medial a (a or a) was indicated rarely ; final a was generally, though not uniformly, indicated.^ Note 2. — The letter J^, when the final letter of a root, does not belong here ; since, in this case, it is not a vowel-letter, but has merely lost its consonantal character. 2. The labial sounds, u and 6, were indicated by the labial \ Note. — Medial A and 6 were generally indicated ; final u and 6 were always indicated. 3. The palatal sounds, i and e, were indicated by the palatal *. Note. — Medial i and e were generally indicated ; final i and e were always indicated. 4. The sounds e (2 81. 2), e and 6, when final, were frequently indicated by the breathing H- Note 1.— Only long vowels were thus indicated, and, with but few exceptions, besides a, only the naturally long [l 30. 1-6) vowels. Note 2. — Vowels indicated thus are said to be written fully ; when not thus indicated, they are said to be written defectively. Note 3. — Briefly stated, the use of the vowel-letters may thus be put : The vowels i and e, medial and final, are represented by V The vowels u and 6, medial and final, are represented by \ Final vowels, except i and u, are represented by ?!• Note 4. — In the later books of the Old Testament the full writing is more common than in the earlier books, the tone-long vowels {I 31.) being often thus represented. 1 These signs were introduced between the sixth and eighth centuries A. D. s Hos. 10 : U. 3 Cf . ^S p (3 : 10) ; n^DK r3 : U). 18 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW 7. The Classification of the Vowel-Sounds. in. Class. Short. Naturally Long. Tone-Long. Tone-Short Pure. Deflected Pure. Diphthong-al a —6 — A-Class. ^-- a- ' T" or *^T I-Class. i -r- e — i V e ^^ e -^ ' — or •— U-Class. ii — -r u ) 61 ~ ' — or "^ The vowel-sounds may be classified according to (1) their organic formation, (2) their quantity, (3) their nature, (4) their value : — 1. Classified according to their organic formation, they are ; a. Gutturals, or A-class, including the a-vowels and those derived from them. h. Palatals, or I-class, including the i- vowels and those derived from them. c. Labials, or U-class, including the i^-vowels and those derived from them. w-class. - -(6) 1 1 or *^ 2. Classified according to their quantity, they are ; a-class. i-class. a. Short, -=- ~^ ~ h. Long, _ ( Je]) *^, t_^ or ^ c. Half, T — T ~ -T -^ Note.— The vowels — and — are sometimes called doubtful; because, not infrequently, they are a defective writing of a long vowel. 3. Classified according to their origin or nature, they are ; a. Pure S; i; ^. h. Deflected g from t; o from ii. c. Attenuated i from a ; d. Tone- Long (heightened) r ■ U f r from S; _ om a- ^ ^^^^ ^5 ^ from u. c. iV^aW^i/ZongrK, , . {{=i+i or y); ■M=u-hu or w). (contracted) P^ «-t-«^' e {= a+i or y) ; 6 {=a-\-u or w). f. Tone- Short ) . j a . j . (volatilized) f and ^ • and •; • and \ 4. Classified according to their value in inflection, they are : a. Changeable— Yiz., (1) all short vowels not followed by a consonant in the same syllable ; (2) tone-long ; (3) tone-short. b. Unchangeable— Yiz., (1) short vowels followed by a consonant in the same syllable ; (2) naturally long. 8.— 10.1 BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 8. The Names of the Vowels. 19 The following table presents the arrangement of the vowel-sounds ac- cording to their quantity (§ 7. 2.), and at the same time gives the technical name of each sound. Class. Long. Short. Half. A-Class. a, a QamS9 S'gh61 — a Pathah — Simple S'wa Hateph-Pathah I-Class. — i e,e Hireq Cer^ — i e Hireq S'gh61 — Simple S'wa Hateph-S'ghol U-Class. ^ 6,0 Siireq Holem ~T^ ii 6 Qlrt)bil5 Qameg-Hatuph t: Simple S'wa Hateph-Qame§ 9. Simple and Compound S^wa. 1. 1 originally 1 ; ^ originally 5; J/^^ (1:15), but j;^^ (1:6). 2. T^'J< (1:7); -ari?;. (2:24); DNi*?^ (1:1); Dnj;^!^ (1:14); nHp^^ (2:23). 1. Simple S'wa (— ) represents the so-called "tone-short" or "half- vowel," which in every case may be traced back to an earlier /wZ? vowel. (For transliteration and pronunciation see I 6. 6. a.) 2. Compound S'wa (^, — , it) is a more audible sound than simple S'wa (? 5. 6. h. c. d.), and is found, instead of simple S'wa, chiefly under gut- turals. 70. Initial and Medial hwA. 1. nT'J^13 (1-1) ; D'nii (i:2) ; nn^-n (i:2) ; '^ts-^'. (1:20). 2. ^^-^-| = wa-rhi (1:3) ; ;;^p-n-5= W-r'qi(a)' (1:15) ; ^iN-'p-p = mi-l-'u (1:28); il^-l-^ = bi-dh'gh^th (1:28); ':j5-^-5 = wa-y'khal (2:2); Tn-'^r]} = '8-bh'dhah (2:15). T ^T 3. -ar-i^-l=ya-"'z5bh(2:24); nf7-p-^=lu-q''ta (2:23); n^'I?"! = ya-'^le (2:6). 2Q ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [5 H* 1. The simple S'wa, standing under a letter which belongs exclusively to the following syllable, is called initial. 2. The simple S'wa, standing under a letter which wavers between the preceding and following syllables, appearing to close the former, yet opening the latter, is called medial. 3. The compound S'wa when preceded by a short vowel is also to be treated as a medial S'wa. Remark.— The medial §'wa will be found always to follow a short vowel (cf. I 26. 4.). 7 7. The Syllable-Divider. 1. J £)» H, tave two sounds. Their original hard or unaspirated sound (6, g^ d, k, jp, t) is indicated by a point called Daghes-lene, which they receive whenever they do not immediately fol- low a vowel-sound. Note. — When aspirated they are pronounced: ^ = bh, asi;;n = dh, as th in this; £) = ph, as / in fat; H = ^^} as th in dl (1:24); T\'^:l:fl (2:15); TTSt^^'l (2:15); HST^N'? (3:6); T": t:^: t:t: t*: nDj;(3:6); H^t (3:15). .2.0^^'? (1:6); r\T}^ (1:26); r^r\p^ (2:23); JD^'prTDI (4:4); 1. Mappiq (p^£)D extender) is a point placed in final (*7, when this letter is used as a consonant, and not as a vowel-letter. Note.— Mappiq is written in MSS. also in ^^^ 1 and *>. 2. Raphe (nfi") ^^^0 is a horizontal stroke placed over a letter, to call ■.• T particular attention to the ahsence of Daghes or Mappiq. 17. Maqqeph. i.'i^-b:^ (1-2); n1^5-^T (1-3); ^*^J;-^T,?_(^•^^' 'n-ir]t d^n)- 2. niNn-n5^(l:4); C^$:-^3(l:21); T]5-'?^pM3:16) ; nn|D-Djr"l (2:13). 1. Maqqeph (flpD hinder) is a horizontal stroke placed between two words, to indicate that they are to be pronounced together and accented as if they formed but a single word. 2. If the former of two words, joined by Maqqeph,should contain a long vowel in a closed syllable (§ 26. 2), such a vowel must be shortened, or receive Methegh [I 18. 4). 1 A Mappiq in K is found in printed texts in Gen. 43: 36; Lev. 23: 17. 24 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 18, 19. 18. Methegh. 1. •^iK-^nn (1:3); irp-^n (1:7); n^^np (1:9); DODl^n (1:16); D^J/^ni^rr (18:29). 2. ^n^na:2)'; ))n^{i:2i); nn'?in(2:4); DNi;3n:3(2:4); ?i'75Kn T : |T : |T : I t . |t . . i (3:1). 3. HDnKH (1:25) ; n'^.}- (1-26) i nltTIT';? (2:3); nnp'^ (2 :23) ; ^t^^]^^ (3:7). 4. nn|n-D^'^ (2:13) ; l^n-f J;^. (3:2) ; lIH-^lp? (3:3) ; HTO-np (4:12). 5. n'ni (1: 29) ; VH; (2 : 25) ; Dn1^7^ (4 : 8) ; HW (17:18) ; n^m (20 : 7). 6. NV-'I (4:16) ; l'? i;:}^'^) (24:9); 0^5^ HnQ (28:2). |-V"- ^ |- JT ■ - T -: |T-IV - Methegh (JIHO hridU) is a perpendicular line placed on the left side of '.■ -I'." a vowel-point, to indicate that the syllable to which it belongs has a secondary accent.^ The following are its chief uses: 1. On the second syllable before the tone, but generally on the third, if the second is closed (§ 26. 2.). 2. With a long vowel followed by a vocal S'wa pretonic. 3. With all vowels before compound S'wa. 4. With a long vowel in a closed syllable, before Maqqeph. 5. With the first syllable of all forms of ^^*^ ^nd TVT^ in which the H V T T T T and n have Simple (i. e., silent) S'wa. 6. With an unaccented ^^ in a final syllable ; and to insure the distinct enunciation of a vowel which otherwise might be neglected. 19, QeRl AND KeTHIBH, 1. '?N^^nD(4:18); ^^^(8:17); 01^^^(24:33); nTV(27:3); 1:11(30:11). 2- '^iV^^TO NVM nm'^ ■ T^ n:i iS3 T*: ••:- -- -T TT 3. "^N^^no NVin D^^:i rr-j^v n^? 4. N\'l for Kin ; '>p^_ for r]p\ \ ^7^% for nln:! 1. K'thibh d^riD written) is a term applied to a word as it is written in the text, as contrasted with the marginal reading suggested by the Massorites. 2. Q'ri (np read) is a term applied to the marginal reading substituted by the Massorites for the textual reading (K'thibh). 1 Munah (j) is sometimes substituted for Methegh. 2 20.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 25 3. In such cases the vowel-points given with the K'thibh (the reading in the text) are intended to be pronounced with the consonants given in the Q'ri (the marginal reading) ; and if the K'thibh is pronounced, other vowels, as determined by the nature of the grammatical form, must be used. 4. Some words are always read otherwise than as they are written ; these receive the pointing of the Q'ri, while the marginal reading is omitted. IV. Tlie Accents. 20. The Place of the Accent.^ 1. n^^^'N") (1:1); Nn;i (1:1); U'm (1:1); pNH (1:1); TjC^'n (1:2). 2. r\'m^ (1:1); DipD (1:9); U'W (1:1); D^D (1:6); rWlTS (1:9). 3. n^tr"Nn (1:1) ; N^D (1:1) ; '7^^^ (1:6) ; N^ (2:23) ; Tl'^nnD (3:8). J^^pn (1:6) ; -inj< (1:5) ; N^jp^ (1:5) ; ^5?

G'rasaylm '^ 15. I np^-j'? L'gharmehi \)^ 1 Made up of Munah and Pesiq (i). 16. nr|)Pazer }^ _ QP op 17. rrit) ^;)np Qame Phara K 18. Thr\) m/'hrs T-iisa Gh'dhola A 2 23.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 27 2. CONJUNCTIVES. Class v.— Servants. 19. NDnO^^r^a K 24. T]9n5 Mahp^kh J< 20. ^^^^•]i3^ KD^D Merka " k'phula ^^ 21. miDMiinah ^J 22. {^n T-iisa T - I : T • : q Q'tanna J^ 26. lDV-f5 m*. Y^rah ben yomo ^{ 27. J^'^-'^D M' Vrlai K T : - : ^ 28. Remarks on the Table of Accents. 1. The "Accents " were designed to have a threefold use : — a. To serve as musical notes in the cantillation of the Law and the Prophets in the synagogue ; 6. To indicate the tone-syllable (i. e., the syllable which is to be ac- cented) of every word ; c. To show the relation sustained by each word to the other words in a clause or sentence. 2. Every accent is used as a sign of interpunction (2 23. 1. c), to sepa- rate or join the several words of a sentence : a. Disjunctives (those numbered 1-18 in the Table) mark a separa- tion. h. Conjunctives (those numbered 19-27 in the Table) mark a con- nection. 3. The Disjunctives vary in strength or power, and are accordingly divided into four ranks : Emperors, Kings, Dukes, Counts. 4. Those accents numbered 9 and 18 are prc-positive, i. e., written only on the first letter of a word, wherever the tone-syllable of that word may be. 5. Those accents numbered 3, 8, 12, 25 are pos^positive, i. e., written only on the last letter of a word, wherever the tone-syllable of that word may be. 6. The post-positive accents are repeated whenever their word is ac- cented on the Penult, or has Pathal^-furtive (§ 42. 2. d) under the last letter. 7. SYlMq may be distinguished from M^thegh (§ 18.), Pasta from Qadh- ma, and Y'thibh from Mahpakh by their position. 1 Used for Methegh with words which have Sllluq or 'Athnah. a D'^rt- 28 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 24. 24. The Consecution of the more common Accents. Oen.l:!. Gen. 1:2. D^ri'^N Gen. 1:1. D^prr D'lnri Gen.l:2. P-- i^^lTl^ i^PV (^en.l:7. n^n-^;r rr^'5?'] b^ri'??? Gen.i:28. 1. Every verse (Pasuq) is separated from the verse following by the sign ♦, called Soph Pa§uq {end of the verse) ; while the last word of every verse has on its tone-syllable the accent —, called ^illuq, which, in form, islikeM^thegh(U8.). Note.— Since Silluq always stands on the last tone-syllable of a verse, while M^thegh never stands on a tone-syllable, they are easily distin- guished. 2. If the verse contain two primary sections, Silluq marks the end of the^rs^, while the end of the second is indicated by "a", 'Athnah. Note 1. — In the study of the accentuation of a verse one must begin with Silluq, i. e., at the end of the verse. Note 2. — These accents have only relative power. The pauses marked are logical pauses. 3. If the verse contain three primary sections, Silluq marks the end of the first ; 'Athnah, the end of the second ; while the end of the third is indicated by -^, called S'gholta. Note. — For an explanation of the repetition of -^, see § 23. 6. 4. tD^pr? n''ri'7i< omn ^rih'i Gen.i:2. • |T - • v: rt : T :D^p'? *7n!}D D^^rr D^H'7N Gen.i:6. • fr T • : - -rtT - • v: 5. a. rr^^^n ^n:iri7 own Gen. 114 h. nt:;yn •^h^^ D^ri^K nDN^'i Gen.i:9. (3:23); Djp^.(4:24); [nj^H]. 1. The pure short a, from which come all a-class vowels, is found a. In unaccented closed, or sharpened syllables ; but also h. In the accented closed syllable of nouns in the construct state, and a few monosyllabic nouns and particles. c. In the accented closed syllable of many verbal forms. d. In the accented open syllable (1) of guttural and ">")} Segholates (§ 106. 2. a., d) ; (2) before the sufl&x ♦^j and (3) sometimes before the accusative ending H • T e. In a half-open syllable with M^thegh (2 18. 3) before a compound S'wa. 2. The pure short X from which come all i-class vowels, is found a. In unaccented closed^, and especially sharpened, syllables ; but iThis treatment Is not intended to be exhaustive; It will be found practically complete, however, so far as general principles are concerned. 2 Short i stands also in an accented open syllable, in a few apocopated forms, e. g., yy (1:23), |2; (2:23). 2 30.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 83 h. That 1 (— ) which comes by attenuation or thinning (§ 36. 4) from an original ^ must be distinguished from an original i, although it is sub- ject to the same rules as the latter. 3. The pure short ii, from which come all ?*-class vowels, is found a. Almost exclusively in unaccented sharpened syllables. 4. a. -rS^ (1:4) ; r\^y^ urn ■ am (2:8) ; tr'njin 0:24) ; n'^ni (4:1). 6. r[^'n (1:2); Dtj^j; (1:11) ; ^^^{2:18); ::-)Ml:22) ; p;.l(2'':22). c. nDH^. (2:9) ; frDjr;.] ; ["^m^j; i-ort?^^'.^) ; [':''t?j;rT]. 5. a. -^3(1:21); ri'7?K'(l:29) ; 'hlinD (3:21); n5rn'(6:15); [^DpH]. 6. -'73(1:21); nn5J^(2:15); hVdC^' (2:15); '"^DN (3:11); -^1^ T T.T t;t t~: t^:|" (2:24). 4. The short c-sound — (S), deflected from and equally current with the pure i-sound, is found : a. In unaccented closed syllables, as a shortening of ^^ (e). b. In unaccented closed syllables, as a helping vowel in all forms of a Segholate character (§ 106,). c. In unaccented closed or half-open syllables, depressed from -^ (i) before gutturals. Note 1. — The e which comes by heightening from a, represented in transliteration by 6, is really a long vowel (§ 31,). Note 2.— The e of DillSt and fHK, DT) and ff^, and D5 and p is a blunting of an original «-sound (§ 60. 3./). Note 3. — There is also to be noticed the character of the — which appears in certain particles, e. g., T£), *)g^Nj etc., which perhaps belong under §31. 2. 5. The short o-sound — (o), deflected from and more common than — (ii) and sustaining to — and — (o) the same relation that is sustained by - (e) to -r- (i) and -^ (e), is found a. As a blunting of the original — (ii) in unaccented closed and half- open syllables. h. As a shortening of -^ (o) in unaccented closed syllables. 80. Naturally Long Vowels. 1. a. ;;3^=;r^ (4:14) = nr;n»;2^ = n^" (4:25) = sath; e';?],^ = '7j^ = qM]. h, Di^=gLnabh,i Jf)^ = mattan;2 ;^n5=k'thabh;3 3np = q'rabh.4 c. D^ri'^X (1:1) = '*lohim for '*lahim ; ^DN^ (1:3) = yo'mer/or ya'mer; ^']^ (l:16)=gadh61/or gadhal ; ^"2^ (2:16) = 'akh61/or 'akhal. T T iBx. 22:1, 6, 7. 2 Gen. 34:12; 2 K§rs. 11.18. s Esth. 4:8. * 2 Sam. 17:11. 34 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW L? 30. DIpD = D^pD = D*pD (9:9) ; D^^n = U^'m (6:16). t. p;^^ = yamin;i -|^C)n = liasidh ;2 (l^^O = niasi(a)h.3 It • t ■ t ^. n^trji; (3:13) for rs''^^ (n^^:;) ; wv (3:i7) /^^ ^n^iv (^P'5V)- e. TDpn (2:5); Dt:^"5^M3:21); T^H (3:11); i^^ti^H (3:13); ^H^H (1:18). 3. a. y\pr\=y\\i;T\=y\t^n (3:i9); D.ip!=Dip!=Dipv^ &. Dip=Dip;« inn=inri(i:2); in3=?iri5(i:2). c. -ip)n = ipin ;^ [D5pn = apim ; oiprr = Dpirr-^^ d. -)nK(3:14); 01^^(3:1); nni3n(4:23); an:D (3:24); {^131(12:5). T ^T T - : Naturally long vowels have arisen either (1) from contraction of two vowels, or a vowel and semivowel (i. e., y or w), or (2) as the characteris- tic of a nominal form, or (3) in compensation. The lengthening which took place as characteristic of a nominal form or in compensation belongs exclusively to the primitive Semitic ; i. e., such lengthenings, found in the Hebrew, were made before the Assyrian, Arabic, Hebrew and other Semitic languages became separate tongues. 1. Naturally long a(— , seldom J< ), comparatively rare, is found : — a. In V'P and ^"p forms in which, 1 or ^ having been dropped, two a-sounds have come together and have been contracted (? 94. 1. c). h. In certain nominal forms, in which it is characteristic (§§ 108, 109.). c. Naturally long a, in the great majority of instances, was obscured to 6 (§ 30. 6). 2. Naturally long i (^_, sometimes ), is found : — a. As the contraction of iy [1 90. 2. h) and sometimes of yi (§ 94, 1. &), h. In certain nominal forms in which it is characteristic [I 108.). c. In certain nominal forms in which it is compensative [1 109.). d. As a thinning of e, in H"'? forms, before consonant-additions (§ 100. 3. h). e. In Hiph'il forms, in which e would naturally have been expected ; this i is entirely anomalous (§ 60. 1. h. (1) ). 3. Naturally long u (?), sometimes ~) is found :— 1 Gen. 13:9. 2Ps.30:5. 51 Sam. 2:10. ■» Gen. 19:28. 6 Hos. 9:6, C5f. Isa. 34:13. • Josh. 13:3; Isa. 23:3; Jer. 2:18. : Ex. 21:19. a Qen. 13:17. » Ezra 3:11. lo Ex. 40:17. 2 30.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 85 a. As the contraction of wu^ in V'^ forms [l 94. 1. a). h. As the contraction of uw^ in V'j; forms, and whenever the combi- nation uw would be final. c. As the contraction of uw in V'f) HSph'al forms (§ 90. 3. c) ; and in V'J^ and )f")} Hoph al forms, which seem to follow the analogy of V'£3 forms. d. In certain nominal forms, including the Qal passive participle, in which it is original and characteristic {I 108.). 4. a. p5 (1 :4) = ben /romp^; Jl^^i = beth /rom fl^^ ; 0^4^)?. (3:6). h. y\yn (4:7) = tetibh /rom ^^tD^n ; rrp^m (21:7) /rom Hp^^M. • •• • : - )t J- • It J-: - c. ripZ (^-14) = '"se/rom »b^j^; nipP (1:10) = mlfqwe /rom ^pp. cz. ^TDHV^om^n^DH; ^Ti w»-om ^n^iif; n^Knn^[cf.^m^;(3:ii)]. *-"■■■ • : - • •. J- • • ;- • T •• : T ' ... e. ^;)9(l:2) = p'ne/rom»^5; ^j^* (1:16); ^;)^;; (3:7); ^D*l (4:10). T" t:-|t" It:- t" t:- 5. a. r\mvT\)^ nrDDn;^ rr:i^3Dn;i« nr'^ynj^i nr^^^iDn^^^ T J .• *=-: |- t j-.- : • t jv •. : t r: • : t jv : 6. ?|^;n (3:14) ; I^^^S^t (3:19) ; ?|0Q (4:6) ; [.TDID]- 4. Naturally long e (written * , yet sometimes and H ) comes from the contraction of ay or ai, and is found : — a. In the inflection of »"^ Segholates (? 106. 2. ^). i. In the Hiph'il forms of verbs originally ^"^ (§ 92. 2). c. In the Imperative (2 m. sg.) of verbs T^'^ [1 100. 1. /); and in the construct state of nouns ending in H— (e) (§ 124. 2). c?. In n "'^ perfects before consonant additions [I 100. 3. a). e. In the plural construct ending of masc. nouns, ♦ (§ 124. 4). /. In the penult of a few nominal formations (§ 114.). Note. — The e of <^ very frequently passes over into i, especially in active perfects. 5. Besides e, there is another naturally long e-sound, which likewise arises out of ay. It is written ♦ and may, for the sake of distinction, be transliterated by an italicized c. It is found :— a. In n"'? Imperfects and Imv's before the fem. plur. termination pf^ [I 100. 3. c) ; and, after the analogy of these forms, also as a separ- ating vowel in similar y')f and }}"}f forms. h. In the forms of plural nouns before the pronominal suffixes ^ andrr(U24. 3.c). T 1 Gen. 12:15. 2 Ex. 3:10. 3Dt. 3:21. 4Dt. 4:35. »1 Sam. 15:9. 6 Gen. 49:24. :lsa.26:7. sDt. 1:44. 9 Ruth 1:9. ioGea.37:7. ul Sam. 3:11. i2Zech.l3:7. 36 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW K 30, 6. a. *7bi< (2:16) = 'akhSl for 'akMl ; J^^"^ (2:10) = y69e, for y^ge; T jjfJ2'-|(l:26)=r6mes /or rames; D3lD(2:13) = s6bliebli /or sabhebli. I, *115X» (1:3) =y6'mer /or ya'mer; ['7')p^= yiqqol /or yiqqal = -qawal]. c. D/n^t<(l:l)=''loliim; ^H (6:9) ; D'?'W(3:22); DI'?^' (26:31). d. r|$'1j;Ml:20) = y''6pheph; ?ltJ^'^3r^M2:25)=yithb6sasu. e. ^nbpri (6:18) ; ^Tj^m^ci^q (28:i5) ; ^nbo ;i n'lj'p.^ 7. a. D"V (1:5) = y6m /or pVj r|1n (l:6) = tli6kh/rom T];)!!. &. flpn (4:2) = t6sepli = tawseph; 'XV^Ti (5:4) ; n^'1^ = 1^)11. c. niV'plii (2:4) /or nn'7Tn ; ti^id (1:14) /or nj^p* c^. 1^^D^(i:ll)>rWDV; 13(1:11); 1^1(1^11); rf?:]^ (12:8). 6. Naturally long 6, for the most part written defectively, is in many cases only the obscuring of a naturally long a [I 30. 1). This is the case : — a. In the forms of the Infinitive Absolute (§ 70. 1. h), and in the Qal Active Participle [l 71. 1. a). b. In the Qal Imperfect of verbs J^"^ (? 88. 1), and in the Niph'al ofverbsrT(^^*-l-^-(2)). c. In a large number of nominal formations (?§ 108, 109.). d. In so-called Polel (or Po'el), and Hithpolel (or Hithpo'el) forms. e. In the separating vowel used before consonant terminations in the Perfects of verbs j;"j; and V'^^ [U 86. 4, 94. 4). 7. There is, however, a second naturally long 6, which is the result of the contraction of au or aw. This is found : — a. In a large number of V'J^ Segholates (§ 106. 2. d). b. In the Hiph'il of verbs originally V'5 (? *»>0. 3. 6); also inNiph. c. In many \'Q nominal formations {H H^j 116.). d. In the contraction of ahu = o (seldom written H)* Note 1. — Naturally long vowels are usually written fully (§ 6.4. N. 2 ), and are thus distinguished from tone-long vowels. There are many cases, however, in which the distinction can be determined only from a knowl- edge of the grammatical form in which the vowel stands. Note 2. — Naturally long vowels are unchangeable. The exceptions to this rule are so few as scarcely to deserve notice. 1 1 Sam. 23:23. 2 Nahum 1:14. 2 31,] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 87 81. ToNE'LoNG Vowels. 1. a. DIJ^ (1:26) ; ^t]^ (1:5) ; Dnt (2:11) ; n^p5< (3:11) ; TOl^* (2:5). JT T TV T T T : Tr T ^T : • h. r\)n whence r|ln (1:6); my (1:9); HDH? (1:26); HJIl (1:28) [cf. n-'n]; J' D^D-tr ; Dp-D (l:9)/or DpD; D*J-tr (1:14) /or •-1- T -J- - l-J T I - J- T D^;iC^" ; niN-D (M6) /or n'IND ; '^'l-^ (1:16) /or ^l^ ; ftOp (1:16) rbp; nJinpDn (3:7); ^np^ (2:23); ?)rrbl (1:2); D^D'? (1:6); I |- T : |j-T • J")t • JT • |T T y\\r;rs (3:i9). J T d. r\b;^^ (3:11) ; tV'^); (3:14) ; 'nt^n:^ (3:12) ; in^n^!^ (3:11) ; nOlJi T : Tt T T J- ^T T J- T ) J* • • T J ■.• T 'n:ir]'P^t-\ (3:7) ; n'?^^ (1:5) ; r^±)i (13:14); H^^ (13:14) ; nD^Dty T : I J-T • T :rtT T J T TJT T : J- T (15:5). 2. a. r^±;^^r\ (3:i7)/or n-:i-^5Nn; ^^si^'ji (3:i5) /or ^*l-^-t^?lC^n. 6.^*1^.(1:5); J^^"l(l:ll); iTlj. (1:11); n^mp (1:2); tt^m'Q (1:16); njj^;;(l:ll); ntj^i;p_(l:26); iTr7!(l:29); rrn^(2:5); n| (cf. 4:11) ; m^npn ;2j{<}f p ;3 ^rJ^^g^r^ ;\f j<*ip ;2 ^rjSiDj;^;? (3:i7); ^%"N (3:17) ; iTj^^Q (4:11) ; H? (5:1) = ze ; HO (4:10). c f;j;5(9:13,14,16); Dn;jl;i (19:25,29) ; nrri:?(l:5); Vn?<(9:22). A short vowel (~, ~^, ~), when it would stand in close proximity to the tone, becomes long, a becoming a or e, i becoming e, ii becoming o. These vowels are called, from their origin, (3:24); }<;jni^^ (3:8); '^r^r)'0 (3:8); 1)5^19:4); ^ij^r (3:15) ; ^D (15:1); ^^^{Vl-M); tb;^ (15:16) ; *^)} (2:16); D^" (2:11) ; m (1:1) ; fD (1:7) ; J? (4:25); rp(4:3). fc. D^^ (1:11); irj;.(2:18); ^SD (5:1); nyM6:5); f^j;. (2:8). c. ^i/D (1:7); f-!j;D (2:10); HJ^np (1:9); N^nNt (3:10); j-J^nj (4:14); n?::n::j (1:24); nnp:! (1:27); n^nnn (2:21); :}:i^ (Dt. 28:28); ^^C^' (1:8); K^^^ (4:16); nj^^^l (4:16) /or ^1^'^ VT (4:17) /^^ VJ.: 4. a. ^i:^p (1:18) ; iOt?^' (3:24) ; ^hp (4:26) ; mt^*' (2:2) ; i^D* (2:21); ^n^bp (32:11); ^n'pbj (30:8); t^^ (25:30); pbj/i^ '^b (1:30). 1 Cf . the - in '^T\. 2 2 Kgs. s Lev. 13 :3. I 32.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 89 h. J)rtn (1:2); irin (1:2); ^[m (1:2); ^p^ (1:5); UT\\^ (2:12). c. ^tJ^'i -l^ = go-r'su ; Tji^D^ = ^j.^ho-rakh ; tji^^.^ 3. Tone-long -^, instead of short -^ or — , is found : — a. In a closed ^o/ic-syllable ; always, except in a few monosyllabic particles. Worthy of notice is its occurrence, (1) in the Qal Perfect of many stative verbs (§ 64. 2), and in the Qal Active Participle (? 71. 1. a); (2) in the Qal Imperfect and Imperative of ?ri^, (§ 84. 2. K 3), and of verbs originally V'5 [I 90. 2. a) ; (3) in Niph'al, Pi'el, Hiph'il and Hithpa'el forms in which the 1l, whence e comes, was originally a {II 59. 1. 6, 60. 1. h) ; (4) in many monosyllabic and dissyllabic nominal formations. h. In an open iowe-syllable ; for the most part in i-class Segholates (2 106. 1. h). c. In an open pretone (or ante-pretone) syllable, always instead of i, as (1) when a Daghes-forte is rejected from a guttural(§ 42. 1. a) ; (2) in nominal formations ; (3) in the preformative of the Qal Impf. of V'5 verbs (§ 90. 2. a). 4. Tone-long -^ (o), instead of — , is found : — a. In a closed ^one-syllable. Worthy of notice is its occurrence, (1) in the Qal Infinitive Construct, Imperative, and Imperfect (§66. K 2); (2) in the Qal Perfect of a few stative verbs (§ 64. 3) ; (3) in a few nominal forms (§ 107. 1. c). b. In an open _ (i), from iy or yi; see a, § 33. 3. 4. The naturally long ^_(e), which is diphthongal in its character, coming, as it always does, from the contraction of ai or ay. 42 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [g§ 3o. 36, 5. The naturally long ^_(e), see ? 30. 5. 6. The tone-long — (e), which has come from an original — , or — , through the influence of the tone. 7. The tone-short — {'), cf. ? 33. 7. 8. The tone-short — ('), occurring instead of — chiefly under gut- turals. 85. The U-Class Vowels. In accordance with the foregoing statements (§§ 29.-32.), it is seen that the U-class or Labial class of vowels includes : — 1. The pure short -\ (ii), now found chiefly in sharpened syllables, from which are derived all other vowels and half-vowels of this class. 2. The deflected ~ (6), found chiefly in unaccented closed sylla- bles, and most frequently as the shortening of o. 3. The naturally long ^ (u), from wu and uw; and see a, I 33. 3. 4. The naturally long ") (6), which is diphthongal in its character, com- ing, as it always does, from the contraction of au or aw. [On the 6 ob- scured from a, see I 33. 4]. 5. The tone-long — (o), which has arisen from an original — , or from — (6), through the influence of the tone. 6. The tone-short — ('), see I 33. 7. 7. The tone-short it (°), occurring instead of — chiefly under gut- turals. Note.— Those cases of ~ which have come from u (see I 29. 4, N. 2.) are worthy of note. 36. Changes of Vowels, 1. a. niXn-Hk^ (1:4) ; irfiJl-'?^ (1:21) ; t^^^':^*^]^^ (2:24) ; !ltr'n (4:16). T V VJ. T • T-:|- v-i"- ^. in-DJ<'?!: (2:2) /rom nD-j<':'D ; 1n-tr■^^ (2:24) /rom rw^^ : - : T ^ . . . V-I" c. ;rn-r(l:ll) hut i;;nr (1:11); n^-D (5:1) Vhut "n-iDD]; d7')i hut - jv :- V J* J : • V J-/ to-'7V(i:27). 2. a. n\N5rr(l:15)/ornni^n; i:|-nrr(4:25)/or1-nn; ^'7N(4:10). ^' n??0 ^l'^^5 ^'IKrr (1:4); ;rpnn (1:7); n^nni (1:9) ; ir\y (1:22). ' --T 1 T J- T |T V T I" : I v-it: c. ^^5 (1:1) ; irV\ (1:5); HKnp (17:19); ^nKllS (6:7). T T T| . T JT It • jt t d. D^0^(l:6); DW'(1:17); ra^:M2:5); nnX (3:11). 2 36.] BY AN INDUCTIVE ^LETHOD. 43 3. a. p^" hut rr\^ (l:21h ^'^m (2:16) hut t^'^^fS (3:1); r^p\ (1:20); -i^n hut n'pp (3:16); :ihn!?'"nrr;!nnM4:8); ^m"r!(4:i4). h. D^^|) ?>«^ ^;;5 (1:2) ; :f:pi hut i^^pn (i:20) ; [dd'? z>m^ nn*?] ; ^nj t«i D^':'!:! (1:16); nixD hut nhj^o (i:i6); nty:3 ?>^^« ntr:^ (2:23). : T : T T • T : In the formation of stems and the inflection of words, the following vowel-changes occur : — 1. Shortening takes place, a. "When an accented closed syllable, containing a tone-long vowel, loses its tone. h. When an unaccented open syllable, containing a tone-long vowel, becomes closed. c. When the accented open syllable of a Segholate becomes unac- cented closed. Note. — Here a and e become a ; e and o become e and 8 in closed, but 1 and ii in sharpened syllables (§ 28. 2. 3). 2. Heightening^ takes place, a. When an unaccented closed syllable becomes open.^ h. When a following Daghes-forte has been rejected from a guttural (? 42. 1. a). c. When a following weak consonant loses its consonantal character and becomes quiescent. d. When a short vowel comes to stand in pause [I 38. 1. 2). Note. — Here a becomes a or ^ ; i and e, e ; ii and o, o. 3. Volatilization^ takes place : — a. Of an ultimate "^ (a), "^ (e), -^ (o), when, in the inflection of verbs, these vowels no longer stand with the tone ; as when personal ter- minations consisting of a vowel, or pronominal suffixes connected by a vowel, are added. b. Of a penultimate t (a) and -^ (e), when, in inflection of nouns^ these vowels no longer stand immediately before the tone, as in the for- 1 Heightening is a mechanical strengthening of a vowel-sound by the introduction of a foreign element, viz., an a-sound ; it is seen in the German Mann, Maenner, English man, men. One may also compare the Latin facio, feci; the Greek and Latin Trapd and per, j3paxv^ and brevis; and the Greek Irpanov^ but rpknu, a Cf. the Latin ablative ending a for at. 8 Cf . heaven, pronounced hev'n, but Anglo-Saxon ?i€o/on,* even, pronounced e»'n, but Anglo-Saxon e/en, Old Saxon ehhan. Also the initial o in America, when the word is pronounced hurriedly. 44 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 36, mation of the construct state, when terminations of gender and number are appended, and when pronominal suffixes are added. Note 1. — Herein consists the great difference between verbal and nominal inflection, that in verbal, the ultimate vowel, in nominal, the penultimate vowel is changed. Note 2. — In some verbal forms, the vowel of whose ultima is un- changeable, the penultimate vowel is volatilized. Note 3. — In some nominal forms, the vowel cf whose penultima is unchangeable, the ultimate vowel is volatilized. Note 4. — Only short or tone-long vowels standing in an open syllable may be volatilized. 4. a. nb^'^ (2:2) originally '{p^>; ib^Dpl originally 'p^]; "jn^H hut '^n^n (1-18). h. [^tDp, hut ':?t?p|]; tr^p hut ti;^^\ (2:3); jlS^ hut ^fl^.^ c. 'r\'rrh'^\ D??*! (9:5) /or D3PT; n5*i (24:30) /or na^, : V T : T T : .. -): t - ): •.. 6. a, m {with), -rikV (4:1); r[r)N (6:18) ; apy = apl= Dp.^ (4:15). 7. a. ri^d? (1:24) for n^ti? ; 1^ (4:12) = nadh for na-adh for nawadh. T • : T T • : T h. \nn (1:6) /or ^fin = wty-hiy ; )r\n (1:2) /or Ifln = thohuw. c. 1*5 (1:4) /or ||3 = bay(i)n; D'V (1:5) /or DV=yawm ; 1^^0*7(1:11) for ^nrp*? 5 13 (1:11) /or )n^, etc., etc. 8. a. ^L)p for qa-tal for qa-ta-la = ^Dp; cf. ^^^W for qa-ta-la-m; ^^p''^ for yaq-tiil for yaq-tii-lu ; cf. ^^ItDp''^ for yaq-t'le-ni ; -e-ni here, = -i-ni = -u-ni. DID for susii [nom.), or susa [ace), or susi {gen.). h. ^T (1:3) /or n^n^ t^iii{i-7)forr\'pi;u nimi:4) /or n^^nn 4. Attenuation^ of — (a) to -^ [fj has taken place, a. In closed syllables containing preformatives : as in the Qal Im- perfect, the Niph'al and Hiph'il Perfects. h. In sharpened syllables : as in the Pfel Perfect, and various nom- inal formations. 1 Ex. 2:1. a Ruth 2:8. 8Ps.2:7. ^Ps. 1:2. 6 Cf. sang, sing; tango, attingo; daKrvT^g and digUua; facUU, difflcUU, ? 366.] BY AN IISrDUCTIVE METHOD. 45 c. In closed and half-open syllables which have lost the tone, es- pecially in the construct plural of nouns and before grave sufl&xes. 5. Deflection^ of -r- (i) to e, and of — (ii) to o often takes place, a. When they would stand in an unaccented closed syllable. h. When they would stand before a guttural in a closed or half -open syllable. 6. Sharpening of — (e) and of — (o) to their original -r- (i) and — (u) takes place, a. Especially when they would stand in a sharpened syllable. 7. Lengthening (or contraction) takes place, a. When two similar vowels, generally by the dropping of a consonant, come together. h. When a vowel and a semi-vowel come together; then i-]-y — \j u-\-w = u. c. When a or a is followed by i or y, or by ii or w ; then a-\-{ or y = e, a-\-u or to = 6. 8. Loss of a vowel takes place, in the case of a. The original final short vowel in all nominal and verbal forms. h. Certain final vowels in apocopated forms (§ 100, 5). Note. — In the original Semitic all forms, except the Imv. and the Perf. 3 f. sg., ended in a vowel; but in Hebrew all these final vowels, when short, have fallen away, except when protected by a sufl&x, in which case they still exist under the incorrect name of connecting vowel. 36b. Tables of Vowel-Changes. The following tables will present to the eye the various possible vowel- changes : — TABLE I . I ;1 5^ i i^-i or i-\-y or y-H = i ■ay. . .a-\-y = ay ^e (i) . a+i or a-\-y = e (!) ^c a-\-y = c a-\-a = o -A — ^ , .a a-\-a = a iw . . .a-\-w = aw . . a-\-u or a-\-u) = 6 U '■ tJ- ii u-\-u or u-\-w or to+w = il 1 Cf. mihi and moM; ZmZZms and poip6Q\ nummua and v6hoq. 46 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 37. TABLE II. g original i deflected to ^ J original i retained as 'i original i heightened to e original i volatilized to ' e original i volatilized to ' » attenuated i volatilized to * original a attenuated to i which then is treated like an original \ original a retained as a original a heightened to a original a heightened to ^ original a volatilized to * original a volatilized to * original u deflected to 5 original u retained as u original u heightened to o original u volatilized to * original u volatilized to ° 87. New Vowels. 1. rpn-5(i:i4); nhko-'pd-is); ™t5(1:26); ?i:niDT5 (1-26). 2. a. a^j;.(l:5); Nt^^'^d:!!); ^rnj.d:!!); ^,^5(1:5); DJ/B (2:23). h. n^nnp (1:2) /or p^mp; n'7;?^*pp(i:i6)/orii'7^"pp, c. t^i^^l (l:7)/or tj^i^-^l; ^^ (1-22) /or 5^^ \y (2:22) for p\ 3. ')ry.>'i,M4:8)/or^nn:T^ iriim^forrii^!^::^^} Under certain circumstances a new vowel may be said to arise. This takes place, 1. At the beginning of a t(?orc? when, in inflection or composition, two S'was would come together. The new vowel is generally -r (i), but if either S'wa is a compound one, the new vowel must correspond to it. Note 1. —As a matter of fact, the insertion of a new vowel is only apparent, since in these cases we have merely the retention of an original vowel, perhaps attenuated or deflected. 2 Ex. 11:8. 2 38.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 47 Note 2.— The syllable, thus formed, is usually a half-open syllable (? 26. 4). 2. At the end of a word,'^ when two S'was would come together. The new vowel in this case is generally -- (e), but before or under a guttural it is ^^. The most common instances of this are, a. The large class of nouns called Segholates (§ 106.). b. A class of feminine formations resembling Segholates. c. Certain apocopated verbal forms (? 100. 5). Note. — The concurrence of two vowelless consonants at the end of a word is admissible, but only when the second is a strong consonant (pj to) or an aspirate.^ 3. In the middle of a word, when a compound S'wa comes to stand before a simple S'wa. The former is, in every case, changed to its corresponding short vowel. 38. Pause, 1. ?ltr^'3nM2:25); in|l5M7:ll) ; ^j'll^^j;! (3:17) ; iTJ^^'jjJ (3:17). 2. a'f2n (1:2); nb'b (1:5); DrtDtr' (1:8); n^pK (3:11); TOr (2:5); ■ |r - T :rtT • |T T T : Tt T rtT : • ynr (1:29) for ^^^f. (= J^nt) ; ^:}n (4:2) for ^5r7 (= ^5n). 3. nr)i< (3:11) for riDi^ ; *Di?^ (3:10) for ^^'^i^, 4. n^Dn (2:17) ; hut nfy) (11:28) ; and n!pn (5:5, 8, 11, 14, 17, etc.). The pause at the end of a verse or clause, indicated by the more power- ful accents (? 23. 3), causes certain changes : — 1. A half -vowel is restored to its original vowel, and this, if short, is heightened and accented. Note. — The half- vowel standing before the suffix ^, which is from -^, becomes 6 (^ 31. 2). 2. A short vowel is heightened to its corresponding tone-long. The — which in Segholates has already been heightened to 6, in pause becomes ^r. 3. The tone is frequently shifted from the ultima to the penult. 4. The tone which, in apocopated forms, has been drawn to the penult is restored to the ultima. 1 Cf . Peter = Petr from Petrus; bibU (German, Bibel) = Mbl from Wblio. *Ct.fact,tacU 48 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [U 39, 40, VXl. Ehiplionj^ of Oonsonants. 89. Assimilation. 1. nmO (1:7) /or nnn-fP; -^30 (2:2) /or -'^D-fp ; D1J5P (2:8). ]n\ (1:17) /or fn^* ; hg! (2:7) /or HD^^ I ^^D^ (2:8) /or ;;D^\ 2. 'is'ipvorn^'inp; nnt^n(35:2); m?!t (2:21) /or p-inN» 3. np* (2:15) /or Hp'?^ ; HjP? (18:4) ; p'li^^.^ (28:18) /or pi,^|\ Remark.-^n^5t^';3 p^H-fP (2:6) ; ^npnM6:7) ; ^Qp*^ Assimilation of the final consonant of a closed syllable to the initial consonant of the following syllable takes place : — 1. In the case of the weak ^, of the preposition ?p (§ 48. 1), and of the first radical of verbs J"i3 (§ 84. 2). 2. In the case of Jl oi Jin (? ^^* 5. h) and rarely of 1, 3. In the case of ^ inflp^ to take (§ 84. 2. R. 2) and ♦ in a few ^"£3 verbs (§ 90. 4). Remark. — The letter ^ is 9io^ assimilated when it stands (1) in an accented syllable, or (2) before a guttural (except H)? or (3) after the preposition ^, Note. — Assimilation is indicated by a Daghes-forte in the following consonant, which, however, is rejected from final consonants (§ 14. 1). 40. Reject/on, 1. a. nnCJ) (4:12) ; nHp]'?) (4:11) ; ''^p) (19:9) ; m^O) (4:7). h. n5'7.(^) (11:31) ; ny_y) (2:9) ; ^IJ^) (20:7) ; n^b^) (4:2). c. i:nM42:ll)/or^:mK; ^Dl^^ i>ro6a6Zy /or ^3KD» 2. niN^ (1:5) /or niNH^ ; S^?^ (1:7) /or ^'I5r7^ ; ?1^5^ (2:1). 3. ^r\)m (42:20) &it« pHID;;! (3:3) ; (D)*;!$ (1:2) ; tllH (2:10) /or ^^*^. The consonants most liable to rejection are the breathings }< and ,*!, the liquids ^ and X and the vowel-letters 1 and \ These are often re- jected : — 1. From the beginning of a word when there is no vowel beneath to sustain them : a. In the case of j of verbs p^D (2 84. 1) and of ^ in (Ip^ in the Qal Imv. and Infinitive Construct. 1 Num. 7:89. a In Baer and Delitzsch's Genesis, pr.. » Ex. 35:8. * Num. 14:3. • Ex. 3:3. ' §§41, 42.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 49 h. In the case of 1 or ^ of verbs V'fi in the same forms. c. In a few isolated cases. 2. From the middle of a word when preceded only by a S'wa. 3. From the end of a word, by ordinary attrition, as in the case of Q and I of the plural endings D^__ and p ; and of a final *> in verbs jl"'? {1 100.). Note 1. — On the rejection of J^ and |7, see also I 43, Note 2, — On the rejection of *) and ♦, see also § 44. 41, Addition, Transposition, Commutation, h. DNn3n(2:4); -n^Hnn (6:9). T :|T • |v - : • h. -y^l {2:8) for nVJ ; O'^^^^Vor Dip ; ^itrjj^i/o/- lltTIJ. 1. The addition of a letter sometimes takes place at the beginning of a word to avoid harshness in pronunciation, as in the case of a. }>(, called prosthetic, when used in the formation of nouns. h. n? called prosthetic, when used as a prefix in the formation of Niph'al and Hithpa'el stems. 2. The transposition of letters, of frequent occurrence in the province of the lexicon, occurs in the grammar only in the case of ^ of the Hith- pa'el of verbs when it would stand before a sibilant. 3. The commutation of letters, of frequent occurrence in the province of the lexicon, occurs in the grammar in the case of a. n and tO in the Hithpa'el stem. h. ) and ^ in V'5, VT ^"^ H"'? forms (see i 44. 1. a—e). 42. The Peculiarities of Gutturals, 1- «• y:p^\} (1-7); nD>Ntrr (1:25); Ci)i;n (1:22); n^y^] (1:9). h. n$rn9(l:2); N*^nn(2:12); H^Hp (1:21); r[t?^'nrT (1:4); [^i^Ql 2. a. N7_1(l:4); n'7l^M2:6); 1^1^^(2:5); nt?irMl:26); 'yj;H2:2i). h. n5M2:7); j;^! (2:8); TO V! (2^9); ;;iM4:25); [TOpL 1 Ex. 6:6. 2jer. 33:21. s Lev. 2:2. < Gen. 14:13. cDeut. 23:19. 6Mio.6:16. » Gen. 23:5. 8Gen.4t:16. 9 Josh. 9:12. lo Ruth 4:7. u Ex. 3:16. 60 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [2 42. c. -TDIl^ (2:9); p]!lM41:56); by^T}} TDJ^H (47:21). d. nn (1:2); ;;»pn (1:6); ^TntD (1:11); ^t^J (1:29); J/^p^ (1:15). 3. a. rr'^i^g^'V^om sa ala ; D^H'^N (l:l)/^om 'ilah ; ^^nVrom holi. &. iaj;(2:5); n1triM2:4); iD?< (1:22); ni^:7 (2:18); cf. H^'l.) (12:2). nt?^;^Ml:26); n'?If;_(2:6); H^J^kV (2:18); tj'pjL^S ;^ t'^^^?]- Rcmarks.-nbsrM2:2) 6w« -n^* (2:24); n^m (2:9); ^n^T /or : • T^:|- T : v j-- ; -|- imin^ (4:8); n^ojt^n^ and n-iDyn« ^^^^^ nno;^ni. 1 :|- :* The gutturals, in the order of their strength beginning with the weakest, are J»{, *n, J/, H, H- They have the following peculiarities : — 1. They refuse to be doubled (i. e., to receive Daghes-forte). But here a distinction must be made between a. 5< and ^, which entirely reject the doubling, and require the heightening of the preceding vowel [I 36, 2. h) ; and h. ^, n, and fl, of which ^ sometimes, H and H nearly always,re- ceive a so-called Daghes-forte implied^ and allow a preceding vowel to remain short in a half-open syllable [I 26. 4). Note 1.— On the heightening to e of a when standing before a gut- tural, with — (a) or tt ("), in which Daghes-forte is implied, see I 31. 2.c 2. They take, particularly before them, the guttural or a-vowels ; hence a. The vowel -^ (a) is chosen instead of -^ (i) or — (e), especially when a was the original vowel. h. The vowel — (a) is chosen instead of — (e) or -^ (o), especially when a was a collateral form. c. The vowel — (e), arising by depression from an attenuated — (i), is often chosen instead of — (a), for the sake of dissimilarity. d. The vowel ^=- steals in between a heterogeneous long vowel and a final guttural as an aid in pronunciation. This— is called Pathah-Zwrfive; it is a mere transition-sound and does not make a syllable. It disappears when the guttural ceases to be final. Note 1.— The letter *1 (1) does not receive Daghes-forte, and (2) often shows a preference for — , and is consequently classed with the gutturals. Note 2.— A final J< is not a consonant, nor is final Hi unless it con- tain Mappiq (§ 16. 1). 3. They have a decided preference for compound S'wa. Hence there is found under gutturals iDt. 23:23. 2 Ex. 3:23. sDt. 28:61. 4 Ruth 3:13. s Num. 5:18, 30. 6p8.31:9. ^Num.3:6;8:13. 2 43.] BY AN INDUCTlVli ME-KIIOD. 51 a. A compound S'wa, rather than a simple S'wa, in the place of an original vowel ; and in this case the compound S*wa of the class to which the original vowel belonged, is used, h. An inserted compound S'wa for facilitating the pronunciation ; and here (1) an initial guttural takes "=r, except in the case of }<, and of H and n in the verbs ^^*^ and ^Vf^^> which prefer — . T T ^ T T (2) a medial guttural takes that S'wa which corresponds to the pre- ceding vowel. Remark 1. — Thus where in strong forms there is found a closed syllable, in guttural forms, there is often found a half -open syllable. Remark 2. — Under the strong gutturals, especially H, the use of the compound §'wa for the facilitation of pronunciation is not so usual. Remark 3. — When a compound S'wa comes to stand before a simple §*wa, the former is always changed to a vowel (§ 37. 3). Remark 4. — The combination -^jr often becomes "F", when re- moved to a distance from the tone. 43. The Weakness of K and n, f 1. a. } \in "^W"* (4:16)] for ^t^V V-JV V-IV T T - T V J" - T h. D.^'pi ; ri^'.ry^^ ^^^ ^f. j;iinn (45:i). d \^^\ (2:21) /or J^'V ; ^^^^ (2:7) /or nVV. e. i^^nrr (4:4) for j^^^H /or N^5r7; n^Nr? (1:17) for ii^rT, 2. a. ^T}, (3:22) /or J/l*)^ ; ^^ (8:16) /or J<5f) ; ^V! (4:16) /or KJfV. ^' flD^ (41:32) = nakhon = nakhan = nakhan for nakh-wan = V\^^* DIpD (1 :9) = maq 6m = maqam = maqam /or maqwam = Q^PO* c. n^ (4:25) = sath /or sa-yath : 1-3 (4:14) = nadh /or nawadh. T T ^^y (2:1) = y^khiiim /or ykhiill-wii ; ^"0 (1:9) /or ?)*)')p\ •. : It- :)|t- d. ^^n (2:10) = haya /or hayawa; n^j;M2:6) = ya*n6 /or ya'lawii. nptf^'n (2:6) = hisqa /or hasqawa j rT!i7? (1:29) = yihye /or yahyawii. The semi-vowels, or vowel-consonants, ^ and *, occasion a very large number of changes : — 1. Commutation o/*) into ^ takes place^ a. Almost always at the beginning of a word, the exceptions being very few. h. Frequently in the Pi'el of V'J^ verbs, and generally in V'fl verbs after r)il of the Hithpa'el. 1 Ruth 4:7. 2 Num. 1:18 3 Ex. 3:16. 4Deut. 8:13. I 44.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 68 c. Whenever it is retained as the third radical in verbs H"'?, both when final and when medial (§ 100. 3). d. When it would follow i in a closed syllable, as in the Qal Imper- fect of verbs V'£) which have a »"£) treatment (§ 90. 2. h). e. When it would be followed by i in a closed syllable as in Hiph'il forms of verbs yy (94. 1. b). Note. — Commutation of ^ into ^ is of rare occurrence. 2. Elision takes place^ a. Of an initial 1 when supported only by §*wa, as in certain V'f) Inf's Construct and Imv's (3 90. 2. a) ; and also when in the Qal Impf. the \ following i, does not go over to ^ according to § 44. 1. d. 6. Of a medial ") and ^, whenever, following a consonant, they precede the vowel a [l 94. 1. c. (2) ) ; in this case the a becomes in compensation a, and this, 6 ; as in the V'J^ and ^''^ Niph'al and nominal forms. c. Of a medial 1 and ^, whenever they stand between two vowels, or between a half-vowel and a vowel. d. Of a final ") and ^ in verbs called r7"7, the original vowel fol- lowing them having been previously lost ; in this case the vowel preced- ing, nearly always a, is heightened to a in Perfects, to ^ in Imperfects and Participles (see for details, ? 100. 1-3). 3. a. r[1n (l:6)/or Tjin; P3(l:4)/or]^3; n^3 (12:15) /or n^!). ^'i): (41:21); J^VlH (1:11) for ^i^]r\ ; y^^'Pi (4:7)/or i^plil. ^WV.}^ '^ ^'^^ (3:14) /or hay-yay-ka ; ^^^^ (3:19). h. n'^J^ (6:14) = '"'se /or ^b^J^; 0£) (1:2) = p'ne /or ^^$. c. npinVor -Ipin ; I^"^: (2:21) /or f^|^ = f^V; ^V^^ (2:7) /or ^^^^^ Dip (13:17) /or p^p.' d. niL^'n (3:19) /or tas-wiibh; Dipf = Dip! = D.lp!* D^^ri (6:16) /or tas-yim ; D^D (9:9) = D^pD = DIpD* 4. a. \>y\ (1:4); IN^PDI (1:22); HIpD'pi (1:10); HDp^l (1:27). h. t\n (1:2) /or ^'nn ;* inn?rMi8':2)/or irTp^'^ (nirfn?''!). c. vn;fw¥/or in^n-; vsn* (2:7) /or 1n|5^{; v:|)(4:5). 5. a. 1^^ '(4:26) ; Vl^ (4:1) ; -l"?^ (4:18) ; ^^^^ (2:8) ; Hp^ (1:9). - \ ^ -T -T |TT It • 6. ^itJ^J^ ;^ ^IJI ;'^ see also the cases under 4. c, above. c. n'71M4:18); HIH (3:20) ; "Tst^t^^^ ■• T T - • :- T iDeut. 1:44. 2 Ezra 3:11. s Ex. 21:19. * It may be said that in this case a helping v is inserted (§ 30. 3. h), 6 Deut. 1 : 17. 6 Ex. 3 :16. '' Deut. 4:7. » Job 3 :26. 64 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 44. 3. Contraction takes place ^ a. Of 1 or ^ with a preceding a, when a consonant follows, as (1) in yy and ^''^ Segholates [I 106. 2. cZ); (2) in the V'£) Mph'^1 and Hiph'il [I 90. 3. h\ and the ♦"^ Hiph'il (?92. 2); (3) before H^ in T\"^ Imperfects and Imv's, and before JTT and |1 in plural of nouns [I 30. 5) ; here ay gives ♦__ (e). 6. Of ■) or ♦ with a preceding a, when a consonant does ?2o^ follow, as (1) in the Imperative of verbs t^"^ (§ 100. 1./); (2) in the Construct plural ending ">_.{= ay) [l 124. 4). c. Of 1 or ♦ with a preceding u or i respectively, when a consonant follows, as (1) in the V'^ HSpVal {I 90. 3. c), and by analogy the yy and )}^y Hoph'ais; (2) in the Qal Imperfect of verbs ^"t) (§ 92. 1), and of those verbs V'£3 whose 1 becomes ^ (§ 90. 2. 6); (3) in the Qal Inf. const, and Imv. of verbs V'^^ [I 94. 1. a. (1)) and "»")} (§ 96. 1). d. Of *) or ^ with a following u or i respectively, when a consonant foUowS; as (1) in the Qal Imperfect of verbs ^y [I 94. 1. a. (1)); (2) in the Qal Imperfect of verbs ^''^ [l 96. 1) and in the Hiphll ofverbsV'p{§94. 1. i). 4. Vocalization of *\ to *] takes place, a. At the beginning of a word in the case of the conjunction ^ (? 49. 2). b. At the end of a word, whenever 1 would be preceded by a con- sonant, as (1) in the case of ^"^ (or V'^) Segholates (? 106. 2. e); (2) in certain apocopated verbal forms. But c. The reverse takes place, viz., change of ^ to X especially in the case of the suffix 'IH, when it is attached (1) to verbal forms ending in a vowel, and (2) to the plural ending used before suffixes, viz., ♦._, of which, however, the ^ is lost (being only orthographically retained), and the a heightened to a (? 124.). 5. The consonantal force of *] or ^ is retained, a. When as radicals they stand at the beginning of syllables. h. When a heterogeneous vowel, except a, precedes. c. When they would receive Daghes-forte (i 90. 3. a), and in a few exceptional cases. PART SECOND-ETYMOLOGY. ViXX. Iiisepai*al>le Particles. 45. The Article. 1. D^^ti^n (1:1) ; D^Drr (1:2) ; ni^yn (1:9) ; DVn (1:14) ; rr^^^n (1:14). -•T "It- tt - T:rtT- 2. Tjmn (1:4) ; H^p (1:21) ; D^np (2:9); Ninjl (2:12); tj'php (2:14). 3. pNH (1:1) ; nlNn (1:4) ; JTp^n (1:7) ; ^^l;^.! (1:22) ; j^J^p (1:29). 4. jinp;! prnn;2 Dnnp;^ P^npj' pi^p;' [W>' Remark i.-ni^^Dnv^r m^^DH ; n^H'n'M rriN\"r» :-:- :-:- tj:- tj:- Remark 2.-pN*n (1:1) /or pNp ; Itin^for "intl ; DJ/H^Vo^ DJ^p. Remark S.-^'IN^ (1:5) /or n'lJ^^p+'p ; r^t^ffp (1:5) /or T]trpn+'7. The Article was originally *^n, but the ^ is always assimilated (§ 39.) ; hence, 1. The usual form of the Article is PT with a Daghes-forte in the following letter -i^ 2. Before the strong gutturals H and H which may be doubled by implication {§ 42. 1. i), it is H 3. Before the weak gutturals }^ and 1, and generally before J7, which cannot be doubled (§ 42. 1. a), -^ is heightened to -7" H 4. Before H, and before an unaccented H? J^, the -^ is heightened to — (^) (§ 31. 2. c), for the sake of dissimilarity |7 Remark 1. — The Daghes-forte of the Article may of course be omit- ted from vowelless consonants (§ 14. 2). Remark 2.— The words for earth, mountain, people irregularly change their vowel after the Article. Remark 3.— The H of tbe Article is elided after the prepositions 3, 3, ^ (§ 43. 2. a), and the vowel is given to the preposition. ilKgs. 8:65. 2 Num. 13:18. 3 Gen. 7:19. <1 Sam. 4:14. 5 1 Sam. 25:24. e Ex. 13:23. 7 Ex. 1:19. 8 Ex. 1:22. 9 Ex. 3:12. 10 Gen. 14:16. 58 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [U 46, 47. 46. He Interrogative. 1. (?) rh^i}- . . •f;?n-fpr| (3:ii); (?) d:ij< 'm notr'rr (4:9). 2. (?) ^'^>N-nj< rjnnp o:L^_9n (30:i5); (?) nt^>^ rp ^n^npi T]^j ^^^ always prefixed to the words which they govern. Their vowel was, originally,—; but now, they are found written : — 1. Ordinarily, with simple §'wa T 2. Before consonants having simple S'wa, with -r- (§ 37. 1) ~^ 3. Before gutturals having compound S'wa, with the correspond- ing short vowel (§37.1) -^^ — ^ — ((5) 4. Before the Article, with the vowel of the Article, -^ or ~r (a) 5. Before a tone-syllable, sometimes with tone-long " (a) 1 Ex. 2:7. 2 Job 34:31. 3 Joel 1:2. < Ex. 11:8, U 48, 49.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 69 Remark 1.— The ^^ of ^^■'^^^ Lord and D^i*7N GrOD loses its conso- nantal force after the prepositions (§ 43. 1. b). Remark 2.— The word ^^'^^ which is written HlH^ Jehovah, i. e., with the vowels of ^^1N, rather than Hin^ as it should be written, ap- pears with the preposition as nln^'? (cf. ^j"?N^). Note 1. — The original -^ of the prepositions is usually volatilized (? 36. 3. a) to—, or heightened (^ 36. 2. a) to ^ (a); it is retained before gutturals with -^, but assimilated to — before tt", and to t (6) before fr. Note 2. — For prepositions with pronominal suffixes, see § 51. 3, 4. 48, The Preposition fp. 1. n^rr-f? (2:6); mn^^for ntin^p (1:7); Dlj^P (2:8) /or D-JjTp. 2. pnp (6:14); '^j;^ (1:7) /or ':)j;-|q ; t^'^ND (2:23) /or tr>K-p. The preposition |p /row, really the construct state of the noun |pi part, is written separately, chiefly before the Article ; elsewhere it is prefixed, and appears : — 1. Usually with its ^ assimilated (2 39. 1) -p 2. Before H, rarely with Daghes-forte implied [I 42. \.h) P but before other gutturals, with^- heightened (2 36. 2. &) 5? Note. — On the reduplication of |p before pronominal suffixes, see 2 51. 5. 49. Waw Conjunctive. 1. mi (1:1); pXm(l:2);T]t?'n'?l(l:5); D^J^V^'^^^' DWV2:4). 2. pi (1:4); IN^^DI (1:22); r]1;;51 (1:26); mpp'?1 (1:10); HDp^l (1:27). 3- rrb^Ji;i_(24:12); .T.rr). (12:2) /or n!np O^fWf^ ^^N;}-(6:17). 4. t\y\ (1:2); t^Dni (1:24); ^^1 (2:9); 1^1 (4:12). J T V J-.T ^ TT TT The conjunction and, originally \ is now found written : — 1. Ordinarily with simple S'wa (2 32. 2. K.) 1 2. Before ^, 0, D (? 44. 4. a), and vowelless consonants 1 3. Before gutturals having compound S'wa, with the correspond- ing short vowel (? 37. 1) ~ "T, ~ (8) 4. Before a tone-syllable, sometimes with tone-long (2 81. 1. c). . . — (a) Note 1.-") with ^n^ gives ^T'! (1:6). Note 2.— bn 0, the strengthened form of \ which is called Waw Consecutive and is used with the Imperfect, see § 73. 1 C£. -|5 from p. a Deut. 4:6, 16, 23, 26. IX. Fronouns. 50. The Personal Pronoun, 1. The following are the forms of the Personal Pronoun : — m NH ^^^y (in-) on, rrDii She ^5^n They (f.) jn, mn T - V - J- |T • -: : J--: :j- 2. The following are pausal forms: — • rt T -rST T AT T - : rtT -: 3. The following remarks on the forms of the Pronouns are to be noted : — a- N^n she is written i^)^ in the Pentateuch, except eleven times. &• tlDi^ ihou (m.) is written five times defectively nj^t c. ty^ thou (f.) was originally ''TS'^ or V^^ 5 seven times K'thibh has ^ilJ^? which would be pronounced atti. d. *>^'^ /(c.) is more common than the longer form ^O^J^t c. 7^y^^ they (f .) is more common than TpT, the latter occurring only with prefixes. /. Dp5< ye (m.) is for an original DlflK (see § 29. 4. N. 2). g. W^ ye (f.), for pn^{, occurs but once,^ ^^^i!^^?) ^^^ ^^ur times.2 ^- l^n^J^ ^6 is the usual form, l^fl^ occurring but six times ,3 and a form ^^Ji^ but once.* Note 1. — The H which appears in several of the forms was prob- ably originally demonstrative, but has lost its force. Note 2. — The following comparative table of the Personal Pronouns in the more important Semitic languages will be of interest : 1 Ezek. 34:31. 2 Gen. 31:6; Ezek. 13:11, 20; 34:17. 3 Gen. 42:11; Ex. 16:7,8; Num. 32:32; 2 Sam. 17:12; Lam. 3:42. 4jer. 42:6(K«thibh). 2 51.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 61 Arabic. Assyrian. Aramaic. Hebrew. huw^ §d Nirr Nin hiya §i N\^ j^^rr anta anti atta atti 1 riNtorp^K ana anaku ^i^ ^5^f< hum Silnu piv, pQn Drr, HOT hunna sina m I'^' ?^ID antum attuna pn^N Dm antunna attina r^^^ \m, rt^m nahnu anini K^m^^ ^^mN, i^m 51. Pronominal Suffixes. tabular view. Separate Forms. 2. 3. 4. 5. WUh m. With 3 and S. WUh 2. With p. J T J-.- • • J T • JV • Plural. Dm Dr7?,D;i Drrs^Drito? ddd — m — — l?9 JT -IT -I T -I'- When a pronoun is to be governed by a verb, a noun or a preposition, a shortened form must be used : — 1. The " separate forms," given above, are the fragments of the pro- nouns which are thus used. They are attached directly to nominal and verbal forms ending in a vowel, but a so-called connecting-vowel is em- ployed with forms ending in a consonant. This connecting-vowel is strictly a part of the stem or verbal form to which the suffix is attached. 3 m. ^"r 3f. n 2 m. ^ 2f. T Ic. V or ^^ 3 m. Drr or D 3f. rc-r 2 m. D3 2f. 15 Ic. 1J 62 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 62, a. In the second person, sing, and plur., the palatal or ^-sound, is substituted for the lingual or ^sound. h. The suffixes DD? P? DH ^^^ \T] ^l^^ys receive the accent and are termed grave; all others are light. c. ^_ is used with nouns ; ^j with verbs. d. on and JH are used with plural nouns ; D and f are used with verbs and singular nouns. Note. — On the union of verbs with suffixes, see § 74. ; on the union of nouns with suffixes, see II 124, 125. 2. When for any reason it is impossible, or undesirable, to attach the suffix directly to a governing verb, it may be written in connection with JlKj the sign of the definite accusative, which, however, except before D^, assumes the form ilj< or HIK ('6th). Note. — The original '6th (= 'uth) was confused with 'oth which, short- ened to 'iith, gave rise to 'eth, as DIDN became DriNj etc. [I 29. 4. N. 2). 3. The prepositions ^ and ^ restore and heighten their original -^ before the suffixes (except *> and ^) ; this vowel (a) a. Contracts with ')T\ and forms (ahu =) "j (6) ; with |7 and forms (aha =) n (ah) ; but elsewhere, T h. Appears either before or under the tone. Note.— While either Q^ or DH^ may be used, only tlTh is found. T V T •.■ T 4. Between the preposition 3 and the suffixes, there is generally found an inserted syllable iO- This syllable, found in poetry also after 3 and ^, is a form of the pronoun HD what. T 5. The preposition VQ is reduplicated before most of the suffixes ; in some cases, a. The final ^ is assimilated : rjQD for ^^DD ; ^JDD for ^^^DD ; ^ItDD [from us) for ^l^^QD* jV • :jv • h. The consonant of the suffix is assimilated backwards and repre- sented in ^ : ?l^^^p [from Mm) for ^H^DD ; rr|DD/or HJDD. Note 1.— Tiie — in ?|^j5p, etc., is deflected ^rom — ^29^ 4). Note 2.— Several variant forms, besides those given, are found, es- pecially in poetry. 52. The Demonstrative Pronoun. 1. nr (^r) tUs (m.) nt^r this (D rh^ (^{<) these (m. or f.) on or 'nt^in those (m.) 2. i^')'nthat[m.) l^^TMhatit) . ^^ ^ ,^ ^ / in or njH those (f .) t , , ^ I •• TJ" 3. nnil yonder (m.) T^TJ yonder (f.) t^pT yonder (c.) U 53, 64.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 63 1. a. nt = ze, heightened from za (ace). b. )\ is poetic, and used more frequently like a relative ; it is really a sort of nominative to nt, c. n^^t = zoth, for zath (§ 30. 6), i. e., i^t with feminine ending H* d. tiVVt has Daghes-forte ^rma^ire; '^X occurs only eight times, and then always in the Pentateuch and with the article. 2. The personal pronouns of the third person are used as remote de- monstratives. 3. The forms translated yonder are stronger than the usual remote demonstratives, but very rare, — the first occurring twice,^ the second, once,2 the third, seven times.^ Note.— '^J'} is closely related to ^tl the article, which was originally a demonstrative. 53. The Relative Pronoun. !• *lti^N who, which, that 2. 'tj^, sometimes •tJ'*» 1. The more frequent relative is properly a noun in the construct state meaning place : — a. It does not vary for gender or number. b. It is frequently merely a sign of relation. 2. -tj^, or '\^ is in no way connected with *)^^?, but is a distinct pronoun. It is found a. Exclusively in the Song of Solomon, and frequently in Eccle- siastes. b. Occasionally in other books, as Judges, 2 Kings, 1 Chronicles, Job, and the later Psalms. 54. The Interrogative Pronoun. 1. ^0 whof no what? T 2. a. Nnp:'-rrD (2:19) ; nNmD (3:13) ; ^^-^9 (Ex. 3:13). h. *n^ another interrogative is formed.^ Note 5. — Reference should also be made to the expression ^JhQ OD?J^. equivalent to a certain one, which is used as an indefinite pronoun.^ iCf.Jer.5:7; Eccle8.U:6; IKgs. 13:12. a Cf. Ruth 4:1; ZKgB.6:S. X. The Strong Verb. 55. Roots. 1. 102 (1:1) ; ^'^50 (1:6) from ^1D; Ip^^tyO (3:8) from ^^1, nntr' (2:3) ; n^p^H (2:5) /rom ^CDD ; n^flpSn (3:7) /rom flp^. 2. ^^1^ (1:1) Ae crea^e^; TSl^ (2:3) Ae res^er?; Hp'? (2:22) he took. T T ~ T l~ T n'^n (3:8) Ac walked; yf2^ (3:17) Ae Acartf; mQ (3:7) he opened. 3. niO (3:4) to die, DO Ac died; D^C^ (2:8) n"?! n^n, vx^ n^:, nps. 2.'^379 verbs are found in Qal only ; 40 in Niph'al only ; 68 in Pi'el only; 11 in Pii'al only ; 58 in Hiph'il only ; 6 in Hoph'al only ; 19 in Hithpa el only. 3. In all, 1090 verbs have a Qal stem ; 433, a Niph'al stem ; 405, a Pi'el stem ; 188, a Pii'al stem ; 503, a Hiph'il stem ; 104, a Hoph'al stem ; 177, a Hithpa el stem. I Young's Introducticm to Hebrew, pp. 16, 17. 72 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [2 63. 63. The Qal Perfect (Active). tabular view. 1. He hilled *7DD the simple verb-stem (§ 58.). 2. She hilled '^'?Pi?. ^ '^^p ^'*^ '^- (o"gi°ally n^), the usual feminine sign. 3. Thou (m.) hilledst til''CiD ~ '^tOp with jl, a fragment of the pro- T : j-)t -|t t noun ninJ^ thou (m.). T - 4. Thou it) hilledst fl'^COD = ^tOD with ^, a fragment of the pro- : : -It - |t : noun |n5^ thou (f,). 5. //aYZec? ^D^W = '^Dp with ^fl (for O), a fragment • : j-|t -/t of oiN /. • |T 6. They hilled ^^^\?r ^ '^^l? ^^^^ ^ (earlier p), the usual plural sign with verbs. 7. Ye{m.) hilled OtiltQp = ^Dp with DHj a fragment of the pronoun Di^^? 2/^ (m-)- 8. Ye (f.) 7a7?edf |f)'?^j7 = ^^^ij ^^^h fjl, a fragment of the pronoun JH^jJ ye (f.). 9. Fe /a7?ec^ )i7W = '^DD with ?| j, a fragment of the :-.-)t -|t pronoun I^H^K ^e- REMARKS. 1. [n-^5?p];n-'?>N^ (3:18); '>jr}':;p_t^' moy, r)^^!^ (i:2i); ninn m2). 2. [n'^Pp^, n'ppp, fri'?pp];rri7n (1:2); i^lpre (18:15); fnj^-}^ (31:6). 3. rr-in:i = nn-nn = ti^nn (3:i2); rynt:^' = ii^-n^' = i^^n^' (i:2i). T-T T-T t:|t -t -t :|t 4. [Dri^Pj?' lO*?^)?^' °Ci!5*f == Qf)i^5t?^' (42:22); fni/T = fn;;-!* (31:6). 1. The pronominal fragments used in the inflection of the Perfect are always a/-fixed to the stem. 2. The inflection of the verb exhibits distinctions for number, person and gender. Special forms for the feminine occur in the 2d and 3d person sing., and in the 2d person plur. 2 64.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 73 3. The vowel-terminations PT {=she) and ) {—they) draw the preced- ing consonant away from the ultimate vowel (a) of the stem ; the change of the vowel to S'wa necessarily follows [I 36. 3). 4. The grave terminations Dfl (= y^ (m.)) and |]^ {= ye (f.)) draw the tone from the ultimate syllable of the stem ; the tone-long — under the first radical, no longer near the tone, is changed to §*wa (? 36. 3. N. 2). 64. The Qal Perfect (Stative). [For the full inflection, see Paradigm B.] TABULAR VIEW. 3 m. Bff. 3 f . Bg. 3 c. pi. 3 m. pi. 1 c. pi. Middle A '?^p n'jt?)?. i'^'?i?. ^it>^> 1J'?gp Middle E ■^fPp r^m "^"^m Dri'7t?p ^J'?^P Middle ■^bp ^^\^. ^'?'?i?. D^'?^)? ijy^p 1. p5^(2:24); ?)r)j?^' (1:21); DpJfD^* (42:22); »nj;p^' (3:10). 2. fpr (18:12) ; ^nip.ni8:13) ; na^' (12:10); HnM '(18:20); '^\^y ;2 nrrK (37:3)' lut ^yn^ (27I9) ; laniSt (44:2cl 3. "iy [32:26) '^'jy ;3 ^r)iy (30:8) ; ^Jl^Dp (32:11) ; ^rH^^ (43:14). T AT • : J T • : j\r • : u r 1. Verbs with — under the second radical of the Qal stem [I 58. 2. a and Note 2) are inflected in the manner described in the preceding sec- tion (§ 63.). 2. Verbs with -^ (heightened from — )* under the second radical (§ 58, 2. 6 and Note 2), do not differ from those with — in the inflection of the Perfect, except that the -^ appears a. In the Perfect 3 masc. sing., and h. When restored in pause (§ 38. 1), or before the tone. 3. Verbs with -^ (heightened from —)^ under the second radical [I 58. 2. c, and Note 2) retain the o whenever the tone would rest upon it, and in pause. ijudg. 20:34. 2Joell:13. 3 Ex. 8:14. 4 The following are Middle E verbs; those with + have e only in pause, or when pretonic:-3n«t, D3N, D*^«t, py3, "13^, ^71:+, ^T\^, j*^^, |pj, ^7111+, ypn+, f]jn+, '*^pn+, ysn, nan {Umh), 3vn, "inD, k?d, ^y (pe di-y), ^^\ KT, n53+! ni5^3/ K^^S+Z «"??+. ^3 J, d;;;, djj;, f]:j;, dvj^+, nSyt, kdv, 2^1^+. '^Pp+'^'^R'''' ^^O"*"' '^^^■''» P^^' ^-^^■*'' ^^^' ^-5^* '^'5^' '*^^' "^** np for niD. 6 The /oUowing are the Middle verbs: niK, 12^13, 3"|D], "ir, h'D\, ^p'^ jb|5. 74 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [g 65. 65. The Remaining Perfects, [For the full inflection see Paradigm B.] TABULAR VIEW OF IMPORTANT FORMS. 3 m. sg-. 3 f. 8gr. 3 c. pi. 2 m. pi. 1 c. pi. Niph'al ^^P; n^^iDp!! ^'?pp;i Dn'?L)p^ ^^'ppp^ Pu'al ^Dp n^^p i7^>\) on'^Dp ^^v.pp Hoph'al '^^ipo n'^tppn ^'?c?prr oti?tDpn '»^'?5?prT Pi'el ^P'^ n'pLpp i7:9p orii^p ^-ii'pt^P Hithpa'el "^^^i^n^} n^cppnn t^^pnn Dn'?ppnrr i^^tjpnn mph'il '7^£?prT n^^Dpn ^^^Dprr on^^prr ^^'F^ipn 1. a. ^f2t^y,^ n'lripy,^ ^npp!! (3:5); Drinpp^"^^ ^r)T]y h. n^M4:26). nn^.^ (24:15); ' n'pj (6:1);' Dr)!^^ ;« W^^V"^ • c. -!pbn;« m5n;^ iD^urni^^ np^^t^^'n-i^" W5trn-^' 2. a. n|l(41:2); ^5^. (39:19); ^5^ (45:15); DniS*!/^' h. -i^>ipinn;i* ^^ipnri'^' ar}\^lp_r^rl^^' ^n^i^nn^'^ c. n^jin(3:ii); rrTJini^^ n^iin;^^ oniJin (45:i3); niJirr (i2:i8). T J- • J- • jv : - • T : J- • Of the remaining Perfects, it will be noticed that 1. Three follow entirely the inflection of the Qal Perfect, viz., a. The Niph'al {^^p^ from ^tQp^, I 61. 1). 6. The Piial [^^'p, VsO. 3). c. The Hoph'al {^tpT}, also sometimes bW^^^ ? ^O- 3). 2. Three present slight variations from the inflection of the Qal, viz., a. The Pi'el (^COp and '^Dp, from ^^p_, § 59. 1), in which the original — of the ultima is always restored before terminations begin- ning with a consonant. 6. The Hithpa'el (^Dp/in and ^^pnri, I 59. 5), in which, also, original a is restored, but the ultimate a is sometimes attenuated to 1 c. The Hiph'il (ys^p'H, anomalous for '7t?pn, Aom '^DpH, ^ 60. 1), in which, (1) before the vowel-terminations H and ?|, the anomalous i is retained and accented; while (2) before terminations beginning with a consonant, the original ^=- is everywhere restored. lOrSiSp. 2 2 Sam. 20:10. sNum. 5:13. 4Deut. 3:4. 6 Mai. 3:13. eJer. 22:26. 7jer.20:14. s Lev. 5:23. a Joel 1:9. loJer. 22:28. ulsa. 14:19. i2Jer. 8:21. IS Ex. 12:32. "Isa. 30:29. is Num. 11:18. "Lev. 11:44. nEzek. 38:23. 18 1 Sam. 25:19. is 2 Sam. 19:9. S 66.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 76 66, The Qal Imperfect (Active), tabular view. 1. He will hill ^£0p^ = ^\^p with ^ [for ^), originally a pro- nominal root of the 3d person. 2. She will Jcill ^^p^ ~ '^bp with f) {for ]^), the usual sign of the feminine, here prefixed. 3. Thou (m.) wilt kill ^^COpIl = VtOp with j^ [for j^), a pronom. root of 2d pers., of. Unj^ ihou (m.). T - 4. Thou (f.) wilt kill ♦^ppri = ^bp with pi (see above), and ♦_, (of. ^^^^T «^ie) used as a sign of fern., cf. ^riK^ thou (f.). 5. I shall kill ^tOpK == '^tOp with }^ {for }^), a pronominal fragment, cf. ^^^^{ /. 6. They (ra.) wi7? MZ ^*7t?p! = ^bp with ^ (see above), and ?|, the usual plur. ending of verbs. 7. They (f .) wi7Z A;i7Z H-D'pbpfl = 'l^Dp with ^ (see above) and H-^, per- haps a frag, of H^n they (f.). TJ" 8. Fe (m.) will kill i7^ptl = ^£0p with ^ (see above), and \ the usual plur. ending of verbs. 9. Ye {t) will kill tliitD7)D = '^bp with ri (see above) and niper- haps a frag, of H^njjt ye (f.). 10. We shall kill ^W^ = VDP with j) {for ^), a pronominal root, cf. )^n^ we. REMARKS. 1. The pronominal roots and fragments employed in the inflection of the Imperfect are not so clearly recognized as in the Perfect ; they are a. Pre-fixes: ^, p, f1, ft N; \ 11, tl, fl, j in all of which— is attenuated to — , which under }< is deflected to — (e). 6. 4/"-fixes: — — — V' — 5 ^' '"^^' ^' ^i^ " 2. The original stem of the Imperfect is ^pD (qtul, not q'tiil), whence comes '^bp through the influence of the tone. 1 ' j^K is found in K«thibh seven times for PH thou (f .) 76 ELE3IENTS OF HEBREW [§ 67, 3. The vowel-terminations ^ (seldom V__) and ) (seldom p) draw the preceding consonant away from the ultimate vowel, which then necessa- rily passes into S'wa (? 36. 3. a). 4. The termination JlJ (seldom f) does not receive the tone. 67. The Qal Imperfect (Stative). [For full Inflection, see Paradigm B.] TABULAR VIEW OF IMPORTANT FORMS. 3 m. sg. 2f. sg. 3m.pl. 3f.pl. impf.witho ^Dp^ ^'^pjpn ^*?t?)P» ^t!^\>^ impf.witha ^D|p^ ^^c?pn ^^pjp^ •^^'?^i?r^ impf. withe '^^'p\ ^*7p[pn I'^c?!^ n^Vtopn 1. h:itf^> (2:2); ijjp^^ (2:21); '!\T\}^\ (1:20); n?^' ('^•7); ^SJ)! (7:18). 2. D5^> (30:15) /rom :i5^*; '^^l^^ (21:8) from '7^^; n^J^. (7:18); "l^m (27:45); TOV? (2:5); J;D! (2:8); Vht^\ (3:22); ?|;^^n (3:3); i;;ptr^ (3:8). 3. fn^ (1:17); \T\T) (3:6); Tj^H (3:14) /or rj'?');! ; NV? (4:16) /or ^^V)^ 1. Verbs Middle A, with some exceptions, have in the Imperfect the form ^\2ip\ [orig. yaq-tiil), the inflection of which is given in ? 66. 2. Verbs Middle E and verbs Middle 0, with some verbs Middle A, have in the Imperfect a stem with a instead of ; this a is treated like the 0. Remark.— The Imperfect stem ^^T), instead of ^\^p, is used also in verbs, whether active or stative, which have a guttural for the second or third radical. 3. Some verbs whose first radical is \ and the verb TJl^ to give, have for the Imperfect stem the form '^tDp, i. e., e instead of 6 or a. No strong verb has this stem. Note 1.— There were three Perfect stems, '^Dp, '^tOp, and ^*Dp ; and so there are three Imperfect stems, ^'Op'*, ^^p^ ^^^ ^^ P^ *^® ^ ^^ each case being original, while the e and o have come from i and u respect- ively. Note 2.— It will be seen later that the stem-vowel of the Imperative varies with that of the Imperfect. f68.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 77 68. The Remaining Imperfects. [For full inflection, see Paradig-m B.] TABULAR VIEW OF IMPORTANT FORMS. 3 m. sgr. 2 f . sg. 1 c. eg. 3 f . pi. "^m ^y^^t r^pp:p^T) 1'?^) Pfel ^Dp^ ♦■ptDpn '^tppJ^ T]p\^\>r\ (^p) Hithpa'el ^tDpn* ♦■pcppi-in '^tDpn^:? n^'pDpnn ('^D) Pii'al ^^p> ''?£?pri '^'topN! n^^t^pn roph'al *:JDp^ '"pppri "^m nt>WT\ Kiph'il yppM'^tOp!) '■p'Ppri ypp{< ^tl^\>^ 10 1. -tn£D* (2:10); N^p^ (2:23); n^Hp^n (3:7); nnD5< (4:14); I'^V (4:18) Dnri (6:6); nV^WT) (6:11); N'?^;! (6:11); ^DD^ (8:2); N':?^^ (8:2). 2. tr"lp| (2:3); H^t^Vor n^^'| (8:7); ^T]\ (8:15); ngn^ (31:24). 3. ^'2nr}\ (3:8); ayj;^^^ (6:6); ^'p'pnnri •} ^cop^n^' n:?|)nti^ri.3 5. (l^PVn (3:18); t^'5'7M3:21); ?|T^! (26:32); ])nn^r);^ ^H'^tf^P ^*15!(1:4); f3l?^>(3:24); Ng^*-]^ (1:11); l^n (24:28); rj'p^'n (21:15). 1. a. The stem of the Niph'al Imperfect [orig., Mnqatal) differs from that of the Niph'Sl Perfect [orig., naqtal) in two particulars :— (1) the first radical has a vowel, and consequently (2) the characteristic prefix na is strengthened to jri, of which the n is elided after a preformative, while the ^ is assimilated and represented by Daghes-forte in the first radical. Note.— The vowel of the ultima, generally — , is frequently — ; cf. the interchange of these vowels in the Pi'el, and Hithp^'el. h. In the inflection of the Niph al Imperfect, there is to be noted, (1) the pausal form with -^ instead of -^; (2) the use of either — or — before n<3 ; (3) the occurrence of — sometimes instead of — under the pref. K. 2. a. The stem of the Pi'el Imperfect is identical with that of the cor- responding Perfect, except that the original penultimate — is now restored. iJer.49:4. aJudg.UiS. s Lam. 4:1. 4lsa.27:9. 6lsa.27:12. 6 Ps. 88:12. 1 Lev. 6:15. «Ezek. 16:5. 9Deut.4:16. lo Ex. 12:15. 78 ELEMENTS OF HEBIIETV [g 68. 6. In the inflection of tlie Pi'el Imperfect, there is to be noted, (1) the use of S'wa under the preformatives, (compound S'wa under the guttural {<) ; (2) the use of either -^ or -^ (prevailingly the former) before Hj, 3. a. The stem of the Hithpa'el Imperfect is the same as that of the corresponding Perfect, the H being elided after a preformative. h. In the inflection of the Hithpa'el Imperfect, there is likewise to be noted the use of either ^^ or -^ (prevailingly the former) before H^, T 4. The stem and inflection of the Pii'al and Iloph'al present no peculi- arities. 5. a. The stem of the Hiph'il Imperfect is identical with that of the corresponding Perfect, except that the original penultimate -=- is now restored. h. In the inflection of the Hiph'il Imperfect, there is to be noted, (1) the second form 7pp*i used as a Jussive [I 72. 2), and with Waw Consecutive (§ 73. 3. a. (2) ), the — of which is regularly heightened from -^\ (2) the retention and accentuation of the stem-vowel ^ before vowel-additions * , ^ ; (3) the occurrence of -^, rather than ^__, before H^, Note 1. — The following table will be found serviceable : 1. Name of stem, Qal, Niph., Pi., Pii., Hiph., Hoph., Hithpa. 2. Preformative with vowel, t ♦ t ♦ t * il* 3. First radical with vowel, 'p ^ 'p T) \) p p Note 2. — The various elements used as preformatives and afforma- tives appear from the following table, the asterisks representing radicals : 3 m. He will ***♦ They will ?)***♦ 3 f. She will ***fl They will r\T**r\ 2 m. Thou wilt ***n Ye will Y**^ 2 f. Thou wilt ♦***n Ye will T^T^T\ 1 c. / shall ***\^ We shall ^***j 69.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 79 69. The Imperatives. tabular view. Impf. Imv. 2 m. sg. Imv. 3 f . sg. Imv. 3 m. pi. Imv. 3 f . pi. Qal with o ^Op^ '^bjP Qal with a '^tOp^ '?Dp Niph'al ^Dp*. ^Dpn Hiph'ii '^^pp^ ^tppn ^'?Dprr i'?pp ^'^tpp ■ 'I'^pp ^^*t?pn ^':'*pprT Hithps'ei '7^p_r}^^ '7:Dp_nri ^yt^pnrr ^'?ppi7rT n^^Dp T : J- )t • n^'pc^p n:i'?Dpnrr T : J-)- : • 1. a. nb[^ (8:1), nbr;i ah5^' :ih5;^ a5*f! (30:i5), D3^> 6. rj^'ptf^y ri'?:?^!,^ rpi^ri'^' D*55?^"r),« ddj?'! (20:8), D3t?^'n.« c. n9*fn(24:6), n5^"n;^« tj^'p^V tj^ptj^'ni^ jn^nri;' inninn.^^ 2. a. 1^^9(1:22); (n)t^'55 (1:28); f;;9^7or H^J^Dt?^' (4:23). h. rp'^nj iD^Jptj^n (37:22), ^D^'^tf^'H 1^^ ^•^'pn,^^ nyt;/pn^' 1. The s^em of the Imperative is the same in every case as that of the Imperfect ; it will be noted, however, that a. The Qal has two forms, one (active) with o, and one (stative) with a. h. The Hiph'il has a form corresponding to the Jussive Imperfect in e (§ 72. 2), rather than to the usual Imperfect, which has i. c. The initial tl which was always elided after a preformative in the Impf., appears in the Niph'al, Hiph'il, and Hithpa el. Note. — The pure passives Pii'al and Hoph'al have no Imperative. 2. In the inflection of the Imperatives, it will be seen that a. Before vowel-additions, the vowel of the stem becomes — (except in the Hiph'il); and the short i under the first radical of the Qal f. sg., and m. pi., stands in a half-open syllable, the transliteration being qi-t*lij qi-t'lu. b. The Hiph'il Imv. has e as its stem-vowel in the m. sg., and/, pi, but i in the/, sg. and m. pi. Note 1.— The Imperative has no preformative s, and its afformatives- are those of the Imperfect. Note 2.— On the Imperative with n_ (cohortative) see 2 72. 3. iDeut.9:7. 2 Ex. 24:4. s Ex. 17:14. 4 3 Sam. 13:5. 6l8a.2:20. 6 Ex. 7:10. 1 Ex. 7:9. 8judg.9:33. 8 Ex. 8:16. lo Judg. 13:13. uDeut. 7:3. 12 1 Sam. 18:23. i3jer.7:29. "Job 33:31. i5P8.6:3. 80 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [g 70, 70. The Infinitives. tabular view. Qal. Niph'al. Pi'el. Pu'al. Hithpa'el. Hiph'il. Hoph'al. *7bjp "^Dj^rr ^Dp frDp] ^Dpnn b'\D\)r^ ^Dpn 1. '7DN(2:16); nlD^'j^ iDti^ fh|rT;^ i^b?;) (31:30); '?Ntf^';i ;4 iD! 1^ iilp;«nil4 (40:15); DD^'H;^ ^'l?D;"l^rT' (/or n^^H); (I'ppniio [cf. ^3*1^1]. 2. *7b^'p (1:18); iD^' (3:24); iOf (9:16); 5i.^ :}5^ (34:7); PD'^TjP ng'i (17:22); tr'p^;^^ '^n?? d^is); n55i>>'* Each stem has two Infinitives, called Absolute and Construct ; but no example is found of a Pu al Infinitive Construct, or of a Hithpa'el Infin- itive Absolute : — 1. The Infinitive Absolute has a. In the penult the vowel of the stem ; the ~^, which appeared in the Pi'el and Hiph'il Perfects being here restored to ^, as in the Imper- fect and Imperative. h. In the ultima everywhere a long vowel, viz., (1) 6 (=a) in the Qal, Niph'al, Pi'el, and Pu'al, the a being length- ened from an original a (? 30, 6. a), (2) e in the Hiph'il and Hoph'al. Remark 1. —The Niph'al Infinitive Absolute has two forms, one frbpj) based on the form of the stem appearing in the Perfect ; the other ('^bpr?)? based on the form of the stem appearing in the Imperfect and Imperative. Remark 2.— The Pf el Infinitive Absolute is often found with e in the ultima instead of 6. Remark 3, — The 6 in the Inf. Abs., arising always from a, is seldom written fully. 2. The Infinitive Construct has, in every case, the form of the stem to which the preformatives and afformatives of the Imperfect are added. iDeut.5:12. sDeut.7:18. 8jer.32:4. 4 1 Sam. 20:6. sps. 118:18. sPs. 40:2. tl Sam. 17:16, 8lsa.56:3. 9Kuth2:ll. ioEzek.l6:4. n Ex. 4:14. i2Num.l5:3L M 1 Sam. 10:2. h Nah. 3:15. 2 71.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 81 Remark. — Stative verbs, which have a in the Imperfect and Imper- ative, have, nevertheless, o in the Infinitive Construct. The cases of an Infinitive Construct with ^ are very few. Note 1. — The ultimate vowel of the various Infinitives Construct is changeable, while that of the Infinitives Absolute is unchangeable. Note 2. — Only to the Infinitives Construct may prepositions be pre- fixed, or suffixes added. 71. The Participles. tabular view. Qal Active. QSl Stative. Qal Passive. Niph'al. ^top *7ep ':'iop ^7^^^ PTel. Pu'al. IRph'il. HSph'al. Hithp^el. impf. *?c?p^ b^>\ '^^cpp! *7Dpj • b^^^rs' Part. ^t3pP ^DpP '7'^^\>^' *?OpD b^'p:}'^ 1. a. tTD'n (1:26); NV^ (2:10); DDD (2:11); t]^!! (2:14); nlj; (4:2). 6. pr (18:11); 1DD(13:2); D^tT' (33:18); N'?0;^ nDVorJllD. |)-.T ' •• T •• T •• T •• •• T c. nm(3:14); r]n? (9:26); ^^2 ;^ J\\ D-^D£)trV ^r^'ipy\•? ^"br^a^ m-m [irr-':'£op]; D-Nn:n (5:2); ijinii (3i:7) /or in-inj); D-:in:i;3 tt): tt: t: tt: tt: ?i5pj<;^ 'ni?-^;' ^rr'pt?^*;' ^pnn^^ Jrj'p^j^^" (32:i8). ninyOp, nn'^'tOp]; see above, 1. a; DntHN ;^ Dn':?D^e.9 : -I- T J : I v-iT T / : -jt t -: - jt t -: Eemark.-in"r (4:25) for ^r^T\r^\ Vnj^n^ (18:19) for ^l^n^^T; ^rTi':'*^V(>^ ^nn-!'?^ n;;-i^ (24:i6)/or n;;nn rrnrn?^^^^^ rTnr^^^. j-t: :j-t: 'tt: t^tt: t-i- t -: r :j- r -: When the object of a verb is a pronoun, it is often expressed by the union of HK and the pronominal suffix. More often, however, the pro- nominal suffix is joined directly to the verbal form. This occasions certain changes of termination and of stem. 1. In the case of the Perfect with suffixes, it is to be noted, a. In reference to termination-changes, that the older endings are in many cases restored, as (1) the older ]!__, for the later |7 (3 sg. fern.) ; (2) the older ^fl, for the later t^ (2"sg. fem.) ; (3) the older ^T\ (= Din), for the later UVS (2 pi. masc). Bemark. — ^ occurs for n (2 m. sg.), often before ♦^t ~ T h. In reference to stem-changes, that, in the Qal, (1) the tone-long a of the first syllable, being no longer pretonic when a suffix is appended, becomes S'wa ; while (2) the a of the second syllable, which has been volatilized before personal terminations beginning with a vowel, is restored, and, in the open syllable, heightened. Remark 1. — The ^^ of verbs Middle E appears before suffixes. Remark 2.— The ultimate — of the Pi'el and Hithpa'el becomes — before !^, D^, |5, but is elsewhere rejected ; while the ultimate i of the Hiph'il suffers no change. c. In reference to the union of termination and suffix, that (1) to a verbal form ending in a vowel, the suffix is attached directly; (2) to a verbal form ending, in ordinary usage, with a consonant, the suffix is attached by means of a so-called connecting- vowel which is generally a, but before !r|, D5' ^"^ P' i^ S*wa. (3) to the 3 sg. fem. termination H-^? suffixes forming a syllable are attached without a connecting-vowel ; other suffixes have iDeut.25:l. 21 Chron. 13:3. 3 Josh. 10:19. ■* Deut.l5:16. 6Deut.l5:13. 6 1 Sam. 20:23. »Deut. 13:18. sPs. 48:7. 9Hos.2:14. 10 Ruth 4:15. nJer. 49:24. ? 74.] BY AN nSTDUCTIVE METHOD. 87 a helping-vowel, viz., e (§ 37. 2), before ^J, but a before D and I ; tlie accent, peculiarly, is in every case on the penult. Note 1.— This a, heightened from a, as well as the — volatilized from S, is really the original final vowel of the verbal stem ; ^^p = qa-ta-la, ^t2^p = qa-ta-la-ni ; )i7^p = qa-ta-l^-nu. Note 2. — Certain contractions are quite frequent : (1) ^jl— to "j ; (2) )n'- to v_; (3) inn- to ?in_; (4) rr_ to n_; (5) rrn_ to nn^. J" ■ : -l~ J- T JT T T : -I- T J- In the third and Jifth of these cases, the H is assimilated backward. In the fifth, the H oi the contracted form is merely a vowel-letter. .J.. T |: • 'J- T : • J" T : • • j" t : • [0>t?p^ !T*7^p^]; inn'?tf^"^ (3:23); D'l?)'?^! i'" '^^???^?''^ [*^!7'Pp5 ; D;?'?'?! (3:21); ?)n5'?tf^"^ (37:20); DI^D^^K^^^ c. U-n^JD^ ;i^ n'\f2^^:^n ;^* ^rrj^'^trn i^^ see examples under h. [li^iop^]; rrj)^DN*n (3:i7); ?iji5itrn (3:i5); ?):ic?-n-ij^ (9:5); ?i:inDrn.i« 3. a. [rp^\}]; ^'p??!!! (2:17); D^'P^JJSt (3:5); D51?^? ;'' ^^t ^^^5 (35:1). [H'^Dp]; niny (2:15); tiiM (2:15); DnQ5<;i« ?):in::iV9 T : Jt t : "> T : T t : t j" : 't Remarks.-[!r|^tDp] ; ^tf^p5'?;'' 03131 i'^ Hisi ;22 ^^i;r|p3'7.23 h. [»:)^Dp]; on:3r;24 ^jnotr';^^ Dn;::^^;^^ )r\ti^,^' •J" : |t "J" : t • -i" : t " : t j":^t [ni^pp]; ^:n?;;;2« Ditron;^^ irr-:!3J^.^« ij 1 1 - / 11// M/ y 1 .'..-k III < 1.1 1 / / 1// / 1 ^..-» /~i 1 < 1 t/'f^f^^.^^ •31 *lf^^^^?,>^^.32 V:hm] ; ^Jlj;DLr' (23:11); Ui;;Dty(23:8); O^^^'H i^^ ^nD^'^tTil. •J" t1: ■*j"t : • •j t : • 5^- • : - j- • : - 2. In the case of the Imperfect with suffixes, it is to be noted, a. In reference to termination-changes, that H^ (2 and 3 pi. fern. always becomes ), h. In reference to stem-changes, that before suffixes, 1 Cant. 1:6. 2 Job 19:15. s Jer. 2:19. 4 1 Sam. 24:16. sps. 137:6. 6P8.42:7. Tl Sam. 1:19. s Job 29:14. sPs. 13:2. loDeut. 5:28. uPs. 57:10. i2Deut.9:14. 13 1 Sam. 23:11. h Ruth 2:15. is Ex. 1:22. lePs. 8:5. n Jer. 23:38. i8Ps.4&:ll. 19 Ex. 14:5. 20 IK^. 18:10. 21 Ex. 12:31. 22 Ex. 19:9. 23 1 Sam. 27:1. 24 Judg. 16:28. «iPs.l6:l. 26Prov. 4:21. 27 Josh. 10:6. 28 Josh. 10:4. 29 1 Kgs. 20:18. sol Sam. 7:3. •IPs. 143:8. 82 Ex. 4:3. 88 • ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [2 74. (1) the of Qal forms ending in a consonant usually becomes — , but 8 before % DD' J? 5 (2) the a of Qal forms ending in a consonant is retained and heightened ; (3) the e of Pf el forms ending in a consonant becomes — , but e before iTT, DDj D ; while the i of Hiph'il forms remains. c. In reference to the union of termination and suffix^ that (1) to verbal forms ending in a vowel the suffix is attached directly; while (2) to verbal forms ending in a consonant, the suffix is attached by means of a connecting-vowel, which is generally e, but t" before ^, Q^' f? > ^"^^ ^•> I'^^^^y ^^ before H ; (3) in pausal and emphatic forms, suffixes are often attached to a verbal form ending in an, which under the tone becomes en, of which the J) is generally assimilated. Note 1. — This syllable, ordinarily treated as a union-syllable and called Nun Epenthetic or Demonstrative^ is really the accusative ending of the verbal form ; while e, the ordinary connecting-vowel heightened from X {which is for ii), is the nominative ending. Note 2. — In the ending ^^_ (3 m. sg.) and HJl (3/. sg.), the Daghes- T V forte in ^ is for jl, of ^H and H respectively, which has been assimilated backward. 3. In the case of Infs, and Imv's with suffixes^ it is to be noted that, a. The Qal Infinitive (construct) takes (1) before ^, QJ, p? generally, the form '^tOp (o) ; but (2) before other suifixes the form *^CODi the o, in both cases, : )t standing in a half -open syllable. (3) as connecting- vowels, those used in the inflection of nouns. Remark 1.— The Pi'el Infinitive shortens — to — before Tl, DD' ??• Remark 2.— The Infinitive may take either the verbal suffix, ^^, or the nominal suffix ^__, the former being the object, the latter, the subject of the Inf. 6. The Qal Imperative, taking the connecting-vowel of the Impf., (1) in the 2 m. sg., follows the analogy of the Infinitive ; (2) in the 2 m. pi., suffers no change ; (3) in the 2/ pi, has the form t?t^O instead of tlHtDD* ■ ]• T : -I |: Remark 1. — The Imperative in ^ retains and lengthens the a, as does the Imperfect. Remark 2.— In the Hiph'il, the form ^"^tDpTl is used instead of '?t?Pil Note.— The Participles, before suffixes, are treated like nouns. ? 75.] BY AK INDUCTIVE METHOD. 75, General View of the Strong Verb. 89 Mood or Tense. 1. 2. Qal. Niph'^1. 3. 4. 5. Pfel. Pii'al. mthp^el. 6. 7. Hiph'il. Hoph'al. Perfect (3 m. sg.) ^Dpi '^LJp^ ^t?p2 '^•^jp *7??pjnrT3 '^''topn "^m Imperfect (3 m. sg.) Imperative '7bp!^ b^p\ ^bp *7DprT ':'??pD ^m Infinitive Absolute ^bp '^bp.T "ib^^J '^bp wanting '^toprr ^??P0 Infinitive Construct "1^:^^^ ^t?prr '^Dp want'g ^cgpnn '^'Ppn '^^PO Participle Active ^bip *?C5pO *7C3pnD *7^PpD Participle Passive ^itop ^Dp^ '^Dpp '^^p? REMARKS. 1. The Qal is the simple verb-stem (§ 58.). 2. The Niph'al has in every form the letter ^ ; this letter, however, is assimilated and represented by Daghes-fortc in the Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitives (§ 61.). 3. The Pi'el has everywhere (1) the vowel ^=- under the first radical (ex- cept in the Perfect), and (2) a Daghes-forte characteristic in the second radical (? 59. 1). 4. The Pii'al has everywhere (1) the vowel ~ under the first radical, and (2) a Daghes-forte characteristic in the second radical (? 59. 3). 5. The Hithpa'el is the same as the Pi'el (except in the Perfect) with the syllable r\T\ prefixed [I 59. 5). 6. The Hlph'il has in all forms (except the Perfect) the vowel— under the preformative (§ 60. 1). 7. The Hoph'^l has in all forms the vowel 8 (or ii) under the preformor tive [I 60. 3). 1 Cf. also the Middle E and Middle O forms, '7tDP, VDj5. 2 Cf . also the form with original -- in the ultima, S^D. 8 Cf. also the form with original --- in the ultima, ^^apnn. * Cf . also the forms with --- and -■-, "7Dp\ ^t3p\ s Cf . also the form used as a Jussive, and with Waw Consecutive, 7Mp\ 6 Cf. also the form which is based on the Perfect stem, SbpJ. 1 Cf. also the form with - ^^flp which is frequently substituted for Vl3p. 90 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 76. 76. The Most Common Strong Verbs. [In the following- list, Q.* designates a Qal with a in the Imperfect and Imperative; Pi.* designates a Pi'el with a in the Perfect 3 m. sg.] (1) 1^ (Q.)^ ^ea? treacherously; (2) '^l^ (Ni. Hi.) Divide; (3) C^p^ (Pi. Pii.) ^Seek; (4) ^^'2 (Q. Pi. Pii. Hi.) Boil; (5) '^-j^ (Q.* Pi. Pu. Hi. Hithp.) Be great; (6) V| (Q- Ni.) T^ear away; (7) 'r'aj (Q-) i>ea? icell or ill with; (8) D^l (Q. Ni. Pi. Pu. Hithp.) Steal; (9) pj-l (Q.* Pu. Hi. Ho.) Cleave to; (10) \yi (Q- Ni. Pi.2 Pii. Hi. Hithp.) Speak; \\l) ^y] (Q. Ni.) Tread, seek; (12) ^DJ (Q- Ni. Hi.) Remember; (13) ^Dt (Q. Ni. PI) Sing; (14) Ipr (Q.* Hi.) Be old; (15) [^^ (Q. Ni. Hi.) Secrete; (16) ^J^ (Q.* Ni. Pi. Pii. Hi. Hithp.) Be heavy i (17) D5p (Q- Pi. Pu. Hothp.) ^Wash; (18) D'PD (Ni. Hi. Ho.) Be ashamed; (19) "I^D (Pi. Pii. Hithp. Nithp.3) Cover; (20) "^^'^ (Q. Ni. Pi. Hi. Ho.) StumUe; (21) ^HS (Q. Ni. Pi.) Write; (22) J^^D'^'^ (Q-* Pu. Hi.) Put on; (23) ^"2^ (Q. Ni. Hithp.) Cop- - T - T tiire; (24) lO^ (Q.*Pi.*Pii.) Learn; (25) Dp'? (Q. Pi- Pu. Hithp.) Gather; (26) n:)D (Q.'^Ni. Hithp.) >SeZZ; (27) 0*7^ (Ni. Pi. Hi. Hithp.) Escape; - r - T (28) Tj'pD (Q. Ni. Hi. Ho.) Be king; (29) ^[£^'0 (Q- Ni. Pii.) Prolong; (30) '?^1? (Q^ Hi.) Rule; (31) ^^p (Q. Ni. Pii. m.) Close; (32) rjDD (Q- Ni. Pi.) Sustain; (33) I^D (Q- Ni.) J[foMr?i; (34) ^^D (Q- Ni. Pi. Pii.) Number; (35)nnp (Q.*Ni.'^Pi. Pu. Hi. Hithp.) Conclal; (36) D^^S (Q- Pi- Hi.) Escape; (37) lp|) (Q. Ni. Pi. Pu. Hi. Ho. Hithp. Hothp.) Visit; (38) t^WB (Q.* Pi. Hi. Hithp.) Strip off; (39) p^V (Q.* Ni. Pi. Hi. Hithp.) Be right- eous; (40) |5^ (Q. Ni. Hi.) Conceal; (41) n5p (Q. Ni. Pi. Pii.) Bury; (42) Dip (Pi. HiJ Be before; (43) tiHp (Q.*Ni. Pi.*Pii. Hi. Hithp.) Be holy; (44) '^Vp (Q. Hi. Hithp.) Be wroth; (45) IZ^p (Q. Ni. Pi. Pii. Hithp.) Bind, conspire] (46) p^ (Q.* Hi.) Crouch; (47) uS (Q.* Hi. Hithp.) Tremble; (48) '^^n (Q. Pi. Tiph'el)* Tread, spy; (49) ^D^ (Q.* Hi.) i?ic?e; (50) '?5^ (Q. Pi. Hi.) ^e wise; (51) "IDC^ (Q. Ni. Hithp.) Hire; (52) ^D^f^' (Q. Ni. Pi.* Hi. Ho.) Break in pieces; (53) nj^' (Q. Ni. Hi.) Cease, rest; (54) tp^ (Q. Ni. Pii.) Overflow; (55) '^b^' (Q.* Pi. Hi.) Be bereaved; (56) D3l^'(Hi.) Rise early; (57) Tj^^' (Hi. Ho.) Cast,send; (58) nW (Ni. Hi.) Destroy; (59) IDtJ^' (Q. Ni. Pi. Hithp.) Keep; (60) '?i3tr (Q-* Hi.) Become Zow;; (61) tOptf^' (Q. Hi.) ^e gme^; (62) t^^JT} (Q. Ni. Pi.) Catch. 1 Ordinarily with o in Impf., but with a, Mai. 2:10. 2 Generally n2"l, in pause 1^1. 3 The Nithpa'el is a rare stem, passive of Hithpa'eL < The Tiph'el is a rare stem. XI. Tlie W^eak Verl>. n. Weak Verbs. 1. ar;; (2:24); TjDn (3:24); r|n5 (1:28); f]ir) (1:2); H'pC^ (3:22); ^2^' (3:8). 2. rn:i (1:17); ;;£0J (2:8); ^^^ (4:6); DDD (2:11); ^^H (3:22); W(3:14). It t t -t — t — t 3. 1DK (1:3); '^rjN (2:16); nt:^> (4:16) /or "y^^ ; n^^» (2:8); ^£0* (4:7). ~T T .-T -T-T "T ^W[^-l^)\ nit:^' (3:19); fl^D (3:3); 0*^^(2:8); i^n^l (1:1); Nnp(l:5); NyD(2:20); n'?;^ (2:6)/or 1^;;; HNn (1:4) /or INI ; HJlD (4:1) /or TT TT ~TTT "T t|t Weak verbs (? 56. 2) may be classified, according to the character of the weak consonant or consonants which they contain, as, 1. Guttural; these are called a. Pe ('£3) Guttural, when the/rs« radical is a guttural (§ 78.). h. 'Ayin ('J^) Guttural, when the second radical is a guttural [l SO.). c. Lamedh C'^) Guttural, when the third radical is a guttural (§ 82.). 2. Contracted; these are called a. Pe Nun [V'^), when the first radical is ^ (§ 84.). h. 'Ayin Doubled (^"J^), when the second and third radicals are alike [I 8G.). 3. Quiescent; these are called a. Pe 'Aleph (}»5"f3), when the first radical is }»{ and is quiescent (§ 88.). h. Pe Waw (V'£3), when the first radical was originally 1 {I 90.). c. Pe Yodh (^"£3), when the first radical was originally * (§ 92.). (^. 'Aym Waw or 'Ayin Yodh (V'J/ or ^"J^), when the second radical is 1 or ^ m 04, 9G.). e. Lamedh 'Aleph (J^"'?), when the third radical is K (? 98.). /. Lamedh He (n"*?)^ when the third radical, 1 or ♦, is supplanted by the vowel-letter ,1 (? 100.). Note 1. — These technical terms are derived from the verb '^J^S. which was formerly used as a paradigm-word ; £) = first, ^ = second^ ^ = third. Note 2.— A single verb-stem may, of course, have the peculiarities of two or even three classes. 92 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 78, 78. Verbs '5 Guttural. [For full inflection, see Paradigm D.] TABULAR VIEW. Qalwitho Qalwitha in Impf. in Impf. ^iph al. Hiph'il. Hoph'al. Perf. ■7^:5? '?^:^ "^mi ■^'pji^p "^^m Impf. "rbi^;. ■'^i^.v '^m- '^'m^. ">m:. TlDT. '7m ■^^Jl^ •^tjj/p "^mp Inf. abs. "TSm •710;; ■^bj^P' '7mr\ '^m?:} Inf. const. '?bi? 'i^Z '?t?;ep ■^'pj^j";! "^^m Part. act. '?oy "^m ■^'pj^p Part. pass. ■^itaj; "T^m '??:^^.. b^!^ 1. to:^.^]; ni^nip) (i-s); K3ii}st (3:10); ^5k;.(6:21); t]5n;,2 2. a. frDI^|]; n'?J^M2:6); iDI^n (4:12); -Drj;^^_(2:24); lt:^i;;_(3:7). h. L'^Dj^^;.; ^Di^;i; ^^Dj^H]; ptn*. (41:56); p§r7^;3 '?irri-);4 pnnn;'' n^5i^in (47:21); 5w« -n>T (1-29); rr.^.f7^M31:32); r]bH,^(29:22). 3. a. nitri?; (2:4); i^l?^ (2:5); !^|^^^^ (2:17); nnn^t (3:17); UnpT (4:25); nt?^;? (6:14); ^f2i^^ whence i^^^ (1:22); ^':)i^ (47:24); f|bN»« 6. rrtrj;p.(l:26); ntrj;|^^(2:18); [':'D;i^n]; seea?soo6ove,2.a.i. c. -iDm (2:9); ^^HH;^ nBn:);^ ijin^^ rrDtrn^ (i5:6). T : V - : V I - : V : - t j .• : : - ^- 'irr;!pnM4:8); ^n5i;;_ (27:29); n5I?;_ (37:28); 1D$iW ^- i^lPI^^'' ^^^ i?l5l^ni;^<^ ^Djst^. (29:22) twniDpKyi Verbs, whose first radical is a guttural, exhibit the following pecul- iarities (§ 42. 1-3):— 1. The guttural refuses to he doubled; hence the Daghes-forte, repre- senting y in the Niph'al Impf., Imv., and Infs, is rejected, and the preceding -r- heightened to -^ (even before H). 2. The guttural prefers before it the guttural or a-class vowels; hence a. In the Qal Impf. with o, and in the Qal Impf. of verbs tl"^ (§ 100.), the original a of the preformative is restored ; while 1 The form ^b)li is also common. 2 Ex. 14: 5. 3 Ex. 7: 15. < Ruth 1:18. sDt. 22:25. « Num. 21: 16. » Lev. 8:7. « Ex. 7:17. 9P8.31:9. ioNum.3:6. a Ex. 4:29. I 79.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 93 h. In the Qal Impf. with — , in the Niph'al Perf. and Part., and in the Hiph'il Perf., the preformative vowel (i) is deflected, under the influ- ence of the following guttural, to e. Remark 1. — A few cases occur of forms like '^tDJ^^ or ^bJ^^ Remark 2.— The ,*1 and ft of tlTl and n^pT do not affect a preceding Y, which stands with them in a closed syllable. 3. The guttural prefers compound to simple S'wa ; a. When the first radical would be initial and, according to the inflection of the strong verb, would have a simple S'wa (half -vowel), it takes instead -^, or, particularly in the case of K, — . h. When the first radical would be medial, and, according to the inflection of the strong verb, would close a syllable (i. e., have under it a syllable-divider), it receives, in order to facilitate the pronunciation, an inserted compound S'wa, which always corresponds to the preceding vowel ; thus, — ^■, — —, — — (o). c. Very frequently, however, the strong gutturals are allowed to close a syllable, no compound S'wa being inserted. d. When, in inflection, a compound S'wa would come to stand before a simple S'wa, as when vowel-additions are made to a word, the compound S'wa is changed to its corresponding short vowel, and the syllable thus formed is half-open (§ 26, 4). e. The combination — ~ very frequently becomes — ^^, when, in inflection, the tone is removed to a greater distance. Note.— The H and H of ^^'^ and n^H have a syllable-divider (—), T T T T according to c (above), when medial and vowelless ; but a half-vowel (^), when initial and without a full vowel. 79, The Most Common '£3 Guttural J/erbsa [In the following list those with the Qal indicated by Q. have for their Imperfect a form like '7b;;;; Q-* indicates an Imperfect like blD}^^J Q.+, like VD;r;;.Q.**, like Sp;^' ; Q.++, like hhy^ or Sbj^'; Hi. indicates a Perfect like ^'Pi^H. 'but Hi.*, like ^'t?i^n; Ni.. a Perfect like Sd^J, hut NI.*, like Sp^.^l (1) b^^ (Q.* Ht. mthp.) Mourn. (2) |^DN (Q-* P^- HI Htthp.) Be estab- lished. (3) f]pN (Q-tt Nt. H. Pu. Hithp.) Gather, (4) ^DN (Q-tt m.* Pii.) Bind. (5) Ut'^ (Q** Ni.* Hi.*) Be guilty, destroy. (6) rign (Q- Ni.* Ho. Hithp.) Overturn; (7) IDfl (Q. "Pi- (with ult. a) Pii. 'hi.* Hithp.) Join; (8) tT'Dr? (Q- Q * I^« P^-) ^^'^^' ^ird; (9) ^T} (Qt.) Gird; (10) *7in (Q ** Hi.) ' Cea^e; (11) prH (Q.* P^. (with ult. a) iln 5101Z) will he found the most common '3 guttural verbs which are also n«7. 04 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 80. m. Hithp.) Be strong; (12) DDIl (Q** Pi. Pii. IK* Hithp.) Be wise; (13) Cptl (Q. Pi. HI) C/ian^e; (14) y^H (Q. Ni. Pi. Hi.) Draw out; (15) p'pn (Q. Ni.* Pi. Pu. Hi. Hithp.) Distribute; (16) ^^DH (Q-t) Fitij, spare; (17) j^^H (Q-t Q.**) Delight; (18) 3^0 (Q-t Ni.* Pii. Hi.) i>^>; (19) npn (Q.t Ni.* Pi.) >^earc^; (20) D^H (Q-t Ni.*Pi. (withult. a) Hithp.) Think, impute; (21) r^\^tl (Q-t Ni.*) Withhold; (22) Diirr (Q.t Ni.* Pi. Hi.*) Seal; (23) l^j; (Q. Ni. Pii. Hi. Ho.) Serve; (24) •^51^ (Q. Ni. Pi. (with ult. a) Hi. Hithp.) Pass over; (25) ^^ (Q. Ni. Fu.) Abandon; (26) "It;; (Q. Q-t Ni. Hi.*) Assist; (27) nOj; (Q. Hi. Ho.^ Stand; (28) n^jj (Q-t Ni.*) Restrain; (29) p^';; (Q. Pii.) Oppress. 50. Verbs y Guttural [For full Inflection, see Paradigm E.] TABULAR VIEW. Qal. Niph'al. Pi'el (1). Pii'al (1). Pi'el (2). Pii'al (2). Hithpa'el. Perf. *7Np '?Np^ ^Np biip Impf. ^i %p^ ^JCp^ Imv. ^Np *7NprT *7Kp Inf. abs. ^^^}p ^^^p^^ ^Np Inf. const. ^Kp '^Kprr ^Kp "^^npr *?rTp '?np "^Nprin '^npl '7iripni(6:f); nn^(6:i7); ?)Dn^/ fn';);^ nnfoni^o nn;;5i;ii ^^iidj;^^' i;?5V.'' onin^ (45:i3); ini2\ me). 2. a. nn^^i* b^:^r\',^' ^:;y -^^bi^} ;^^ *?Jit5!^V« iiin (34:i9); orr^^^ ^'. ^Dq(jr";2o ?i:)j;;ip;2i ^onp_;22 ^p^^v;'' '3N|?^';'* '^inp;^^ ^':'K^> c. ^^^^■;27 i;,j^^.28 «:)K|t;29 nn^n (6:11); I'^y-,^^ nrro^ (i8:6). 3. ^41pj;3 ;12 jji^pi^j .30 cf. also the words cited under 2. b, iDeut. 1:5. a Mai. 1:7. a Ex. 16:38. 4Ps. 109:10. 6 Lam. 2:7. 6 Num. 16:30. ? 3 Sam. 7:29. sisa. 40:1. 9Prov.30:13. lo Gen. 35:3. n Deut. 13:6. 12 Deut. 32:31. "IKgs. U:10. 14 Gen. 13:11. is Ruth 4:4. leEx. 3:3, n Ruth 4:6. is Deut. 4:32. 19 Mai. 3:19. 20 Ex. 13:31. ai Gen. 45:17. 22lsa. 40:1. 23 Jer. 23:20. 24Nah.3:14. »l8a.47:3. ae Jer. 48:19. 87 Josh. 15:18. aa Ruth 4:4. as Lev. 35:30. so Ex. 16:16. i 81.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 95 Verbs, whose second radical is a guttural, exhibit the following pecul- iarities (§ 42. 1-3):— 1. TJie guttural refuses to he doubled; but a. While in the case of J^ (generally), and of *1 (always), the preced- ing vowel is heightened (a to a, i to e, ii to o), b. In the case of the stronger gutturals, viz., ]^ (prevailingly), Jl and (1 (almost always), the preceding vowel is retained short in a half -open syllable, the doubling being implied (§ 42. 1. b). Note 1. — Heightening of ii to o in the Pii'al takes place frequently in verbs which retain the i or a of the Pi'el. Note 2.— In a few verbs, especially those with J»J, the vowel is height- ened in some parts of the inflection, but in other parts retained. Note 3. — The vowel which is heightened on account of the rejection of Daghes-forte is unchangeable. 2. The guttural prefers the guttural or a-class vowels; this is seen a. In the occurrence of a, after the guttural, in the Qal Impf. and Imv., rather than o, even in Active verbs ; and sometimes in the Pi'el Perf., rather than e. b. In the occurrence of a, before the guttural, in the Qal Imv. fern, sg. and masc. plur. ; this a arising from ~7~ is in a half-open syllable. But it is to be noted that c. In the Qal Inf. const., the usual o remains unchanged; and like- wise the ultimate e in the Niph'al and Pi'el Imperfects. 3. The guttural prefers compound to simple §'wa ; this is seen in the almost universal occurrence of ~ under the second radical instead of t (half -vowel). Note 1. — No Yfel Inf. abs. of an '^ guttural verb occurs ; there is always substituted for it the form of the Inf. const. Note 2. — As a matter of fact, the guttural exerts less influence on a following than on a preceding vowel. 81. The Most Common y Guttural Verbs. [In the following list Q.* indicates an Imperfect like bj^D"'.; PI.*, Pu.* and Hithp.* indicate that in these stems Daghes-forte Is implied.] (1) *7N| (Q. NY. PI Pii. m. Hithp.) Redeem; (2) fND (Pi-) Refuse; (3) "im (Q. Ni. PI* Hi.) Ash; (4) '^r\'2 (Nl Pi.* Pu. Hi.) Confound; - T ~ T (5) nntO (Q. Pi * Pu. Hithp.*) Be dean; (6) "inO (Q. Nf- Pi *) Hasten; (7)'7np (Ni. Hi.) Congregate; (8) ira (Q. Ni. Pii.*) Choose; (9) in^ ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [?82. (NI Pi* Hi.) Hide; (10) uril (Q- Ni.) Fight; (11) IflB (Q. Pi* Hi.) Tremble; (12) yTS (Q. Ni. HI) ^e enlarged; (13) Dfl'1 (Pi * Pu-*) Have mercy; (14) j^n-J (Q. Pu.* Hithp.) Wash; (15) pm/(Q. Pi.* Hi.) Be far off; (16) pH^ (Q. PI* Hi.) Laugh; (17) tOH^' (Q- Ni.) Kill; (18) nW (Ni. Pi* Hi. Ho.) Destroy; (19) ^^/^(Q. Pi.*Pu.Hi.) Con- mme; (20) DI?3 (Q- Pi-* Hi.) Trovohe; (21) '^'^_^ (Q.) i)o; (22) pj;^ (Q. Ni. Pi. Hi.) ^Cry; (23) Tj^^ (Q- Ni. Pi. Pii. Hi. Hitlip.) Bless; (24) ^^^ (Q. Ni. Pi. Pii.) Drive out; (25) pnr (Q.*Pii.) Sprinlde; (26) fj^D (Q.* NY. Pu.) Tear, rend; (27) HID (Q.*'Ni. Pii. Hi. Ho.) Cut; (28) ^TSB (Q. NI Pi. Pii. Hi. Hithp.) Separate, divide; (29) p|) (Q.*Ni. Pii. Hithp.) Break forth; (30) t^^nS (Q-* Ni. Pi.) ^i^rea^ ow^; (31)^]^^ (Q.*Ni. Pi.) i?^/ne; (32) T\\> (Q- Ni. Pi.* Hi.) Draw near; (33) Cj^b^ (Q. Ni. Pii.) Bum; (34) pTS^^f (Pi-) Mini&ter. 82. Verbs '^ Guttural. [Tor full Inflection, see Paradigm F.l TABULAR VIEW. Qal. Niph'^1. Pi'el. Hiphii. Hithpa'el. Perf. h^P HDp^ m\> n^^pn m'p.rs'n Impf. ^^\>' niDp! m\>\ rr^Pp! rriDpn^ ImT. W\> HDprr m\> n^pn n^pnn Inf. abs. nitop D^p^ DI9p D??pD Inf. const. h£Op n^pn m\> rr^pprr HDpnrr Part. act. W\> Dt?pO n^Ppo DDpnp Part. pass. mtop fiDp:) 1. a. npV^ (2:5); \^B\ (2:7); );^^ (2:8); rT'7?^> (3:22); h'p^^ &. y-jV (41:31); ;r5^> (31:53); \^p^r^\^ Vh^ \^ m\ (12:17); rh^;\ (8:7); n^ti^'i* n^'?^' [M.] (8:10); HDV! (2:9); ;;3tf^! (50: 25); j;^irr;5 j;-iirr;« mi^^;^ i;*!J5nn (45:i); J5i.«c/:: j;ir (1:29); j;iM3:5); njrp;^ J[;5ntf^'P;^ «^^ fl^P^i^^ nn§;^i n5^n;i2 ^^gt^/njia rr'pprr.i* iEx.4:4. 2lSam.4:19. 3Ex.9:7. 4 Ex. 4:23. 6jer.31:7. eProv. 9:9. T Dan. 11: 40. 8lKgs.3:3. 91 Sam. 21: 15. ioDeut.22:7. iilsa.58:6. i2lsa.7:ll. u Ex. 13 : 19. M Ezek. 16 : 4. { 82.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 97 c. i;ntj2 (1:11); n^r2'4r) msy, ^y^ ninsj^ nhsi^ tf?'^-,^ ni7m;' nh^"?;^ nm'^f l?T.;' J^?^^' ilp:i;'' rhi^^k^"- [See also the cases cited above, in fourth and fifth lines under h.] d. r):;y;P r}n\p;}^ t^np_i^'}' r}:;'^^n-}' nn^pn-^^ 2. n:inp«Dn 0:7); ^nirOtr' (3:10); ^D^y (4:9); nHp"? (3:19). ^n|?^V' '^n^ti^';!^ ^rt^ti^"?;'' 'qn^^"^ (26:29). Verbs whose third radical is a guttural exhibit, according to § 42. 1-3, the following peculiarities : — 1. TJie guttural prefers the guttural or a-class vowels; this is seen a. In the occurrence of S, before the guttural, in the Qal Impf. and Imv. (where a was a collateral form), rather than o, even in active verbs. h. In the restoration of e to the original stem-vowel a (§62. K 2) in all Niph., Pi., Hiph., and Hithp. forms except Inf's abs., and Participles. c. In the insertion of a Path^h-f^rtive (§ 42. 2. d) before a final gut- tural when the latter is preceded (1) by a naturally long vowel, ^ , ), or i, or (2) by a vowel essential to the form, as o in the Q^l Inf. construct ; (3) by the tone-long e, which is retained in pause and also in the Inf s abs. and Part's, because they are really nominal forms. d. In the insertion of a helping-vowel, viz., Pathah, under the gut- tural, in the 2/ sg. of the various Perfects. 2. The guttural prefers compound to simple S'wa ; but this prefer- ence is indicated only before pronominal suffixes ; the simple S'wa (syl- lable-divider) being retained under the third radical wherever in ordinary inflection the strong verb would have it. Note 1. — The Niph'al Inf. abs. is HfDp^ following the analogy of the Perfect stem, rather than that of the Imperfect (§ 70. 1. R. 1). Note 2. — The Pi'el Inf. abs. and Inf. const, are the same (cf. the '^ guttural verb § 80. 3. N. 1), except that the former, being treated as a noun, retains the ~^ and takes Pathah-furtive. Note 3. — Verbs with jl (i- e., H with Mappiq) as their third radical are ''^ guttural, and are carefully to be distinguished from verbs with the vowel-letter H (§ 100.).20 IPs. 97:11. 2 Num. 19:15. sDeut. 15:8. < Num. 22:37. 6Esth.3:13. • Isa. 45:1. 7 Ps. 106:5. sDeut. 21:4. slSam. 1:13. iojob28:10. nEx.5:2. 12 1 Kgs. 2: 15. 13 Ezek. 22: 12; cf. 1 Kgs. 14:3. u Isa. 17: 10; cf. Jer. 13:25. 15 Ezek. 27:33. w Ezek. 16:4. n Jer. 28:15. is 1 Sam. 21:3. i9 Deut. 15:18. 20 The following is a list of these verbs: nnj he high; r\D3 long for; HHO (in Hithpalpel) delay; njj shine; HDJ^ be astonished. 98 ' ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [?§ 83, 84. 83. The Most Common '^ Guttural Verbs. (1) HD^ (Q. Hi.) Be Ugh; (2) HtOln (Q- Hi.) Trust; (3) VCT^ (Q. Ht.) Flee; {^) T^'^l (Q- Pi.) Sacrifice; (5) H^'D (Q- Ni.) ^nom^; (6) rb^ (Q- Ni.) i^or^ii;e/(7) niB (Q. Hi.) Flourish; ^(8) n^} (Q- ^- I^i- P^-) ^^«2/; (9) n'?^' (Q. Ni. Yi. Pii. Hi.) /^enrf; (10) flO^ (Q- Pi- Hi.) 7?eioice; (11) )!h'2 (Q. Ni. Pi. Pii. Hitlip.) Swallow; (12) ;;p3 (Q. Ni. Pi. Pii. Hi. Ho. Hithp.) Cleave; (13) ^TJJD (Ni. Hi.) Be humbled; (14) J/HD (Q. Hi.) i?e7ic/ esp^se,• (3) t03: (Pi- Hlf.^ Look; (4) b2^ (Q. Pi.) WitLr; (5) TJl^ (Hi. Ho.) Make known; (6) J/j^ (Q.t Ni. Pi. Pii. Hi.) Touch; (7) t]^: (Q. Ni. Hithp.) Smite; (8) ti^'Jj (Q.* Ni. Hi. Ho. Hithp.) Approach; (9) Hl^ (Q-t Ni. Pii. Hi.. Ho.) Drive; m ^1^ (Q-) Vow, (11) JIH^ (Q.tt Pi.) W; (12) '^m (Q.tt Pi. Hi. Ho. mth^.) Inherit; (13) "jj^^ (Q.t Ni.) Plant; (14) t^\Q^ (Q. Ni. Pii.) Spread out; (15) l?^ (Ni. Pi. Hi. Hithp.) Know; (16) r]p^ (Q. Ni. Pi. Hi. Ho.) Pour out; (17) J^p^ (Q-t Ni. Hi.) Depart; (18) %i (Q. Hi. Hithp. Pii.) Fall; (19) y^^ (Ni. Hi. Ho. Hithp.) Stand; (20) TO^ (Ni. Pi.) Be preeminent; (21) ^'^^ (Ni. Pi. Hi. Ho. Hithp.) Snatch, deliver; (22) ^%^ (Q.) Ohserve, watch; ^23) ^p^ (Q- Ni.) Define; (24) Dp^ (Q- M. Pi. Ho! Hithp.) Avenge; (25) :ib^^ (Hi.) i?mcA; (26) r[^'^ (Q. Q*Pi. Hi.)Xe7i^; (27) p^"^ (Q.t Pi. Hi.) Kiss; (28) fnp (Q.^ Ni. Ho.) Give; (29) ^n^ (Q. Ni. Pi. Pii. Ho.) Break down; (30) pjl^ (Q. Ni. Pi. Hi. Ho.) Draw out. 86. Verbs 'Ayin Doubled i^'yi [For full inflection, see Paradigm H.] TABULAR VIEW. Qal Uncontr. i [3ontr. Niph'al Uncontr. Contr. Hiph'ii Uncontr. Contr. Perf. totop Dp (DtDp^) ^p^. (ODpn) topn Impf. {^Dbip"^) Dp^orCOp.^2 (j^^jp^) top! (tDDp!) ^p: Imy. (tobp) top (co^pn) Dprr (toe)pn) ^P'7 Inf. abs. D'IDp (Dbpn) Dpn (toDpn) ^PO Inf. const. id^l?) ^■p (toDpri) Dpn (DDpn) ^P'7 Part. act. Wip (tocppp) DpQ Part. pass. DItOp co^p^) ^p^ Hoph'aliPf. DDpn^ =tDpirr; Impf. tDtopt= tOpV;Part.DDpp= DpiD. 1 Impf. |J^\ Imv. tri. Inf. const. JIJI. 2 Or, in Statlve Verbs, DfV. i 86.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 101 1. ^n (3:22)/or ^^H; ^Dl^for il^p* ; i'^ (6:l)/or ^^1 ; nDP/orD^C?:; DDnv^^' omn ; '^mn (4:26) /or 'r^'^n.-r, - T* - • - T • T • - • h. ^nrr {6:i), not ^^nn ; r^pn^ ?io« n*pn ; ^p*/, not '7^p\ 2. a. DD^i/^OSD^ iNJ^(12:3); DDJi l^ ^DJ i^ '^hn (9:20) ; tJ^'Q^io T : - T - T T T VJT- • • T V'' '7^^<;ll '7nn;i2 xni^^ '?prr;i* p-iiV^ J-T •• T •• T •• T )•• T ) -T 6. •^rrn (6:i)/or '^'pr^n ; '^np -^^ 2m •^'^ :;y (2i:i2).i8 c. *:5mn (4:26)/or'7'7rTn; ^nirr;^^ niDrii^o riDiD.^i Remark i.-Dn!;22 2b\P i\^'f' Oh'f' Dbt^;^' ^1^' "2^^ UTS^'P Remark 2.-DD: r^ rr:3D:i ;33 ?ib:! ;3^ jj'^i j ;35 nm ;3« njim.^ •• T T-i- T -IT JT -• ::-•• Remark S.-^DH •?^ n^DH (17:14); ^^in ;3^ I^^ID ;l^:^D!5l7.fi Remark ^.-^'^^ (H^^); |jrT (33:5); Jj^'j^^ (2G'.3);" h%f?. , cf, a^o >r^ (31:19); a!}^^43 ?|^t:)-)n ;44 DDSTH.^^ '"'' '■"''.^' i' '.' i'-l i'-i i/ Verbs whose second and third radicals are identical tend to unite these radicals in a double consonant. This contraction of the two radi- cals into one takes place in all forms except those which already contain a double radical^^ and those forms of the Qal which have a naturally long vowel.*'^ The following peculiarities result from the contraction : — 1. The stem-vowel, which, after contraction, stands with the first radical instead of the second, is the same as that of the corresponding form of the strong verb ; except that a. In the Niph'al Impf . and Imv., a is found rather than e ; and h. In the Hiph'il Perf., Impf., Inf. const, and Part., e, heightened from i, is found instead of i, anomalously lengthened from i [l 30. 2. e). Note.— Stative verbs have a in the Qal Imperfect. ilKgs. 7:15. 2 Num. 34:4. 3Ps.68:3. 4 Lev. 11:7. sJer. 33:23. 6lsa.52:ll. 7 2Kgs. 16:18. 8 1 Sam. 6:5. » 2 Sam. 32:27. lo Ex. 10:21. iiDeut.2:36. i.iT)eut. 2:24. 13 2 Sam. 5:23. i4 Jon. 1:5. is Ex. 30:36. lejer. 25:29. nJer.21:4. 18 Cf. also Sp« (16:5); UT\l (Deut. 19:6); nn;: (Isa. 7:8). is Isa. 44:20. 20 Jer. 33:21. 21 1 Kgs. 10 :18! 22 Ps. 30: 13. 23 1 Sam. 5:8. 24 Gen. 24 : 26. 25 Gen. 47:15. 26 Deut. 9:21. 27 Job 18:16. 28 Ex. 13:18. 29 3 Kgs. 22:4. so Ex. 23:21. si Deut. 1:44. 82 1 Sam. 15:9. ssEzek. 26:2. 34 Amos 3:11. 35 isa. 34:3. se Mai. 2:5. sTjer, 22:23. 88 Ruth 1:20. 39 Ex. 5:23. 40 Isa. 9:16. 41 Deut. 1:28. 42 Ex. 15:10. « Job 11:12. 44 Ps. 32:11. 45Mic. 6:13. 46 That is in Pi'el, Pu'al and Hithpa'el. 41 Qal Inf. abs. and Participles. 102 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [? 86. 2. The preformative vowel, which after contraction stands in an open syllable before the tone, is heightened. Here a. The original a, heightened to a, appears in the Qal Impf. with o, the Niph'al Perf. and Part., and the Hiph'il Impf., Imv. and Inf's. h. The attenuated i, heightened to e, appears in the Hiph'il Perf., the Hiph'il Part, (after the analogy of the Perfect), and, for the sake of dissimilarity, in the Qal Impf. with a. c. The original ii, lengthened after the analogy of verbs V'£3 {§ 90. 3. c) to u, appears throughout the Hoph'al. Remark 1.— The Aramaic form of the Qal Impf., made by doubling the first radical, in compensation for the loss of the third radical, is quite common. There is also an Aramaic Hiph'il of similar character, though occurring more rarely. Remark 2.— Beside the stem with a, the Niph'al has rarely stems with e and o, after the analogy of Qal Statives ; and there are some forms wiih Ihe preToriii^tiy^ lU'etained. JHemark 3.— The or-igAnal stem-vowel a frequently occurs in the '."HapJii'ii;- e^eifl \v,iih .liqii-giitturals. Remark 4.— Uncontracted forms, especially of the Qal Perfect, occur in pause or for emphasis. 3. ?|Dtr> (8:1); ?)^p (8:8); XXTS (18:20); ^ll^DJl (19:4); Th\^r^■} 'brV-? -IT |j T At j- t t-i" •• J" T • J" T • -I -1 J T 4. "^rybi^ ^n?D;« nbD;9 ^i^p4;'' Tmi;T\:}^ mpq^^^ rrr^gpri (37:7); Hll^^nm (41:54); n:l»^^^n♦l3 T jv • : - T J-.- • : 3. Before vowel-terminations (^ , ?|, ♦_) the Daghes-forte, which could not stand in a final consonant, is now inserted, while the preceding vowel is retained, contrary to the analogy of the strong verb, and accented. 4. Before consonant-terminations a separating-vowel is inserted to pre- serve the preceding Daghes-forte. This vowel is *) (= o for a) in Perfects, and ♦_ (after the analogy of the ♦_ [e =a+y) of verbs r\"b ^ 100. 3.c) in Imperfects. The separating-vowel is accented, except before Df) and ?ri» Remark 1. — When, in inflection, the tone passes away from the stem-syllable, (1) the tone-long stem-vowels o and e are shortened to ii and 1 [I 36. 1. a) ; (2) the tone-long preformative vowels are volatilized (2 36. 3). iJudg. 20:40. 2lsa.l3:10. 3 Cant. 6:5. 4lsa.23:16. 6 Josh. 10:18. eJosh.8:2. 7josh.5:9. 8lSam.22:23. 9Ex.40:3. io2 Sam. 6:22. iiJobl6:7. 13 iKgs. 18:37. is 1 Sam. 3:11. 2 87.] BY AK INDUCTIVE METHOD. 103 5. a. ^^n; tfir^\ 'ii!'p_T\\ t>^T}\'^ nD5^;2 'i^'py h. ?i5r'?^'[p;* ^nppn;^ "ilyo'f PP^?'' ^v5fhnM25:22); "iim.^ cSpSp'" ^nSjjSii''' ^VOVri;^^ ^T^Vy^ ^31?!?^'' : AT : - : • 5. a. The regular Intensive stems, Pi'el, Pii'al and Hithpa'el, are found quite frequently ; but more often there are substituted for them, 6. The Po'el, Po'al, and Hithpo'el, of which the "j (= 6 = a) is a lengthening in compensation for the omitted doubling ; or c. The Pilpel (no Piilpal occurs), and Hithpalpel, formed by the reduplication of the contracted biliteral stem. 87. The Most Common )J'y Verbs. [In the following list, Q. designates those stems which, in the Qal Imperfect, have the form Dp'; Q.*, those which have the form Dp'; Q.+, thoie which have the form DpV Ni.* designates a Niph'al Perfect like Dp J.] (1) *7^:3 (Q. Hithp6.) Confound; (2) S'^Jj (Q. Ni* P5'al, Hi. Hithp6. - T - T Pilpel, Hithpal.) Roll; (3) DO"! (Q * Ni. Po'el, Hi.) Be dumb, amazed; (4) TVO (Q- Ni. Pi. Po'el, Hithp6.) Measure; (5) in^ (Q.*P6'al,Hi.H6.i5 HithpS.") Wander; (6) DDD (Q. Q.* Ni. Pi. P6'el, Hlie^Ho.) Surround; (7) T]5D (Q. Hi. H5.17) Cover^, protect; (8) ^^Q (Pi. Hithp.) Pray; (9) nn|) (Q. P6'el, Pil. Hi. Ho. Hithp6.) Break; (10) ^^^ (Q.f Pii. Hi.) DistresJ; (11) nnp (Q.*) Bow the head; (12) ^^^ (Q.f Ni.is Pi. PI Hi. Pilpel, Hithpalp.) Be light; (13) ^"^(Q. Pi. Pii. Hi-^^ Hithpo.) Sing, cry aloud; (14) Tltr' (Q. Ni. Pi. PI H8.) Destroy; (15) Of^t^ (Q- Q-* Q-t Ni. P6'el, - T ■■ T Hi.20 Ho.21 Hithpo.) ^e astonished, laid waste. (16) nn5< (Q. Ni.22 Pi. Ho.) Curse; (17) ^^n (Q- Pi- Pu- Hithp. P6'el, Hithp8. HI) Praise; (18) jljll (Q.) ^a^ce; (19) '?'pn (Q. Pi. P6'el, Pii. P6'al) Pierce; (20) ^^H (Ni^Pi. Pii. Hi. H8. Hithp6.) i^w/ane, tegrm; (21) prr (Q. Ni.23 P6'el, Ho. Hithp.) Be gracious; (22) nntl (Q.f Pi- Hi.) ^e dismayed; (23) ^5*1 (Q- Pu.) Be many; (24) ^^J/H (Q.f Hi. Hithpo.) Be evil. 1 Gen. 20:7. 2lsa.l:6. 3l8a.65:30. ^Ex.SrT. bPs. 131:2. 6Ps.S0:6. 7 Gen. 49:10. sisa. 63:5. sEccl. 10:10. lojer. 51:35. nlsa. 29:4. i2Jer.51:58, 13 3 Sam. 6:14. h Gen. 43:10. 15 njn. 16 dd; and 3d:. " ^dh. is 7pJ. 19 pj'^n. 20 dk^; or Du^:- ?.04 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [U 8^,-90. 88. Verbs Pe 'Aleph (N"^). 1. "19^^1(1:3); ^;DKn(2:16); '?p^^:l (3:2); n^^enl(3:2); ^5^^ (3:12). 2. ^pJ^n(2:16),to'7pKn (3:6); '?pKy(3:2),te^pN> (3:6); 19^^1:3). Remark.-q':)OK (2:17); iDN':^ (l:22)=iDN^; '7Di<'^ (6:21); nDJ<> (10:9). I : T -: •• -."Iv •• T|" •• T|" Of the verbs having ^} for their first radical, there are six (see I 89.) which show certain peculiarities in the Qal Imperfect : — 1. The first radical X loses its consonantal character, and the vowel of the preformative, orig. a, is 6 (obscured from a, which came from ^r^).^ Note. —This ^ij is retained orthographically, except in the first sing., where it is dropped after the preformative i< (= /). 2. The Imperfect stem-vowel is e (from i) in pause ; but elsewhere generally a ; when the accent recedes, it is e. Remark. — Outside of- the Qal Imperfect, these verbs are treated as verbs '£3 guttural (§ 78.). Note. — A few verbs are treated sometimes as ^"^, sometimes as '£3 guttural. 89. The N"i3 Verbs. (1) I5i? (Q- P^-(^) Hi.) n3K\, 15}^^] Perish; (2) niJK (Q.) [rT^K^] Be willing; (3) tllK (Q. Ni. Hi. Ho.) [rllN^ also ^'m^ Seize, liold; (4) '73^J (Q. M. Pi. Pii. m.) ['7^^j^ '73K^] Eat; (5) *^D^J (Q. m. hi mthp.) hdkI ^m\ nDK-^1] Say; (6) n^^^ (Q. Ni.) [n£3N^] Bake, PO • VERBS PE WAW (T^) , [For full inflection, , see Paradigm I.] TABULAR VIEW. Q.Impf.w.e. Q.Impf.w.a. Nlph'al. Hlph'il. Hijph'ai. Perf. "l^"^ ^to^ '7D1J '7'airr ■^iDirr Impf. ■^t?'. ^D^* •jtPJ' "T^y •^oi' IniT. •^D '^D^ '7\y\T\ ■^tpirt Inf. abs. T ^to^ ■^o'lrr Inf. const. V -JV 'i^\ ■7^1111 'T'P'in Part. act. ■?£?■' ^t?> ■j'Dto Part. pass. T T •td^j ■PDIO 1 Cf. Sv«^1 for SVX^I (Num. 11: 25). ^ 00.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 105 1. J;T (4:1) for ;;nV, -iy^ (4:18) for ^\, ^\ (4:26). 2. «. NV* (4:16) = ye-9e'/orN^;V; DtT"* (4:16); -!*:in (4:1). Dt^'n (24:55); n'pp (3:16); I'pNI (18:13); J;T(4:17); 1;^T(3:7). NV (8:16); T]"? (12:1); ^f) (20:15); ;r'l (20:7); ill^ (4:2); Hji;;! (3:22). ?>. Jjr>^ (2:21); f^>N;i ?)N7;;2 t^'^^ (21:10); pi<7i1.3 Remark l.-n-l*? (4:2); ^5^^^;^ HPl (3:22); n;/!;^ mV i^7;7tr'a^5;8 iD^'?;^ n^5^ (8:7); fi'pbyo Remark 2.-rfD^;ii nDtT" (27:19); rn") (45:9) ; nnn (11:3). T : T : T : t jt Remark 3.-n5j? (11:31); T]'? (26:16); r|^j)_(12:4); Tj'pn (3:15). 3. a. -!':5V (4:18); ^HV (32:25); ^^^T\ (45:11); nOlHi^^ ^l,^-,^ (21:5). •• T- " T- -T • ;1T • •• T • : h. yy\l -P i7)} (21:3); T^^H (11:27); H^Vin (5:4); l^V (5:3). c. nnirr (39:i); rr^^ain ;i* '^nv.^^ 4. i^^v!'"' I^¥!;'' pr (28:18); mri;i« n^i^ni^^ ^n^vn.^o Verbs whose first radical was originally 1 exhibit the following pecul- iarities : — 1. The original ^ passes over into ^ (§ 44. 1. a) whenever it would be initial, as in the Qal Perf., the Pi'el and Pii'al ; and frequently also after the prefix nfl (§ 44. 1. b). 2. In the Qal Imperfect, Imperative and Infinitive construct, two treat- ments exist, according as the radical *j (or *) is rejected or retained : a. In those verbs which reject the radical \ (1) the Imperfect has for its stem-vowel e (heightened from i), or (before gutturals) a, while the i of the preformative, now standing in an open syllable, is heightened to e ; (2) the Imperative has the same vowel as the Imperfect ; (3) the Infinitive construct, taking on the feminine ending H (cf. verbs V'^, I 84. 1. a), assumes the form of an a-class Segholate noun rt>p [for n'pD, ? 106. 1. a). h. In those verbs which retain the radical \ the Imperfect has for its stem-vowel a, while the \ changed to ♦, unites with the vowel (i) of the pref c rmative and gives i. I Ps. 13:4, 2 Gen. 20:8. s Deut. 1:29. * Lev. 20:24. s Ex. 2:4. « Isa. 37:3. T Josh. 22:25. s Isa. 27:11. 9 Isa. 51:16. lo Deut. 9:28. n Num. 22:6. 12 Ps. 2:10. "Ex. 2:14. HPs. 45:16. is Isa. 18:7. 16 Isa. 58:5. it Isa. 14:11. is Isa. 9:17. 19 J er. 11:16. 20 Josh. 8:8. 106 ELEMENTS OF HEBRET*^ [§ 91. Note.— Only three verbs^ retain ") (^) in the Imperative^ and these are verbs which have lost their third radical. Remark 1.— The Infinitive construct has most frequently the form j-|^^ (= l^'ptO), before sufiixes ptl^ ; several cases, however, occur of the iForm Vh^ ; the form ^b^ is found a few times, while that of n^b^ occurs seldom. Remark 2.— Seemingly for compensation, the Imperative often as- sumes the cohortative ending H (^ 72. 3). J T Remark 3.— The verb T[ 7^ tJoalh has forms in Qal for the Impf ., Imv. and Inf. const.; the forms of the Perfect, Inf. abs. and Participle are taken from T|'?n» 3. The first radical (1), when medial, remains ; but a. It appears as a consonant only when it would be doubled, as in the Niph'al Impf., Imv. and Inf. const. (? 44. 5. c). h. It unites with the preformative vowel a, and forms 1 (a+w = 6), in the Niph'al Perfect and Participle, and throughout the Hiph'il {I 44. 3. a). c. It unites with the preformative vowel ii, and forms ^ throughout the Hoph'al (§ 44. 3. c). Note. — The form '^^V (from ^"y he able) is regarded by some as a regular Hoph'al Impf.; by others, as an anomalous Qal Impf. 4. In a few verbs V'£3, the ^ (= *)) is assimilated, just as ^ of verbs V'Q (§ 84.) was assimilated. 91. The Most Common V'^ Verbs. [In the following list, Q, designates those stems described in § 90. 2. a; Q.*, those described in § 90. 2. b; Q.t, those described in § 90. 4.] (1) trn*^ (Q.*2 Pi. Hi.) Be dry; (2) J/^^ (Q.* Pi. Hi.) Lalor, he weary; (3) TW (Q.*^ Pi. Hi. Hithp.) Cast, give thanks; (4) V"]^ (Q. Ni. Pi. P6. Pu. TT ^ -T Hi. Ho. Hithp.) Know; (5) ^H^ (Q.*) Give; (6) nil^ (Q- Pi.) Join; (7) '^H* - T - T ~ T (Ni. Pi. Hi.) Wait; (8) r\y (Ni. Hi. Ho. Hithp.) Reprove Judge ; (9) ^y - T T (Q.*5 [Ho.]) Be ahle; (10) ^^^^ (Q. Ni. Pi. Pii. Hi. Ho. Hithp.) Bring fortli, (11) T]'?^« (Q. Hi.) TTai/i;; (12) ID^ (Q.* Ni. Pi. Pii. Ho.) Found; (13) ^p- 1 riT, «T, HT; cf. also the pausal form n*^T (Deut. 33:23). 2 Inf. const, "^y T^V.y} no Imv. s No^Qal Impf.; Imv. pi. n\ 4 Only in Imv., DH, r\ir\, OH, ^^H. s inf. const. nSi); ; Impf. ^DV § 90. 3. N. 6 Cf , IjSn, which is found in^Q., Ni., Pi., Hithp. ?92.] BY AN IKDUCTIVE METHOD. 107 (Q.i m. m.) Add; (14) -)p^ (Q.t2 M. Pi. H13 Nithp.) C/iasfe; (15) Ij;;^ jQ * Nl. Hi. Ho.) Appoint, assemble; (16) tjj;^^ (Q.*) ^e weary; (17) W» (Q.* Ni. Hithp.) Give counsel; (18) n^)^ (Q-* Pi. Hithp.) Be beautiful; (19) XVJ (Q. Hi. Ho.) Go forth; (20) Jj^ (Hi.* Ho.4) Set, place; (21) ;r^J (Hi.* Ho.4) Spread down; (22) p^f* (Q. Q.fs Hi.* Ho.) Pow oi^^; (23) ^V* (Q.* It -t Q.t Ni. Pii. Ho.) i^orm; (24) n^^ (Q-t^ ^i. Hi.*) Kindle; (25) |^p^ (Q.*6) ^w;a/^e; (26) ^p^^ (Q. Q* Hi.) Be precious; (27) t^'p^ (Q.i Ni. Ho.) Bind, lay snares; (28) ^^ (Q.* Ni. Pi.) ^e afraid; (29) -jn* (Q. Hi. Ho.) Go "T -T (Ni. Hi.) Deliver; (35) njl^ (Ni. Hi.) Be left over. 92, VERBS Pi YODH (^"£3). [For full inflection, see Paradigm I.l TABULAR VIEW. Qal Niph'al Hiph'ii Hoph'al Perf. Impf. Imy. Inf. abs. « Inf. const. Part. No fonns occur. No forms *7t?' 1. DL)^M12:13); fp^^l (9:24)/or j^p^^ ; ^1^^7(^4:18); ^p^^Jl.^ 2. n^20\1 (12:16); m^^n (21:7); nDtO\n;i« D^tO^D (4:7); pm ;^^ • •• JT J- •• T : -I- •• • •• J • •• D^tO^K (32:13); »D^tOn;i2 HD^COW (32:10); aD^1 (32:13); a^tD^'^'?;^3 . J. .. ^ J. .. . .... ; 1 Only in Perf, 4 With "• assimilated. 1 1mv. rr^;,, 10 Jer. 1:13. isJer. 4:22. 2Cf. D"IDK. »Ho8.7:12. 6 Imv. py and pT ; Inf. const. npY. e Only in Impf. 8lmv. t:/-j; Inf. const. riK^n. '' 9lsa.66:ll. 11 Ex. 2:7. ' ^'^ Isa. 23:16. 14 1 Sam. 16:17. is Ex. 2:7. 108 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [U 93, 94. Verbs whose first radical was originally ^ exhibit the following pecul- iarities : — 1. In the Qal Imperfect the radical ^ unites with the vowel of the pre- formative (i) and gives i (§30. 2. a). No forms of an Imperative or of Infinitives occur. 2. In the Hiph'il the radical ^ unites with the vowel of the pref ormative (a) and gives e (§ 30. 4. b). Note.— No Niph'al or HSph'al forms occur. 93. The Pi Yodh (^"£3) Verbs. (1) DD^ (Q. Hi.) Be good; (2) '^'p^ (Hi.) Bewail; (3) fD^ (Hi.)i Go to the right; (4) pj^ (Q. HI.) Such; (5) TO^^ (Q.) Awahe; (6) 1t^"^^ (Q. H. Pu. Hi.) Be straight, 94. Verbs 'Ayin Waw [yy). [For full inflection, see Paradigm K.] TABULAR VIEW. Qal Niph'al Hiphll HSph'al Perf. '^l^ ^P Vipj ■^'prr ':'\i'\r^ Impf. '^ip: ■^ip* '''p: •^pv Imy. ^1p ■^'iprr ■^PO Inf. abs. ^•1p ■^V'"^ ■^po Inf. const. ^v ■^ipri ■^'P'-? ■^pin Part. act. ^p "^po Part. pass. ^1p •^-ipj ■^P^Q 1. a. niD; (38:11); C^ItT^^ (3:15); '2WT\ (3:19); JlID^ (42:2); '\2f\ (8:3). Dip (13:17) /or pip ; ^[^ (31:3); ^U (26:3); niD (19:2). D^in (42:28) = n^'in /or ait^^n; pin ;2 Dpm ;^ n?i%* 6. K^5n (4:4) /or i<^5n=Ninn; n^pn;5 n^c^n (i4:i6); D^pn;« ^^^r?;^ n\Sn (l:17)/or 7^n = ni^n ; Dpn^ ;« D^p^5 (17:21); n^tr> (50:15) for nitr> ; n^t^'fl (24:6) ; DpH i^ D^pr) (9:9). 1 A denominative from rp^"* n'g/it Tiand. sisa. 30:33. 3 Ex. 40:17. •< Num. 15:36. • Judg. 16:30. 6 Josh. 4:9. i'Lev.U:12. s Num. 7:1. 9Deut.22:4. { 94.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 109 c. N3(6:13); ^D^ for ^ID; ^^ (18:33) /or ^15^*; '1^'' for ^m-, T T -TT -TT TT tr\f for J^'nj; DIO!^ /orDlQ^;^1;:DM17:12); ':)lJ3n (34:15, 17:10); pDH;^ fn^ (41:33); JOJ (41:32); D^;ilD^« Dtrn (24:8); ^^^4:3) /or ^^1a^ Dl^n (50:15); Dpn (38:8). •• T "T •• : - •• T |- T Verbs, whose second radical is \ present the following peculiarities : — 1. The second radical 1 never appears as a consonant, but a. Unites with a preceding or following (original) ii and forms ^ : (1) in the Qal Impf. ^T^"^ = ^X^^'^X Imv., and Inf. const, ('^'jp = ^1p) (§ 30. 3. a); ' '' '' (2) throughout the Hoph'al , the 1 having first been transposed {I 30. 3. c). 6. Is changed to ♦, and unites with a homogeneous i, forming i (2 44. 1. e), in the Hiphll Perf., Impf., Inf. const, and Part. c. Is rejected whenever it would stand with a heterogeneous vowel, as (1) with a or a, in the Qal Perf. and Part., where the contraction of a-\-a gives a [\ 44. 2. c). So also in the Qal Inf. abs. with 6(=a). (2) with a in the Niph. Perf. and Part., where the a is lengthened in compensation to a, and this obscured to 6 {\ 44. 2. h)\ so also in Niph. Impf., Inf. const, and Imv., where, 1 being lost, a-\-a = a (§ 44. 2. c). (3) with e, in the Hiphll Jussive Impf., Imperative, and Infinitive absolute. Note.— The form of the Qal active Participle of V'^ verbs is ^^"^ (qatal), not '7Dp (§ 107. 1). 2. a. ym-T\ (3:19) for y\yT\ \ ^TT)^ for t^Y^l} ', flD'^ (41:32)/or J)-?: ;'n3-^ (4:3) for l^yy ; "^^^'h (50:15) for DITD* h. NO-n (4:4^ for ^Y^H \ n^P"cpar^- (19) niO (Q.^^ Polel, Hi. Ho.) Die; (20) fl^jj (Q. Hi.i7 Ho.iS) Rest; (21) D1^ (Q. Hi.) Flee; (22) ^^1^ (Q. Ni. Hi.) Move, nod; (23) :]1^ (Q. Polel, Hi. Ho.) Shake, sift; (24) ^^0 (Q. Ni.) Turn bach; (25) ^ID (Q- Hi. Ho. Polel) Turn aside; (26) 'X\)} (Q. Pi. Hi. Ho. Hithpo.) Testify; (27) f]iy (Q. Polel, Hi. Ho. Hithp6.) Fly; (28) nij^ (Q. Ni. P61el, Pi. Pilpel, Hi. Hithpal. Hithpo.) Awake; (29) pC) (Q. Ni. P61el, Pilpel, Hi.) Scatter; (30) D1^ (Q.) i^«s«; (31) nilf (Q. Hi.) Press, teste^e; (32) Dip (Q- Pi. Polel, Hi. Ho. Hithp8.) Rise, stand; (33) UT\ (Q- Polel, Polal, Hi. Ho.) Be high; (34) )JT\ (Pu- Hi. Hithp6.) Shout; (35) pn (Q. Polel, Hi.) i^wn; (36) ^ItT (Q. Polel, P61al, Hi. H6.) Turn, iEsth.9:31. »E8th.9:27. »P8. 119:106. ^Ps. 119:28. « Ruth 4:7. «P8.9:8. IPs. 37:23. 8 Job 15:7. 9Jer.20:9. lol Kgs. 20:27. nEsth.4:4. u Perf . with o. is Perf. K^'3'in. " Cf. § 97. (4). is a^pn, cf. D^D'H from 3ip;. M Pert. riD, Part. flD. " H^^h or n^3n. " HJIH or n3n. U 96, 97.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 113 96. Verbs 'AyTn Yodh (^"^T). 1. vy-} iyn^;2 rr:i^3;3 r:n;* ^^ii^^ ^'?^ji;« pM49:i6); vh^-n'^'ii I • T J- T T J- P • • T J* I -T I • T I • T (24:23); D^tT^ (30:42); Jl^t^^'N (3:15); cf. DC^^-^I (2:8); HtT''''^ (30:40). • T • T VJT- VJT- 2. i:in;« w?;^n\:in.io Verbs with ^ for their second radical differ but slightly from verbs with *) [I 94.). There may be noted two things : — 1. The Qal Imperfect, Imv. and Inf. const, have i instead of u for their stem-vowel. This arises from yi or iy : V^y = Vy*', ^5 ~ I!?* 2. There are a few forms with i retained in the inflection of the Qal Perfect. Note 1. — By some these verbs are regarded as but remnants of Hiph'il forms. Note 2.— The Niph'al, Hiph'il and HSph'al are precisely like those of verbs 'Aytn Waw. 97. THE 'AyYn Yodh (♦"];) Verbs, [The following list contains the verbs generally classrfled as ^'y. Outside of the Qal their forms are those of verbs vy. Q-* designates those forms which have also Vy forms in Qal.] (1) P5 (Q. Nt. m. P61el, mthp6.) Perceive; (2) *7^^ (Q.*) Exult; (3) f^*! (Q.* Ni.) Judge; (4) ^"^n (Q.* Polel, Polal, IK. Ho. Hithpo.) Be in pain, he strong, wait;^^ (5) ^^7 (Q.* mthp6.) Lodge; (6) ^>p (Q *) D^I^'^t^ C^) ^n (Q.* Ht.) Strive; (8) TV'p (Q.* Polel) Speah, meditate; (9) D^t?^ (Q * m. HS.) Put; (10) tr^b^ (Q •*) Rejoice; (11) yt^} (Q * P^lel, Ho.) Sing; (12) n^e^' (Q. H8.) Put. IPs. 19:13. 2P8.28:5. «Ps.5:2. 4Prov.23:l. 6Ps.21:2. 6P8.2:11. 7 Ex. 23:18. «Jer. 16:16. » Dan. 9:2. lo Job 33:13. u Cf . § 96. (10). 114 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW 98. Verbs Lamedh 'Aleph (^"^). [For full inflection, see Paradigm M.l TABULAR VIEW. [2 98. Qal. Niph'al. Pi'el. Hiph'ii. Hithpa'el. Perf. ^^\> ^^^)?^ Nt?p N^toprr NiDpr^n Impf. ^W- ^^\>\ J<^P1 N^tppl NDpil* ImT. NDfp J> 1. Nn:3(l:l)/orN"):3; Nnp(l:5); ^^^0(2:20); NnpMl:5); t^1p^;i T T - T t|t t t t|: • t|: • ^^ip2 for K*1p ; Ntrin (1:11) ; NV^ (2:10) ; K^j^^ (2:23). 2. a. IN'70 (1:28); ^IN'?^^ (25:24); r\^y^ (2:22); ^:Nnp\3 : • : : • t jv • :- • j- t): • 2>. ^J<^^;' 'n^i^P^' W!'' '^N^yvi;^ D5N;n5n'?.^ 3. a. rS'^'yn (17:19); ^riK^in (6:7); ♦riNVD (18:3); ?)JJ^1^D (26:32); TJT'T -JXT 'JTT JTT T : h. n^^^D;^ ^nN'?D;i«^n}«nM3i:3i); DnNn^iinN:ib^;i2tnNnpj;^3 T -I" T • J" T • J-T V ••: T J" T • J"): ■ nXDH;!^ nNDD;i5 HNn^i^^ nKlD^.^^ T J" • •• • T J" " T J" : - c. n:j^npn(2/pz.);i« rTjj^ (Q. M Pi.) Be afraid; (7) N'?? (Q- Ni. Pi.) Restrain; (8) ^?^D (Q. Ni. Pi. PiL Hithp.) Be full; (9) ^^9 (Q- N^- !«.) Find; (10) m^ (Q- Ni. Hi. Hithp.) Lift up; (11) Xn^ (Ni. Hithp.) Prophesy; (12) J<^|) (Ni. Pi. Hi. Hithp.) Be wonderful; (13) ND^ ^^'^ ^^ thirsty; (14) J^^j^ (Pi. Hi.) Be jealous; (15) N^D (Q. Ni. Pu.) Call; (16) iOr) (Q- Ni. Hi.) Meet; (17) N|)n (Q- Ni. Pi. Hithp.) Heal; (18) NeJtT (Q- Ni. Pi.) Hate. 116 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW 100. Verbs V'^ or ^"^, called rr"^. [For full inflection, see Paradigrm L.] TABULAR VIEW. [UOO. Qal. Niph'al. R'el. Pii'al. Hiph'il. Hithpa'el. Perf. ^W n^i?-? n?p TOP ntoprr rrDpnn Impf. ^W- ^W- n^p^ r^^\>\ n^pl nt?pr^^ Imy. nop rrtopn ntop nippn ntDpnn Inf. abs. litop ntOjP^ rlDp riDp ntopn Inf. const. nitof? nitopr? n'iDp ntep niDpn ntepnn Part. act. n5?p n£?pp ntppD rr^pi?9 Part. pass. nop n^jP^ rrt?pp 1. a. ,Tn (2:10); mW'H (2:6); n'^D (18:33); HJlD^ i^ n'?:^.^ TT )t;- t- t;- t:t h. iTnMl:29); rr'7ifM2:6); H'^^JSt (24:45); n^SJ^ (30:3); H^n^ c. ni?^r(i-ii); n;;n(4:2); rr'???;' n^o;^ n^tmb (24:2i). ^. ilD:n;« ^^^ (18:18); n'7:i:i;7 mp;^ n3nrr(i5:i); n^n.^ T T : • I - •• : - •• - e. rmvj'^'.'^y, niKn(2:i9); n'inn;i« nvnr[(6:i9); ni^prrrirr*" /. njrj?(6:i4); ri^;}}^^'^ iTDp j'' '^'^^ i'' ^fDH ;^^ rrKnp»'« Verbs whose third radical is 1 are very few, the *) in nearly every case having passed over into ^. Verbs whose third radical is * present the fol- lowing peculiarities : — 1. When the third radical (*) would be final, it is everywhere rejected except in the Qal passive Participle. Its place is generally supplied by the vowel-letter H, and hence these verbs are commonly termed Jl"^. Upon the rejection of the ♦, the following vowel-changes take place : — a. a, heightened from a (§ 36. 2), appears as the vowel of the second radical in all Perfects. h. e, heightened from a (§ 36. 2), appears as the vowel of the second radical in all Imjyerfects, c. e, heightened from a (§ 36. 2), appears as the vowel of the second radical in all Participles, except the Qal passive. ilKgs. 6:7. zEsth. 3:6. 3 Ex. 21:20. 4 Job 9:33. 6 Ex. 3:11. el Sam. 1:10, n Sam. 2:27. sPs. 40:3. sDeut. 13:16. lo Hag. 1:2. n 3 Sam. 13:3. i2Mic. 6:3. M Josh. 9:20. "Ps. 59:U. i5Ezek.6:ll. le 1 Kgs. 18:1. § 100.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 117 d. 6 (obscured from a) and e, the usual vowels, appear as the stem- vowels of the Inf's. absolute (the latter (e) in Hiph. and Hoph.). e. 6 (obscured from a, lengthened from a) with the fem. ending n> appears as the ending of all Inf's. construct. /. e (written PT.—), arising from the contraction of ^_, appears in all Imv's (2 m. sg.). 2. n7(l:26)/orVT!^ I^SM^^D /^^ V*?p»; 11|DM1:9) /or Vljp;.; VH (1:14) /or V^H; nn(l:22); ^9 (1:22);* Vl^jr?;! \Vf)^^,}^ fVD^t;^ 3. a. iTDiJ;^ n^np;8 n^^n;« rrnny (45:i9); n^^t■^,vo T -!■• :• T J" : I' T J" \ T -!■• •, T J" : T h. Dn^\n)(3:5); riW(3:14); ^n^?)V (3:17); ^nOp (4:1); n^Sn;" • J- • . J.. . ^- rD7P (41:36); j^pi:?^]-)! (19:33); rTr]?^j;n;i« '^^^TJ^P'"' '^^^55*'' 4. rTn^n (i:2) /or rr-n^n (=hayawath+a); nnpry (27:17); nriKi T : |T T - T T It ^ T -: It (38:14); nmn^(9:14); nn^OrT;^! nn^5;*^2 ^^^^pj^-^ (24:46). 2. Before vowel-additions, the radical ♦ is usually rejected, together with its preceding vowel ; it is retained, however, in pausal and emphatic forms. 3. Before consonant-additions, the radical *> unites with the preceding stem-vowel, always a, forming the diphthongal ay, which appears as a. e (♦ ) in the Perfects of the passive stems (rarely it is ^__); h. i (♦ ), thinned from e, generally in the Perfects of active stems, though Pi'el and Hiph'il stems very frequently have ^__; c. e (^ ), contracted from ay, in Imperfects and Imperatives. 4. The Perfect 3 sg.fem. of all stems has the old feminine ending H— » to which n is added. Note.— This H— naay be merely euphonic ; or it may be the usual feminine ending, added after the analogy of other verbs. fi.a.'^^^^forrijy. 11^24/ornii;; n^n^Vor^nn/ornanrr' ^:?iT for gnn for ngnn; '?j;n2^ for Thyr\. iDeut. 33:37. 2lsa.41:5. 3l8a.33:7. 4lsa.21:13. 6 Ex. 15:5. eDeut.8:13. 7Ezek. 32:2. 8Deut.27:9. ajsa. 14:10. lo Ex. 26:30. u Ex. 17:5. i2Deut.4:19. 13 Ex. 32:7. 14 Ex. 33:1. is Ezek. 31:15. lePs. 32:5. nDeut. 3:21. is Deut. 1:4^.. "Lev. 4:2. 202 Sam. 1:24. 21 Jer. 49:24. 22Hos.ll:6. 23 Ps. 119:18. 34Deut. 3:2JJ. 25 Judg. 20:38. 26Deut. 9:14. 27 Ex. 8:1. 118 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [I 101. ^' (1) r)'^')}for nii$^i; 5tf^'^i/or ngtf^'v (2) T\^'^_[^'.2l)forr^r}^'^\ ^5n(2T:38)/or rrS^'l; I1t?^'K1 (24:46). (3) f3;i(2:22)/orn^5n; n"lMl:22); J^jl;^ y^j^^ f^ (33:19). (4) f5OT /or n;!$r)1 ; f5J)1;6 i^nniOiG); D>;jll (43:34). (5) ;;^n(4:4); ^Hni (4:1); nm(4:5); C^jnd:^); tTJ^n (22:12). (6) ^Jin^ /or n'^Jin; NT*) (12:7); kiki.s T • V T • TJ"- T •• |T (7) '?3p_(2:2)/orn^5p_nVp_(2:16); f5p_;9 IV^V'' '^'^O'l (9:21). (8) pCf^n (29:10) /or nptf^^; T}^\ (9:27) /or HpO!; JO^V^ /o^ 5. Apocopation of the final radical and its preceding vowel, i. e., jl and n 1 takes place as follows : — a. Of n in the Pi'el, Hiph'il and Hithpa'el Imperatives ; in Hiphll forms, a helping — or -^ is often inserted, according to § 37. 2. c. 6. Of n in the Imperfect when used as a Jussive, or with Waw Consecutive {U 72. 2, 73. 3). After the loss of the ,1^, (1) the verbal form may stand without change ; or (2) it may have the vowel of the preformative heightened ; or (3) it may receive the helping-vowel ^r; or (4) it may receive the helping-vowel ^ and also have the vowel of the preformative heightened ; (5) in guttural forms -=^ is employed as the helping-vowel ; (6) in the Niph'al there is no further change ; (7) in the Pi'el and Hithpa'el there is also the necessary rejection of the characteristic Daghes-forte ; (8) in the Hiph'il the helping-vowel — is frequently employed, in which case the -^ of the preformative is heightened under the tone to ^ (^ 36. 2). 101a. The Most Common Lamedh He ['n"^) Verbs. (1) rrD (Q. Ni. Hi.) Despise; (2) HDln (Q. Vi.) Weep; (3) rr'?3(Q. R.) T T T T T T Fall away, decay; (4) ^^^ (Q. Ni.) Build; (5) TII^ (Q. Ni. Pi. Pti. Ho. T T T T Hithp.) Reveal; (6) Tir^l (Q- Ni. Pi. Hithp.) Be like; (7) H^f (Q- Pii. Hi.) T T TT Commit fornication; (8) HT (Hi. Hithp.) Thanh; (9) H")^ (Q- Ni. Hi.) TT TT 1 Job 31: 27. 2 Num. 21:1. 3 Ex. 2:12. 4 Ruth 2: 3. slKgs. 10:13. eDeut. 2:1. 7lsa.47:3. « Ex. 6:3. » Jon. 2:1. ioDeut.3:18. ujudg. 15:4. U 101, 102,] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 119 Cast, instruct; (10) H^D (Q- Pi.) Quench; (11) ril'2 (Q. H. Pii.) Complete; (12) HDD (Q. NL Pi. Pii. Hithp.) Conceal; (13) m'? (Q. Nl Hi.) Jom; T T ^y 1 (14) n"J9 (Q. Hi.) Rebel; (15) HD^ (Q- Ni. Hi.) >Sf^re«cA owi; (16) n|)p (Q. Ni. Hi.) ^nc^; (17) n"T£) (Q. Ni. Hi. H5.) Redeem; (18) n:£D (Q. Pi! Hi. Ho.) Turn ahout; (19) Hl^ (Pi. Pu.) Command; (20) ^rf3^^ (Q. Pi. Pii.) TT T T Watch, cover; (21) H^^j^ (Q. Ni. Pi.) TTaiV; (22) H^p (Q. Ni. Hi.) G^e«, o6- tain; (23) ntTp (Q. Ni. Pi. Hi.) Be sharp, hard; (24) ni"! (Q. Pi. Hi.) ■■■ |t XT 5ai;e dominion; (25) HD^' (Q. Ni.) Capture; (26) nnt^' (Q. Hithp.) i:)o obeisance; (27) nptT (Pu. Hi.) i)nWc; (28) nnC'" (Q. Ni.) i)nnAj; (29) |t T T T n^r) (Q. Ni. Pi.) Hang. T T 101b. Verbs Lamedh He i'n"^) and, at the same Time, 'D OR y Guttural (1) n!lK (Q.) (N"£3) ^e tmWiTi^; (2) rt^^ (Q. Hi.) /S'«;6ar; (3) mfl (Q. T T T T T T P6. Hi.) Meditate; (4) ^^*^ (Q. Ni.) ^e; (5) n^n (Q.) Make a noise; (6) T T T T nnn (Q. Pu. P6.) Cc»iceiW; (7) n^n (Q. Pi. HD Live; (8) H'?!! (Q. Ni. T T T T T T Pi. Pii. Hi. Ho. Hithp.) Be sick; (9) n^H (Q-) Encamp; (10) nOtl (Q.) T T T T Trust; (11) n^lH (Q. Ni. Hi. Hithp.) Be angry; (12) ^m (Q- Ni. Pii. Hi.) T T T T Wipe off; (13) nbV (Q. Ni. Hi. Ho. Hithp.) Go up; (14) H^V (Q. Ni. Pi. Hi.) ^nsMjer; (15) H^V (Q. Ni. Pi. Pii. Hi. Hithp.) Afflict; (16) Htrr (Q- Ni. Pi. Pii.) Do, make; (17) HIS (Q. Hi.) ^e /rmV/wZ; (18) HSV (Q- H. XT T T Pii.) Watch, overlay; (19) Hip (Q. Ni. Hi.) Jfee^; (20) HJ^^ (Q. Ni. Pii. t)t t t Hi. Ho. Hithp.) See; (21) HD^ (Q. Pi. Hi.) Multiply; (22) n^;*! (Q. Pi. Hi. Hithp.) Feed; (23) HiDl (Q- Ni. Hi.) 5e feeble; (24) HV"! (Q- Ni. Pi. XT ■"■ T Hi. Hithp.) ^ep^easecZ. 102. Verbs Doubly Weak, In the following list there are given synopses, or partial synopses, in various stems, of those verbs whose inflection presents special difficulties: 1. rrDK be willing-q^\ : nDN* (DD^Dk^), HDi^^ ODi^^), HDN. T T T T V ' -: 2. r\r\i< come-QU: nHK ojjnN), nn^; (Kn^' 'j.W' ''W' XT T T -IT T V V:]-.- -< T ..|. J« ••!• viiN, nt^iK.-Hiph.: [nnii^ vnn dmv.). IT " • T " |T laO ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 102, 3. K'n enter-qiX : ^:^ (HN^, '^^'2. 1N3, DDK!!), N'n^ NH, t^D, T T -IT • -IT -IT V T T KU ^^:3; Hiph.: j^^an, NO^ N^rr, Nnn, N^nn, nod-, hopL: T T T 4. HNn 6e-Qai: n\n, Hsn* (^n^ rr^^N), rr^*^, n^n cvrr), n'vrr, T r T T V : |- • : v : iv " v: r t v: r ' T : I- 5. n^n ZiW-Qai: n^n, rr^n^ (^n^), rr^rr, rt*n cvn), nvrr^; Pi'ei: T T T T V : I' •:•••.•: r r : |- n^n, .T^^ iTD, n'T^n, n;;np; Hiph.: njiin, n^rjp, nvrjn. 6. ni* ^/m?iA:-Hiph.: nnm, rrnv, rnm, nn'in, nnto; mthpa'ei: TT T n^iiin, ^7l1rl^ m^rin, rr^:!!??' K^yi^ K^in, Ki^in, N^y'in, N^yto; Hoph.: j^^^^rr, n":^io. ...... ^ ^ 8. ;rT A.^ioi^-Qai: ;r-|^ ^y, ^% j;ns nj;*!, ;r-T1^ }fyi\\ Mph.: m^' I^IJN l^in, j;-!i:i; mph.: ;;nin, j;ni'. J^nin, ;;nto; Hithpa'ei : ;;^1n^ ;;ninn. 9. ir\' le afraid-Q^\: ^<-|^ Nn^^ NHn Nh* (nNT); Niph.: K^V, ••T "T .T • t: : T :• -t- T 10. n'll cast, instruct-Q^l: n^T, HJ^T, rrn^ HT, DIT, il^.V ; Hiph.: nnirr, ^n1^ rrnirr, nnin, nniD. 11. hd:) stretch-Qu ; ^01 HD^ (D^, DH), ^01 DiDi rrto3, ntD^; T T T T V • •— •• •• : ; V T Hiph.: n^n, nt?i (d^i), rriDD (on), nten^ nw^ 12. HD^ .mi^6-Hiph.: ^3^, H^! (^!5)' ^30 (rjn), n^D, ni^n, njD; Hoph.: nsn, n??, rrsp. 13. Nb^^ ^i/*^ i^i>-Qai : mi m\ Nb^, Nii:^! riNtr (also nx?^ and Nt:^^), mi t^)\^:i, U.rplwalk-(i^\:rp^, rp, n^^; Hiph.: rj^Virr (rarely :|♦^^'1), t]^'?v, t]^'irr, Tj^'pm, r]^b')f2* ' 15. r)^n tcaZ7.-Qai: Tj^r?, r|'?q!, tj^n, rji*?,*!, rj^n, rj^ph; Mph.: 16. np'?<«A:e-Qai: Hp^, ^Tp^ hp, rr'ip^ nrrp., rrp'?, typi\ Niph.: np^i ^p^^ np'.'rT; Hoph.: npv 2 103.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 121 17. ]r\; give-q^i: fni jn^, jn, p^i nn, jrii pn^; Mph.: jni fn|^ jnirr, |nj; Hoph.: fn\ 18. rrb^j;ma/.e-Qai: rrc^j;, r\p:i;\ niri;, ntr;r, n'lt:'^;, w^r, nb^;;; Niph.: nc'i^p. (nn^jt^:), ntr^n 19. rr?, mph.: nxna T : • .• Ti" •• T|" T|" V : • T : v ni^y^ HKnn, n'lKnn, ni^nD ; Hoph.: rrNnn, rrNip* ninp^'n, niinp^n, n^np^p. 103. Defective and Kindred Verbs. 1. a. t^)^ he ashamed, Hiph. t^OH 5 but also t^'^'in from Jj/^n ... . ..y. h. ^to &e ^yoodf; but Impf. ^D^^ and Hiph. ytD"^^ from ^t^^ - . ... _ ^ c. ^jl* &e afraid; but Impf. *llj|* from *niJ|, T T d. J^pJ a«jaA;c, used only in Impf.; the Hiph. Perf. ppll (from pp) being used as Perfect. c. T^£3J &reaA; m pieces, Pi. T^5-5 ; but Impf. p5^ Imv. pQ, Niph. p£3l Polel l^)jr\^, Hithp6. |^Vi£)nr?, Hiph. p^n come from pfi}. /. rrnLT dHnh, in Qal ; but Hiph. m^T^ from UpC^". T T |t : • It T 2. a. tip* ctdd, used in Qal, but the Inf. const, and Impf. (fl^Din and rj^pV) are taken from the mph'il. h. tJ^JlJ approach, with Qal Impf., Imv. and Inf. const, (ty^^ tJ^jj, rW^\ but Mph'al Perf. [m^). c. rrn^ ?eac^, with Qal Perf. and Imv. (rm^), but Hiph. Impf. (rm-D*). d. rin^ pour out, with Qal Impf. ^ty>) and Niph. Perf. (r[nj). 3. DDH and DH* ^^ warm; DDtJ' and U0*' ?«y w^as^e; DDH and D?),*! -T -T ~T -T T hum; W'? and T^?)'? moch; "T\^ and IIB irea/c; ^^(1 and H^ll ^'-^e; nnn and nnn en^rrare; 3^1 and T]T\ multiply; \T\ and H^n sliout; ))-T )tt -t tt Pt tt JI^C^' and nJltJ^* env '^D^ and ':)?lO circumcise; Tip^ and T]1D a«oin<; TO^ and ni£) ?>?ow;; ':JD^ and H'^^/^^e aM;ai/; tD and HD despise; — T ~ ~T TT TT DD*1, on and np*1 6e silent; Ipl, r]^, NO*! and HD*! crwsA; 122 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [? 104. nnV, n^^* and ^)): press; ^m, ^"iW and Til^ draw off; DDD, DKQ -T-T -T-T TT -T-T and HDD melt. T T 1. In some cases, stems from different (though kindred) roots are used to make up the inflection of the same verb; such verbs are called defective. 2. In other cases, forms from different stems (of the same root) are used to make up the inflection of the same verb. 3. In many cases, two or more roots exist which have two radicals in common, and also the same general signification. These are called Jcindred verbs. This fact seems to point back to a time when verbs were bilit- eral, the third radical in each case being a later addition to modify the fundamental meaning of the original biliteral root, or to make this triliter- ality, after it had become characteristic, universal. 104. A Comparative I/iew of the Strong and Weak Verbs. I. THE QAL perfect AND IMPERFECT. Perfect. Impf . with o. Impf . with a. Impf . with e. Strong '5 gut. '^ gut. 'b gut. \"^ V"V [qatal] - T tODp, Dp - T - T - T ^P (a) ^p(a) [yaqtiil] *7kp^3 ^^K'^pr [yaqtal] nop: £3p^. (6)^p^ N^p^ [yaqtil] ('7DP^) n ■j'P' 1 Cf. also ^DP, VdP (§ 64.2,3). 2 Or S^Jf^; also Sdj;\ s Only in verbs |''3 and ^J? gut. 4 Jussive and with Waw Consec. in pause, s Also bp^.V ^ Only in m% 2 104.] BY 2. THE PMEL AND AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 128 Pd'^L PERFECTS AND IMPERFECTS. Fi'el Perfect. Pii'al Perfect. Pi'el Impf. Pii'al Impf. [qattal] [qfittal] Strong "^Op, "^Dp' '7^P '£) gut. •^v?:? "7:?^ y gut. ■^'^p. '^np •^Np, "^np '*? gut. nDp2 n^p I'D ''tsJ •^Dj W t3£Dp DDp a £3t?'1p3 £3D'p u C3p£?p* rh ■?£?' *?©? ry ■^'p' li '7'?1p« '?'?1p (( '^P'?r K"'? NC?p Nc:p n-'7 nap ntsp [y'qattal] b^'qiittal] ^Kpl^ n^p* Dt?pi 3. THE hYpH'IL and h6pH'AL PERFECTS AND IMPERFECTS. Hiph'il Perf . Hoph'al Perf. Hiph'il Impf. Hoph'al Impf. [haqtal] [hiiqtal] [yaqtal] [yiiqtal] Strong ^'Pprr "^^Dpn ('n)ii "^'Pp! ^pp: '£) gut. "^'W.};}'^ ^^i^ir ' ^^^yn3 '^p:^. 'JTgut. "^'Npn ^^?i?0 '^'Np! ^^^p: '^gut. n^Pp?7 ntopn D'Cpp! npp: I'D *7^£?n ^Drr *7'P! ^cs; r:^ topn Dpin ^p: Dpv V'D *?^toirr "^Din ^^D1^ ^IDV ♦'& ^*DM J^tptt vy ':''prr "^pin *^K *7pV K"^ N^pprr ^^PO N^pp! ^?p: rr-^ ™prr T ): T '"^^P- ?^^p: 1 Forms with a under the » Po'el, * Pilpel. 5 Rare, e 10 Also Vp;.*n. 11 There are ) second radical are quite frequent. a Polel. 1 Also SnpV 8 In pause ntJpr i few forms '.ike S^pH. " Also ^p>;n. In pause nDP. 9 Also Snp] 13 Also '7'£3;ri- 124 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 104. 4. THE nYpH'AL and HVTHPA'EL PERFECTS AND IMPERFECTS. Niph'al Perf. Niph'al Impf. Krthpa. Perf. Hithpa. Impf. [naqtal] [yiqqatal] [hithqattal] [yithqattal] Strong "^^pj ^cop^i *:'t?pnn '^'tppn' '3 gut. '7^;^.^' ^^:^.^ "^^yrin %:^.v^' -y gut. •^JitpJ ^^?i?^ "^'J^pnn' ^^pH!' '■? gut. nopj fi^i?! nDpnn n^pn' I'-fl ■70^ .. .,- . ^^'tDinn *:'i3i'i? yy £3PJ tap! DDpnrr totDpn* vy tocolpnrr t3L)ipn^ V'fl ■^DIJI •^tav ^tD^nrr "^^'jy. \y ■^ipj ■^ip? '^•'pipnn ':''?ipn' TV '^'p'ppnn '^'p'ppr)* N"-? »^ "^Dpn ■^Op '?'Pp''7 ■^^po 'fi gut. ■^br. "^Dj^p •^csr '7'pj^.r' '-^mA} -;; gut. ■^Np '?Nprt ■^Jip. '7!»p "^'Npn '7Nprr '*? gut. niDp napn rrop rrppn npprr r-s "'7bj,n'7D '7t33rr Wj ■^'tprr ry bp C2p!l ODip Dprr T'S '7b',n'70 "^Dirr ■?«)! '7'Din •jDin '"3 •rb' ■^'DM vy 'TO "^ipn '7'?1p ■^'PC v';r ^'P — K"'? NDp Ncppn Nt?p N'tpprt ^^^PO n-'? niDp nic3pn n'iDp niDpr? nioprr 1 Barely bttiT. »Al8oS^;;i « Also bnpnri. ^AlsoSnpn^ 6 Barely ^^p. 105. The Inflection of Nouns, 1. ^ti^ Saying, from ^OK ; "1^1 Word, from ^^1 ; HID i>eaK (3:16). The inflection of nouns includes, 1. The formation of the noun-stems from the root (§§ 106. — 118.), or from other nouns (§ 119.) ; 2. The formation of cases (1 121.),— a means of inflection almost lost in Hebrew ; 3. The addition of afiixes for gender and number (§§ 122, 125.) ; 4. The changes of stem and termination in the formation of the con- struct state [U 123, 125.); 5. The addition of pronominal suffixes [U 124, 125.). 706. Nouns with One, Originally Short, Formative Vowel. 1. a. [^Dp/orqatl]; 1^^ Earth; T))^, Evening ; p^e Stone; p^ Swarm, h. frDD/orqitl]; ^^^5"er&; "^t^OBooh; 'y;^mip; p^^c^en. c. [^[Dp for qut\]] ^p^ Morning; Til^fn Darkness; ^^^J Saying. 2. a. };^\ Seed; nVJ). Perpetuity; H'ii} Pat^; "\V_^_ Youth; TT^TS Under, h. f]K (= f]^N) (cf. ^5^? = ^£D^K) ^ose; \y (= p^^) Goat. c. DN (= POK) Mother; pH (= ppD) /S^a^w^c; D* (= DO!) ^^ 126 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 106. d. niD Death; ^^f) Midst; QV (= DV) Dmj ; n*!J House; ^^^^ v-iT |v-iT : :- -J- -J- Night; r]1D (=^1D) End; ^ICT" (=*1")^) ^^; p"! (=1^) Judgment; 3. tr'3*7 Honexj; DJ;?P ^ ?^'^^?e; ^"^"2 Stench; ^K? TTc^Z. 4. a. nD'?D ^ween; 11^;;^ JffaiWcTi; rf^rT i>^/e; r7l':'t:» i?es#. h. nnnO Covert; HTOt^ Gladness; H^l^K ^«2/^«5'; nmD 'PPP^ ' ^^^ ^^ original ii is generally deflected to 6. 1 Cf ., however, cnS bread, D^]^ womb. I 107.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. * 127 Note 1.— The Qal Infinitive const, ('^bp^ = q'tiil = qutl) is really a Segholate ; while the Inf. const, of verbs f'i] and V'£3 [pi^p = fl*?^), as well as such Infinitive forms as tliC\'' and TlVI^ are Segholate formations. Note 2. — Segholates, standing at the first remove from the root, express, as nearly as possible, its simple idea, either abstractly, or as it is realized in some person or object which may be regarded as its embodi- ment or representative."^ 107. Nouns with Two, Originally Short, Formative Vowels. 1. a. [*7DP for qat^l]; DTK Man; DSH Wise; ^T\ Word; ^t^^ t|t tt tt tt tt Upright; y^'2 Flesh; ^J2^ Camel; \T] Com; DDfl Violence, TT TT ItT tt DD ^= qliw^m) Rising ; D*^ (= r^wam) High, h T *-i-|ij^ (= s^dh^y) Field; i^^^ Beautiful; H^n Pregnant; y {for V T V T V t t r^y)Hand; Dl {for tlD^) Blood. V T T V T h. [bO\^ for qatil]; Jpt Old man; nDD £^eavy ; \m Truly; ^Q Shield; ^py^Seel; t]*]; Weary; ^tl^^Fat; "^Otl deficient ; nO (= mawith) Dead; ^J (= gawir) Stranger. c. ['^bp /or qatul] ; ^^^ Round ; pb^ Beep ; ^p^ Spotted ; D^j^T Naked; p^ (cf. D^^Dp) Small; Ol^ Ped- d- i^m for qital] ; DD'? Heart; ^^'jf Rib; '-\t2tl Bitumen. 2. [n'?t3p]; n7^n)S Righteousness ; HDIi^ Ground; ^^^^ Chariot; T T I : Jt T : T T -: t t -: [ri7m]', HDHla CattU; m^m]; n'tm Possession. T ••) : T " : T •. j: t •. : A second class includes nouns which are formed by the employment of two, originally short, vowels, a— a, a— i, a— ii, i— a. These nouns are, for the most part, adjectives or participles : — 1 . a. Original a— a, in strong stems, are heightened to a— a ; in V'^ stems, they contract and give a ;3 in H"^ stems, the second a is height- ened, after the loss of "^ or \ to e ; in a few cases of H '*? stems, the final n__ has been lost. h. Original a— i, in strong stems, are heightened to a— e ; in \y stems, they contract and give e. 1 Cf . SdP, the form before suffixes. » Green's Hebrew Grammar, p. 208. 3 This is the participial form of 1 ";; verbs in Qal. 128 . ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [2 108. c. Original a — ii are heightened to a— o ; the latter (o), however, goes back to u before additions for gender and number, a Daghes-forte being inserted in the final consonant. d. Original i — a are heightened to e — a. 2. The feminines of these stems are made bj'' the addition of il__; this addition requiring a change of tone, the vowel of the first radical is vol- atilized (§ 36. 3. I). JOS. Nouns with one Short and one Long Formative Vowel 1. a, [^IDJ^ = 'l^\lfor qatai] ; ^^1^ Great; tlfSl^Holy; nHD/ionor; tit^^ Peace; ljy\^ Lord; n'^rrCJ Pure; p'^nD Sweet, h. [^*pP for qatil] ; *n»pK Captive; J^D^ Eight hand; J<*^J Prince; tl'^t^t^ Anointed; i^>^^ Prophet; ynQ Overseer; yW Little. - • T • T )• T ^- T c. frltOp/o^qatul]; 'yr\^ Cursed, and all Qal pass, part's; DIV^ Strong; Dll)^ Cunning; )l)y^Week; ^^^ Grain; ^)^t^ Bereaved. d. ftj^p or ^top/or qital] ; "^rS^^riting; yT^War; ^'2^ Work; T\b^_ God; tr'I^N Man; ^totl Ass; Vit)r\^ Dream; "lj<* River. e. [^pp for qitil or qiitil] ; ^7^5 Tin; ^''0'? Fool; y^^^ Column; ':>»P5 Idol; nnn Swine. /. fr^tOp for qttiil or qiitiil] ; ^^^^ Limit; t^H^ Dress; ^')'0i Benefit; \)\^ Strength; yi^ Cheruh; t^^y^ Property. 2. rr^injl Great (f.); HNO^ Prophetess; TT^T)'^ Cursed (f.); n^l^ T : T • : T -: t : FiV^m; nnl:ill G^iV6??e; n'^^m i^?t*«e; n:^DJ< ^ri/^A. T -: T • : T v: A third class includes nouns which are formed by the employment of an originally short vowel in the penult, and an originally long vowel in the ultima. These nouns are, for the most part, abstract substantives, neuter adjectives, or passive participles : 1. a. Original a — a become a — 6, the first vowel being heightened to a, the second, obscured to 6 ; this formation is to be distinguished from that with 0, described in'? 107. 1. c. Here belongs the Qal Infinitive absolute. h. Original a — i become a — i ; here belong many nouns with a passive, and a few with an active signification. c. Original a — u become a — u; here belong all Qal passive parti- ciples. U 109, 110.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 129 d. Original i— a become '—a or '—6, the first vowel being volatilized, the second (a) being sometimes retained, but more frequently obscured to 6. e. Original i— i or ii— i become '— i, the first vowel being volatilized. /. Original i— u or ii— u become '— u, the first vowel being volatilized. 2. The feminines of these stems are generally made by the addition of n_, the vowel of the first radical becoming S'wa. 109. Nouns with one Long and one Short Formative Vowel. 1. [*701p/<5r qatal]; D'^'IJ^ Eternity; "ly'lJ^ Treasury; Or))n 'Signet ring; ntrT (/^^ 'osay) Making; Dt^til [for nCJ^On) Creeping. 2. M)pforqm]l, y)i^ Enemy; '7:i)n Pilot; ^^3 Priest; NV^ Going forth; '^?y~\ Creeping; Tl'^il Walking, etc. 8. \!7^)pfor qutal]; ^J?lj; Flute, organ; ^JJ^t^f Fox. Remark.— [*:JiD^p /or qital]; "lID^p Smoke; "^Ml^tff Nile; t^'IO^p Nettle. A fourth class includes nouns with a naturally long vowel in the pen- ultima, and an originally short vowel in the ultima. 1. Original a— a become 6— a ; here belong, besides many substantives, all n"*? Q^l active participles, and also the Qal act. part. fern, (in H or D-r) of strong forms. The vowels do not change before a/-fixes of gender and number. 2. Original a — i become 6 — e ; here belong a few substantives, and all strong Q^l participles ; also those feminines of the form tiltDp* 3. Original u — a become u— a. Remark. — There are a few nouns with an originally long vowel in both penult and ultima ; the former, however, is probably long in com- pensation for an omitted Daghes-forte (? 30. 2. c). 110. Nouns with the Second Radical Reduplicated. 1. [*?t3D /or qattal] ; *:>^^< Rart; n^t^f Sahhath; ^20 Burden; n^y, t|- t- t- t tt n^y Dry land; HNDH Sin; ^'^^^t Magnificence. Remark.— ^^jl Thief; H^O Cook; C^'-JH Artificer; {'^'^ Righteous ;yOi^ Fettered. 7. C^IDp] ; 11DJ/ Pillar; ^13^' Childless; p^H Merciful. S. ['^IDp] ; 11D*? Learner; T^lptJ^ Abomination; D^DDJl Consolation. A fifth class includes nouns whose second radical is reduplicated. This doubling intensifies the root-idea, giving it greater force or greater firm- ness : — 1. Formations like qattal are frequent, but with no special signific- ance. Remark. — It is a question whether nouns of this form indicative of occupation have a or a (see 5. a below); the corresponding Arabic have a, yet some of these shorten the vowel to a in the construct state. 2. Formations like qittal are few; the feminines are generally ab- stract nouns. 3. Formations like qattel are rare, except as Pi'el Infinitives construct. 4. Formations like qittel are, mostly, adjectives designating deform- ities and faults, physical or moral. 5. a. Formations like qattal are, properly, nouns indicative of occu- pation ; but see 1. R. above. b. The form qittal is the same as qattal with the penultimate a attenuated to i. c. The form qittol is the same as qittal with a obscured to 6. 6. Formations like q at til are adjectives expressing a personal quality. 7. Formations like qa ttul are descriptive epithets of persona or things. 8. Formations like qittul are, for the most part, abstracts, and are often used in the plural. [?i 111, 112. BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 181 77 7. Nouns with the Third Radical Reduplicated. 1. ];m Tranquil; f:;;^ Green; HJN^ (= n^?p_) Comely; "iyOl^ Faint; 1)1^:^1^ Splendor; ^^^^tlDarJc; ^^r^^Pasture; 0''S)')^i<,^_ Adulteries. 2. ^ti7n$ Full of twists; Tj^Dfirr FuII of turns; O'lt?!^ Reddish; irnn^' Bladdsh; f]1D$pK Rabble; ^D^Pi?^ Crooked. 3. ^t?W^^^^> nnr^n Frightful; n^lD (/orDDDD) >^<«r; iDlD i?w6y; iplp C^roM^/i; n'7J'?J >S'A:wZ?; pi:3p3 i^ZasA;. A sixth class, closely related to the fifth class, includes : — 1. Noun-formations with the third radical reduplicated, the signification being, in general, the same as when the second radical is doubled. 2. A few words in which the second and third radicals are reduplicated, the signification being that of intensity, or repetition; in the case of adjectives of color, there is a diminutive force. 3. A few i^"^ and \'^ stems, in which the contracted biliteral stem is reduplicated. 7 12. Nouns with K n and * Prefixed. 1. yy^ij^ Finger; tjll^lX Fist; |n^N Lasting-, npJ< Violent. 2. D^tp^n To rise early ;^^'^:}Tl To divide; n^Nn To shine; ti7^tl De- liverance; tlQ^tl having ; ^tl^tl Grant of rest; Tll^tl Aspect. r r —. T T -: t t^ - 3. "iny^ Oil; Dlp^^ Pouch; DID* Being; ^H* Adversary; cf. the proper T : • \ :- I : t names pTOS Hn£3^ A seventh class includes nouns formed by prefixing }«}, H or ^— 1. A few nouns are formed by means of a prosthetic K ; t^iis X is merely euphonic and has no significance. 2. A larger number are formed by means of a prefixed H ; here may be included Hiph'il Inf's abs., and Inf's const., besides many verbal nouns formed after the analogy of the Hlph'il. 3. Nouns with a prefixed ^ occur rarely as appellatives ; but frequently as proper names. 132 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 113. 775. NOUNS WITH Prefixed. 1. ft'DpD for ^^LJfpp]; ^;)?^p Food; HD^OO Kingdom; n^^^^p Cover; HK*!^ (= ^N"nD) Appearance. 2. ['^DpP /or '7Dpp] ; ]'3Pf2 Dwelling-place; n^JlO i>eser?; DfiC'D Judgment; nJDH^O War; rU^Ot^D Watch; 200 {='2'2Df2) Circle; il^\PO {=''il?t?)Properti/. 3. fy\;^]^Dfor '^pipDi; pgn? 'S'^^^^/ rrn55 ^^2/; t>)J2 FUsh-hook; il'^rnf^ Plough; n|);iD /SmiV^^; pp (= p^j^) ASAieZ^; tTpto (= 4. ^\$'pr?for ^tpjpp] ; (igrp -AZtor; ^DD (= DSpD) i>^^'an. 6. [VlDpD,Vlt0pO/(>r'7^p5]; nlDf75 ^«^^^/ mp'?0^oo<7/; D'lpp Place; *Tl,tDtP Song; 7ltJ^pp Stumhling-hloch. 7. L'^^ppD, '^^Ppp]; y*l3P -DimcZm^; n^ppp i?ainiw D^pO (= Dipp) Establishing. An eightli class includes Nouns formed by prefixing ^, the same ele- ment which is used in the formation of participles. So far as concerns the vowels employed the following combinations may be noted : — 1. a — a, the latter of which is heightened from a. Feminines in H T and H— occur. In T"£3 stems, ^ is assimilated ; in V'f) stems, aw be- comes 6 ; in )}")} stems, the usual contraction takes place, and the vowel of the preformative is heightened ; in '^"^ forms, the second a is height- ened to e. 2. \ — a, the former of which is attenuated, the latter heightened from an original a ; the usual vowel-changes take place in weak stems. 3. a— e, the latter of which is heightened from i ; the usual vowel- changes take place in weak stems. 4. 1 — e, the i of which is the attenuation of a (cf. 3.). 5. a— o, the o of which is heightened from an original ii. 6. a— 6, i — 6, of which 6 is obscured from a, while i is attenuated from S. 2§ 114, 115.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 133 7. a — i, 1 — i, used only in the formation of Hiph'il participles (m.); the latter (i — i) being used in V^ verbs. 8. a — u, not used to any great extent. 114. The Signification of Nouns with d Prefixed. 1- n^H^O ^^stroyer; *7*5tj^5 ^ didactic poem (= instructor); l^nj^p He who inspires terror; ^Qf2 What falls off, chaff; i^0!^t2 Covering. 2. b^^p Food; h)p7t2 Booty; ]m Gift; n^fD jPsalm; ^^)^f2 That which is small; 'ptl^t^ That which is remote. 3. n'^Dk^O Knife; HnfiO Key; M^ Shield; 10bf2 Goad. V jv -: |- _ .. . _ I •• T •• : - 4. fD^*D Dwelling-place; ^SHD Desert; tl^\f2 Altar; DIpD Place. 5- n£3JlD Smiting; miD Sickness; ^t^*^0 Straightness; riDll^D War. T •• - V : ~ T •• T T : ■ The letter Q is from ^^ [who) or HD [what), and is used in the formation of nouns, 1. To denote the subject of an action ; cf. its use denoting agency in Pi'el, Hiph'il and Hithpa el Participles. 2. To denote the ohject of an action, or the subject of a quality ; cf. its use in Pii'al and Hoph'al Participles. 3. The instrument by which an action is performed. 4. The p?ace (or time) in which an action is performed. 5. The action or quality which is contained in the root. 115. Nouns Formed by Prefixing n. 1. frL)pr)/or*:JDpn]; DDnni?); a^in Tenant; r\ri^^f\ Reproof : \iyT\ South; nniri Thanhs; TTi^TS L(^^' 2. ['^Dpn for ^tOpn]; ^^1T\ Elm; rT\^^T\ Glory; mpn Hope. t|:- "J:* t:* tt:- t|. 3. ['?;?pjl /or ^tppri] ; l^'^t^T) Checkered cloth; 'H^'TSt^ Deep sleep ; rhr\r\ Praise; il^DH Prayer. T • : T • : 4. [':'^ppri] ; ydlT\ DisdpU; TinDn C?oa^; n*^5t^ completeness. 5. ['^IDpni; ^1"ipn Bitterness; UT\)T) Consolation; pDJI ^^^cr- Remark.— nD*1*in i>eep s?eep; nj^^lT^I Deliverance; TTS^^TS Glory, 184 ELE^IENTS OF HEBREW [§ 116, 117. A ninth class of nouns includes those with the prefix jl. This prefix is the same as that used in the Impf. 3 fem. It is used in a neuter sense, and is employed in the formation of abstract nouns, though rarely of con- crete nouns. The cases cited above exhibit the various forms assumed by nouns of this class, as well as the vowel-changes which take place in for- mations from weak stems. Remark. — Nouns with fl prefixed have also, in the majority of instances, the feminine ending H • T 116. Nouns Formed by means of Affixes. 1. a. *7Dn3 Garden; ^Vy^Iron; ^^^5^ Cup of a flower; ^VTST) Ankle. &• D v'D Ladder; D /IN Porch; DtO'in Sacred scribe; D^15 Ransmn. 2. a. \T\Vi^ Last; \'WiO First; [VDN Poor; p^^ Most Ugh. h. I^^n Gain; ffl'p^" Table; |^np Offering; J'^5^t Destruction. c- \T\nS^ Interpretation; p^tf^J Success; 'tT)')^ Blindness; pIlDD Confidence; VVO\ Memorial; JID^i^ Pain; f'lj^jj Majesty; |ton Noise. d. J'n:)D, "n;iP Megiddo; rib^C^', LXX. XoTuofc^v, Solomon. A tenth class of nouns includes those with affixes, *7, and ^ : 1. Nouns formed by the addition of ^ and Q are few, and have no special significance. 2. Nouns formed by the addition of ^ are numerous, including a. Adjectives formed either from a noun-stem (cf . I 119. 3), or from a root. b. Abstract substantives ending in an. . c. Abstract substantives ending in on, obscured from an. d. Proper names, in which the ^ is often lost. 7 77. Nouns Having Four or Five Radicals. 1. ^"^pjl? Scorpion; "llBfJ) Treasurer; t^'Oy^ Sickle; ^O^H Frost; t^"^O^rr Flint; \^^^ Concubine; th^Q^ Bat. 2. \t2r\^ Purple; ^jt!?};^ A kind of cloth; pritJ^HN Mule. 1. Nouns with four radicals are comparatively few; they have no special classification or signification. U 118, 119.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 135 2. Nouns with five or more radicals are still fewer, and, for the most part, of foreign origin. 775. Compound Nouns. 1. nip*7V(?) Shadow of death; nf2'\i^f2 Anything ; ^^_^^ Worthless^ ness. 2. plV"^5'7D ^ing of righteousness; ^^^f^t^^_ God hears. 1. Compound words, as common nouns, are few and doubtful. 2. Compound words, as proper names, are very numerous. 77P. Nouns Formed from Other Nouns. 1. n;;tr Porter (cf. I^t^ Gate); Qi^ Vine-dresser (cf. 0*13 Vineyard). 2- ]li^O ^^^^^ ^f ^^^ fountain (cf. 1^'>]^Fountain)\ rit?T\'D Place of feet (cf.^;in i^ooO. 3. fnnj^ Last (cf. nrrK After)-, fnjj; Blindness (cf. nij; Blind). jnn'? Coiled, serpent (cf. nn*? Frea^A) ; \T\pr\) Brazen (cf. n^H^ ^ron^e); pL^>K 4pP?e o/ ^/te ei/e (cf. tT^NJ) J fniL!^! ^n>A^ (from T 4. a. '^>'7tr Third (cf. CT"'?^'); ^t?^"C^' /S'/x^A (cf. t^tff). ^. ^5kV'lD Moahite; ^0")^ Aramaean; ^jj^"}^ Gershonite. ^^13V Northerner', *13^ Foreigner; ^HB Villager. : • : T • T : 5. n^lt^N*! Beginning; JIIO'PQ Kingdom; rS^^Ch^ Widowhood. Nouns formed from other nouns, and not directly from the root, are termed denominatives. The most common formations are : — 1. Nouns with the form of the Qal active Participle, indicating agency. 2. Nouns with the prefix 0» indicating the place where a thing is found. 3. Adjectives and nouns formed by the affix h or ? (seldom p). 4. Adjectives formed by the affix *>_; these are, a. Ordinals formed from cardinals ; h. Gentilics and patronymics ; and a few others. ' 5. Nouns formed by the affixes ri*— and r\% designating abstract ideas. 186 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§§ 120, 121, 120, The Formation of Noun -Stems. From ?^ 105. — 119. it has been seen that noun-stems are formed, 1. Directly from the root: — a. By means of vowels given to the root ; as in the case of (1) nouns with one, originally short, vowel [I 106.); (2) nouns with two (originally) short vowels [I 107.); (3) nouns with one (originally) short and one long vowel (? 108.) (4) nouns with one long and one (originally) short vowel [I 109) h. By a reduplication of one or more of the consonants of the root as in the case of (1) nouns with the second radical doubled [I 110.); (2) nouns with the third, or the second and third, or with the contracted stem, doubled (§ 111.); c. By prefixing vowels and consonants to the root ; as in the case of (1) nouns with }<, pf ov "> prefixed (§ 112.); (2) nouns with prefixed [U 113, 114.); (3) nouns with H prefixed [l 115.); d. By affixing vowels and consonants to the root; as in the case of (1) nouns with '?> D or j affixed, with a vowel (§ 116.); (2) nouns with four or five radicals (§ 117.); (3) nouns compounded of two distinct words {1 118.). 2. From other nouns (and called denominatives), by the various means indicated above (§ 119.). Remark. — It is important to keep in mind two things : — (1) that the original stem-form of nouns ended in a, the stem-form and the accusative- form (? 121. 3) being identical (cf. the verb-stem and the Perfect-stem, which also are alike); (2) that in Hebrew a short vowel, when final, was always lost ; and consequently the noun-stem appears in its full form only when this stem-ending is protected by suffixes (cf. I 127. below). 121. The Formation of Cases. 1. a. p5<-in^rr(i:24); i^T? 1^5;! i£DV 1^?;' D'P I^^lf5»' h. Cf.mp in 'im^n'O (4:18); ?|0t^' in '^KlOt?^";^ ^^9 in "^^^ (32:32). 2. a. Vh'b ^n:j:i:i (31:39); linK ^Ji (49:11); DBtTD ^IK^D*^ &. p-l^^-^3'?D (14:18); '^NnDJI ;« '^N^Jin-J ^N^j£) (32:31); n'^O^HK.^ iNum. 24:3, 15. 2 Num. 23:18. sPs. 1U:8. <1 Sam. 1:20. 6lsa.l:2L 6 Dan. 8 :16. 1 Num. 34 : 23. 8 1 Sam. 21 : 2. [2 121. BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 137 c. V55<(2:24); iTj^nX (4:9); pJ^B (4:11); 'Ts'TiV} ♦n^!! (3:11); ^^QS (=f9). d. inrp'? (1:12); r]jiiy;; (3:16); IJip'pV? (1:26); ?lin*)D-|5 (1:26). 3. a. \^m{l^-14.); rrDM13:14); D^ nvnj^ (20:1); H'prlJ^r? (18:6). h. ^Tdl[v.lr)for^r^'yd7\ ntr'^K(3:6)/orn-^>K; r-'^p.^ c. iTj'pp (3:10); ^^T}^ (3:14); :r|i^nr (3:15); D5V?^? (3-5); ^bl^^I^j? <^. D-pV;* D-^n (29:15); O'lt^'pC^' (31:2) /or silsam. [(3:17). There were originally in Hebrew, as in Assyrian and Arabic, three cases. Only relics of these remain in Hebrew : — 1. The nominative was formed by the addition of u (from wa) to the stem ; but this has been entirely lost, except a. In a few archaic construct forms, in which it appears as 6 (per- haps a contraction of the stem-ending a and the case-sign u)\ b. In the first part of a few proper names ; as in the examples cited above, ^HD = man of; ^f2t?^ = name of; )^Q = face of 2. The genitive was formed by the addition of i (from ya)j which took the place of the stem-ending (a). It is seen a. In the archaic ending i of the construct state, which is quite fre^ quent in poetry. 6. In the i which occurs in a few proper names. c. In the i which appears in the nouns ^J<, flK ^^^ ilB ^^ ^^^ construct state and before suffixes ; likewise in the i with which certain particles close. ' d. In the e (heightened from i) which stands before the suffixes Hj ^^ and sometimes ^H* 3. The accusative had the ending a and was the same as the noun-stem, just as the Qal Perf . 3 m. sg. (§ 58. N. 5) was the same as the verb-stem- This, likewise, has almost disappeared, but is seen a. In the so-called He directive (H )i which T (1) is used to denote direction or motion; but (2) is often used in a weaker sense to designate the place where; and (3) in many cases seems to have entirely lost its original force. h. In the a which stands before the suffixes )n OH— = o), H (H-v = rT— ), D and J. iDeut.l:36. 2judg.5:14. 3Kuthl:9. 4 Ex. 13:21. 138 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 122. c. In the ~ (volatilized from a) which stands before the suffixes ^TT, D5 ^^^ ?5' which, under the tone, is restored to a, and heightened to 6 (? 38. 1. n";'). d. In the syllables am and 6m (the latter by the obscuring of a), which are found in certain adverbs. Note 1. — It will, therefore, be seen that the vowel which stands between the noun and its suffix is not a connecting-vowel, but the case- ending. Note 2. — A clear idea of the Semitic case-endings may be gained from the declension of an Assyrian and an Arabic noun : Assyrian. Arabic, tribute. country. the booh. a book. Nom. madattu matu al-kitabu kitabun Gen. madatti mati al-kitabi kitabin Ace. madatta mata al-kitaba kitaban 122, Affixes for Gender and Number. 1. niJ^(l:3); n"lt3(l:4); DV (1:5); ^1:55(1:5); I?pn(l:6). 2. a. in^rr (1:24); 'n^^J^j (31:39); ^nn^K (4:23); "in^^'N (2:24); IDH^D (4:5). r\'r\ {r^'r]) (i:25); r\n (rr:ii) (i:26); nDtr'ji [nmi) (2:7). T- -: TT -:• tt: b. iTtr"N1 (1:1); niD*;! (1:26); n^tTTq (1:2); TS^d^ (1:21). n:Df)nnD (3:24); n^t!^D0(i:i6); rrh (4:2); nr*^(2:9);nrrp (4:11). c. r^^y{v.^)\ nDrr:n(i:24); rr^n(i:24); raiK(2:5); rrtr>e(3:4). TT- T": T- TT-: T- H. nm (1:14); nn^P (1:14); riiJirj (3:7); nn^li^p (2:4). 4. a. n'rt>^^ (1:1); D^QM1:22); D^D^ (1:14); Dnj;)^ (1:14); D^^^"(l:14). h. >;!5 (1:2); ^J[;-i| (3:5); ^tr*4 (4:23); ^^l^ (6:4); ^W)^ (6:4). 5. D^^tr, '^^ence ^^t^ (1:16); 0^.3^1^ (3:6), 6w« m^ (3:7). The Hebrew has two genders, — masculine and feminine ; and three numbers, — singular, dual and plural. 1. The masculine singular has no particular indication, the case-ending, as well as the final stem-vowel, having been lost, except in a few instances (U21. 1-3). § 122.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 139 2. The sign of the feminine singular is n> — with the stem-ending, Jl—', with a helping-vowel (2 37. 2. 6), Jl-—, or H— • This feminine sign has a three-fold treatment : — a. It is retained, in accordance with its original use, whenever the noun of which it is a part is in close connection with what follows ; as when it (the feminine-sign, H) stands (1) before a case-ending Cj, ^ , H , 1 121. 1. — 3) ; T (2) before a pronominal suffix (? 124.) ; (3) at the end of a noun in the construct state (? 123. 4). h. It is, in accordance with a later usage, attached to the stem (by means of a formative-vowel, or a helping-vowel, viz., — , or with a guttural, -=-), in the formation and inflection of many nouns, participles and infin- itives. c. It is changed to ,1 , by apocopation of ri and heightening of the T Btem-ending a to a. This form is the more usual indication of the femin- ine gender. 5ote. — The original sign of the feminine was ta, which, with the stem-ending, made ata ; but the final short vowel, as always in Hebrew, was lost (§ 36. 8. N.) ; there remained, therefore, at — jl—. 3. The feminine plural is indicated by the ending Hi (oth for ath), which is unchangeable. Note.— This 6th (=ath), which includes the stem-ending a, is perhaps a repetition of ta the feminine singular ending : a-tata = a-(t)a-ta = ata = at = ath = 6th. 4. The masculine plural is indicated by the endings, a. D^_ (im) in the Absolute state (? 123. 1). 6. ^_ (e) in the Construct state [I 123. 2). jfote.— Many masculine nouns have plurals in 6th, and many feminine nouns have plurals in im. 5. The dual, used chiefly of objects which go in pairs, is indicated by the endings, a. D^_ ^yim) in the Absolute state. • j- h. ♦ (e) in the Construct state. Note l.-In the inflection of nouns in Hebrew, it will be seen that use was originally made of certain affixes : (1) t (orig. ta\ for the feminine; (2) u (orig. wa)M the nominative; (3) i (orig. ya\ for the genitive ; (4) o, for the accusative. There was also a fifth affix, viz., m (orig. ma\ which was equivalent to an indefinite article. This m has almost disappeared ; it is found, however, (1) in a few old accusatives [1 121. 3. d); (2) in the 140 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 123. absolute form of the plural-ending, im ; (3) in the absolute form of the dual-ending, ayim. (See Note 2, below.) Note 2. — Just as (1) u (the plural sign of verbs), which is for an ear- lier un (p (? 63. 6) = D?)), is the nominative-ending u reduplicated, with the addition of the indefinite m (see above, N. 1); so (2) im (plur. ending of nouns) is the genitive-ending i reduplicated, with the addition of the same m. On the other hand (3) e (* ) the ending of the construct plural and dual is for a-y, i. e., the stem-ending a, with the geftitive-ending i or ?/, the indefinite m having never been employed in the construct state, which is made definite by what follows ; while (4) ayim (Q^ ), the dual- • j- ending, consists of the stem-ending a, the genitive-affix i or y, and the in- definite affix m, with a helping-vowel. Note 3, — The following analyses of forms will explain more clearly the foregoing remarks : — Form in use. Intermediate steps. Original form. 1. Nom. sg. D?)D = susu = §us(a)u = susa-wa 2. Gen. sg. DID = ?usi = sus(a)i = §usa-ya 3. Ace. sg. (def.) MD^D = susa = susa T -I * * * * 4. Ace. sg. (indef.) DID = susam = isu§a-m = susa-ma 5. Fem. sg. (1) JlDID = susat(h) = susa-ta 6. Fem. sg. (2) MDID = susa = susat = susa-ta 7. Fem. pi. D1D1D = susat(h) = susa(t)a-t = susa-ta-ta 8. Masc.pl. (indef. )D^p1D = susi-i-m = sus(a)-i-i-ma = susa-ya-ya-ma 9. Dual D^pID = susa-y(i)m = susa-y-y-m = susa-ya-ya-ma 10. Masc. pi. and «)i^«,^ a u a a Dual const. 5^^ "" ^^^^'^ = susa-y-y = susa-ya-ya. Note 4. — D^Q [waters] and D^DtJ^ [heavens) do not have the usual •-I- -J- T plural in im, but take as their plural-ending, what was once a plural- ending, but is now used as the (Zwa?-ending: e. g., D^^^* = sam(ay)-a-y-m. 128. The Absolute and Construct States. 1. D^i'7?^(l:l); DW'n(i:i); pKn(i:i); niKrr(i:3); y_^pn(i:6). 2. D'lnn *;!$ (1:2) /aces-o/ abyss; D^rt'??? mi (1:2) (the) spirit-of God; D^Dti^n J^^1*^5 (l-l^) in-[the)-expanse-ofthe heavens. Of two nouns closely related, the second, in Latin or Greek, is in the genitive. The same relation is indicated in Hebrew by pronouncing the 5 123.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 141 second noun in close connection with the first. The effort thus to unite the two words in pronunciation results invariably in a shortening of the first word, because the tone hastens on to the second. 1. A noun which is not thus dependent upon a following substantive or pronoun is said to be in the absolute state. 2. A noun which is thus dependent on a following substantive or pro- noun is said to be in the construct state. Note. — It is the first of two nouns, therefore, and not the second, which suffers change. 3. nj;n (4:2), cf. ni^n ; mpp (i:io), c/. njjpp ; rr'pi? (3:7), c/. n^j;; ^n (42:15), c/.^n;N^lic/.}<^5.2 4. n^n (1:25) instead of n^fl ; VsT] (1:26) instead of n^l. 5. ^;!9 (1:2), cf D^;|) ; ''ty, (3:17), cf D^D^ ; ^D^ (4:11), cf DW ; ''IP (1:16), cf D^J)_tf^'; O^jr (3:7), cf Dy,^)?. E. Ahs.,n^ (1:11), const, HB (1:29); ahs., J^DV,^ const, NDlf;* aZ**-, J^7 (32:12), co7is<.,N7. (22:12); afts., r]'7D (14:17), cons^., tj'^Q (14:1); abs., n5D,^ con5«-, ")5D (5:1); abs.,^)}^ (37:2), cons^., IJ/^^ So far as concerns endings or a#xcs, the Construct state differs from the Absolute in the following particulars :— 3. Final n_ (i. e., ^ heightened from an original a, after the apocopa- tion of a final radical ^) gives place to H^ (i- e., e = ay, the original a and the final radical ^ having united). Note.— Compare with this the- fact that in H"^ verbs, the Imperfect ends in ,*!_ (e), but the Imperative in H— (e) (§ 100. 1./). 4. The original form of the feminine affix Jl^, preserved by its close connection with what follows, appears instead of the later n_. 5. The definite affix ^ (= ay) appears instead of the ordinary plural and dual endings D^— and D^— • Note.-The feminine plural affix 6th is the same in Absolute and Construct. Remark.— Final vowels, other than those just mentioned, as well as final a when followed by J^, and Segholates (strong and guttural) do not suffer change in the Construct state. iJosh.l5:8. !»Num.21:20. 3Num.l;3. .Deut.l:19. 52Kg8.5:5. elSam.2:ia. 142 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 124. Note. — The Construct form may best be explained by understanding that it is really an unaccented word, the tone having passed on to the next word. Every such noun, it is true, has an accent, unless it is joined to the following word by Maqqeph (§ 17o 2); but this accent is usually a Conjunctive (§ 23. 2. h), and serves only to bind the words more closely together. Two words standing in the Construct relation may be said to have but one principal tone, which must rest upon the second part of the combination. 124. The Pronominal Suffixes. [See Paradigms H. and N.] TABULAR VIEW. Masc. sg-. Masc. plur. Fem. sg. Fem. plur. Absolute DID D'pID nD*iD T niDiD Construct DID ♦DID npiD niDiD Sing. 1 c. ^pID 'DID ^npicp ^niDip 2 m. ^p^9 ?1'P1D ^npiD ^l^niDiip 2f. T]p1D ^'PID ^^?^9 ^^niDiip 3 m. 1D1D VDID T inpiD vniDiip 3f. nDID T rr^DiD T JV nnmo iTniDip Plur. 1 c. ^^D^D J" ^^DID J" ^npiD 'i^'niDip 2 m. D5P19 D5'P19 D5ippiD D5'niDiD 2f. PP^9 P'pip 15^9^9 f5'rii9*iD 3 m. DD1D T D17PI9 Dnpicp D.TnipiD 3f. fD^D irr'P'ii? \m frj^nipiD 1. a. iJl^Q^ (1:11) for '^'H'ydl'. Il^ (3:22) for ^^Tl^ Uid7\ ntr>K (3:6) /or n-tr>N; nnn3:i5). T • : T JT • : T • T JT • T :' D-yp;i D-riN;2 U'Tr\\^ D'^V;* f-'p'lp;^ p^^.^ V^^ (3:10); ?|^h^ (3:14); ^)p^_ (3:15); Ot!^^, (3:5). h. in-n^ (23:9); T|-;3hn (3:16); r]-tr>N (3:16); ^irp^V (1=26). V5K (2:24); ^Tj^IlN (4:9); VHS^ (4:8); n^D (4:11). 1 Num. 14:1. aDeut.4:38. 8lKg8.2:4. 4Jer.l5:9. 6 Ruth 1:9. e Ex. 35:28. § 124.] BY AK INDUCTIVE METHOD. 143 2. nnpK hut W^N* (4:23); nnSIl &«« ^nn;prr (4:23); '\r\\>'Wr\ (4:7). The relation existing between a noun and its pronominal suffix is really the construct relation. Hence the form of the noun before suffixes is, in general, the form of the construct. In this section only the endings of the noun, as affected by the suffix, are treated. 1. Masculine nouns in the singular take, a. The original stem-ending a [I 121. 3. a), (1) in the form of a, before ^H, H, D and T, the suffixes of the 3d person ; (2) in the form of —, before ^, Q^j ??• h. The original genitive-ending i, which displaces the stem-ending a, (1) in the form of e before IH (in H"^ stems and a few poetical forms), % 1^ ; (2) in the form of i before all suffixes in the words "2^ father ^ fy^ brother, HQ mouth. Remark 1.— Certain contractions take plac3, viz., IH to \ ?!_ to JT T JT n_(a). Remark 2.— The — before Tl, DD? P ^^ restored to a and heightened to ^ in pause (? 38. 1. N.). 2. Feminine nouns in the singular preserve before suffixes the earlier form of the feminine affix, which, with the preceding stem-vowel, is H— ; but the -^ standing in an open syllable is heightened. Note.— The feminine affix is followed by the same case- and stem- endings as those which occur with masculine nouns (see above, 1. a, b), 3. a. ^DVI^ (2:23); 0*1*1;^ "^'7^^'^^ ^y.?'' ^'P^?'* h. DH^^tr' (2:25); ayyy. (3:5); ]r)t?fl' (4:4); Oiiyt^Y (I'^D- c. r|^^n (3:14); :r]^|)J? (3:19); ?]0|) (4:6); H'^Q,^ d.VQi^ (2:7); V^n-l;^ r:Q (4:5); vm« T- tt: tt tt. 4. Vni^'?V(2:21); Vnh^(6:9); ^'im;^ ?)^»n'im;^« ^ri"1J5(31:26); irn'i:5 (34:9); T^^ni?;^^ !r|»ni3 d^-i^). Remark.-Dn■1a^fl2a^Q^»;^>^;3J<;l3 cf. also Ontotf^* (25:16); DJim^* Dnnn (17:7). il8a.58:2. 3jer.2:83, «1 Sam. 25:35. *'^®'" \a,» 6 With - written defectively, instead of ^^. « 1 Sam. 1 :18. ' Deut. 10 :iy. 8Deut.32:ll. » Ex. 7:3. ioP8.74:9. nEzek. 16:20. iaEx.4:6. i3lChron. 4:38. hPs. 74:4. 144 ELEMENTS OF HEBKEW [§ 125. 3. The masculine plural has before all suffixes the ending ay^ which, in the construct, appears under the form of e [I 30. 4). But certain modifi- cations in the form of this ending take place, due to the character of the following consonants : — a. The original form ay (♦__) appears unchanged (1) in the 1 c. sg. *__, the *> of the suffix having been absorbed by the final ^ of the ending. (2) in the 2 f . sg. T]*-_, T] being joined by the helping-vowel ^-. h. The original form ay (♦ ) is contracted to e (^ ) before all plural suffixes. c. The original form ay (* ) is contracted to ^ (c) before ^ and H (2 30.5.6). d. The original form ay (* ) loses ^ and heightens a to a before (^IH changed according to § 44. 4. c. to) *), the ^ being generally retained ortho- graphically. 4. The feminine plural with suffixes has (1) ill, the usual affix of the fem. plur., (2) the masculine plural ending ♦__, which is modified in the manner just described (see above, 3. a—d)] and then (3) the same suffixes which were used with the masc. plur. Bemark. — Yery frequently the suffix is attached directly to HI ; tbis is done probably in order to obtain a shorter form. Note. — This strange anomaly, viz., the occurrence of a double plural gign may be explained by supposing that the real origin and character of the ending ^ was lost sight of by those who spoke the language. 125. Stem-Changes in the Inflection of Nouns. 1. D^tr"! lut nD'7tr;2 -)1ND^ hut rhm,^ nny but nttn^;^ *?'nii« • • T T •• : T : T •• T : t hut n^i-iji;7 ^^r)8 lut o'^^y,^ b'M^^ hut D^^nji.^^ T : It T "J- T : T • : jinF hut ?rj:m;i2 n^^^^ hut n^?;^* i^'^'^ hut nnD?^.^« ^yfj hut n^i',^^ fpp hut v^p?;2o nvn^' hut nn.vn»22 2. nn^^ hut nD'ii^s jpp hut ^^pi,^^ nvn'^ hut ninvn.^^ nn^i7 i,ut DnnD^;26 ip\^^ hut nynph^^ m^ hut in^'^^f*^^ T T J-.* •• : • l|"T jv "f: • T • I J. 1 Gen. 15:16. aDeut. 25:15. 3 Gen. 1:16. The noun-stem, if it contains changeable vowels [I 7. 4), is subject to change, (1) when terminations of gender and number are added ; (2) when the noun stands in the construct relation with a following word; (3) when pronominal suffixes are added. The changes which take place are due to the shifting of the tone : — 1. Before affixes for gender and number {absolute), viz., n_, Jlli D^ > D^_, and before the light (§ 51. 1. 5) suffixes, the tone is shifted one place; in which case, a. A penultimate tone-Zo7i<7 a or e^^ becomes tone-sAor^, i. e., S'wa ; b. An ultimate UiUQ-long a or e is retained, since it stands now directly before the tone. 2. Before affixes for gender and number in the construct, viz., ^_, ill (also the sing. fem. H— ); and before the grave suffixes when attached to plural nouns, the tone is shifted two places; in which case, a. A penultimate tone-long (originally short) vowel is shortened, viz., e to 1, and a to a, but a is often attenuated to i ; b. An ultimate tone-long (originally short) vowel becomes tone-short, i. e., S'wa. 3. In the case of the construct singular, and before the grave suffixes (D3' 13^ when attached to singular nouns, the tone is shifted one place; in which case, a. A penultimate tone-long (originally short) a or e becomes tone- short, i. e., S'wa, (see above, 1. a); 1 Gen. 18:4. 2 Gen. 20:18. s Gen. 19:4. 4 Gen. 24:2. 6Gen.2:ll. 6Gen.2:12. 1 Gen. 1:6. s Gen. 1:20. 9 Gen. 38:28. lo Gen. 41:35. n Gen. 37:22. 12 Gen. 9:6. 13 Deut. 28:28. h Deut. 10:16. is Gen. 2:21. 16 Gen. 17:13. "Gen. 24:30. is Gen. 20:6. 19 Gen. 40:19. 20 ps. 21:7. 21 Gen. 14:18. 22 Gen. 47:22. 23 Ps. 119:162. 24 Gen. 4:14. «5 Gen. 18:25. 26 Deut. 16:18. i^ The vowel o, except in u-class Segholates, is gen- erally unchangeable. 146 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 125. h. An ultimate tone-long (originally short) a or e is shortened to S. Remark 1. — The S'wa preceding the grave suffixes when attached to a singular noun, and the S'wa preceding the const, plur. affix ^ is always a half -vowel, and the syllable preceding it is a half-open syllable (§ 26. 4). Remark 2. — While the long vowel (a) is retained before the !ri_, it is shortened before Q^ • Remark 3. — The principles here given apply also to the formation and inflection of feminine nouns. Remark 4. — Qal Active participles and nouns of like formation (? 109. 2), in whose inflection an ultimate e becomes S'wa before all affixes (except ^, Q^, 1^), furnish an important exception to the prin- ciple stated in 1. b above). The difference in treatment is due to the fact that the participial forms have an unchangeable vowel in the penult. 4. a. Tj'pp (14:17) ahs.; Tj^Q (14:1) const; ^$0^ ahs.; 1^0 (5:1); ^};y h. ^3^0;3 nnn3:15); ID*?!; (1:27); I^D*?!^ (1:26); H^D.* • : - ^T :- : - -J" : - ' : * e. D^D'^D (14:9); n'D'?D;^ On'?'' (33:1); Dnp:^.^ • T : T : • T : -Jt : d. n*:)'7D;^ ^^^^;; (2:23); n'7^ (30:26); nn-f^;^ n^tj^'ip.^ T jv T : - T*^: -t: } jv t: } jv t|t e. g'prj (17:16); Dpn-T;!;^^ MS^IP'"' ^^'^P''' /. D^^npi3 hut D*^")p;i* D*^nD;i5 DnnV (43:16). •J- t) : -J- : |- 'J- : T • j- t: pr 5. a. r]W^ rjin (1:2), nOm (41:48); nn^^ n)D (25:11), ♦nIO (27:2), vnto;i8 n^:n (i7:i2), n^:n (i2:i5), ^n^^ (i5:2), )n^2 a^-.m. T -J- h. T) (24:25), nT) (6:5), D^51 (21:34); D5< (3:20), IDN (2:24), DnbN;^^ pn (47:22), Djprr (47:22), D^pfi.^o nprT.^i 6. nnlr (2:5) 6w« rntr (14:7), n)l\^.^^ n\^-p mB {not in use), D*^£) VT •• : : •• : v t • t (32:31), ^^Q (6:13), hut O5 (1:2), DiT;)?) (9:23). 4. Segholate-stems (? 106.) deserve particular attention : — a. The form assumed in the absolute, viz., ^^p from ^tOp, 7pp from ^tDi), ^tOp Aom *7pp, remains unchanged in the construct of words with strong consonants or gutturals. h. In the singular before all suffixes the noun takes the primary form (§ 106. 1). i2Kg8. 5:5. 2 1 Sam. 2:13. sgSam. 19:44. 4 Ex. 32:33. s Cant. 6:8. ePs. 73:14. ilsa. 7:16. sDeut. 12:17. sDeut. 12:26. loDeut. 12:6. n Lev. 22:15. 12 Ezek. 20:40. IS Dan. 8:6. nHab. 3:4. 15 Deut. 33:11. lejud. 16:29. n Josh. 2:13. i8l8a.63:9. i9Jer.l6:3. 20 Deut 4:5. 21 Bx. 13:10. 22 Neh. 12:29. 23 Ruth 1:3. i 125.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 147 c. Before the plural affixes (absolute) a pretonic a is inserted, and the primary vowel becomes §'wa. d. In the plural before light suffixes the pretonic a is retained. e. In the plural const, and before grave suffixes the a becomes S'wa, and the primary vowel is restored, /. In the dual the form is generally that which is found in the plural (see c), sometimes that used in the sing, before suffixes (see h). 5. a. 'Aym Waw (V'J^) Segholate-stems of the a-class have a (height- ened from a) in the abs. sing., but everywhere else this a unites with the following 1 and gives 6 ; in like manner the a of ^"^ Segholates unites with the following ♦ and gives e outside of the abs. sing. b. 'Ayin Doubled iy^) Segholate-stems, before affixes of gender and number, and before suffixes, receive Daghes-forte in the contracted radical, and a preceding tone-long vowel is shortened (§ 36. 6). 6. Lamedh He (H'''^) stems ending in H lose this before affixes and suffixes beginning with a vowel ; the tone-long a of the first radical, a. Is retained when it would be pretonic, but b. Is changed to §'wa in the construct (sing, or plur.), and when it would be ante-pretonic.^ 126. Classification of Noun-Stems, 1. pK, n9p, npb, niy, D^t, n)j2, n|), )Tir\* 2. "IT], d-jV' ^^^^ P' "^5?' ^?V n^b^, Dhj;. 3. D'^ijr, yM nVV: -nW' 0"?^^' ^?*f 0' ^1?^-- 4. ^n^^ TDK, Nqi ^)^i<. niJ^D, D^pD. 5. nni ntorj. ^'1:3^, i^m did, ^w, jn, ay For purposes of inflection, nouns may conveniently be divided into five classes : — 1. The Jirst class includes the so-called Segholates, nouns which origin- ally had one formative vowel (? 106.); stems, however, in which this vowel, by contraction with a consonant, has become unchangeable in the absolute sg. will be referred to the fifth class. 2. The second class includes nouns which have two changeable vowelsj here belong stems which had originally the vowels a— a, a— i, i— a, a— ii, etc., (§ 107.). 3. The third class includes nouns which have an unchangeable vowel, whether by nature or position, in the penult, and a changeable vowel in the ultima. cf. T (= nil), n: but n\ 148 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [§ 127. 4. The fourth class includes nouns which have a changeable vowel in the penult, and an unchangeable vowel in the ultima. 5. The fifth class may, for convenience, include all nouns of whatever origin the vowel, or vowels, of which are unchangeable. 121. Nouns of the First Class. i. strong and guttural stems.-tabular view. Sg. abs. malk (/finer) siphr (book) qiidhs naV ni^h pii'l (holiness) (a youth) (perpetuity) (work) ^1j? ^:?} nv;. "yy.'^ const. ^^ -)£)D ^'ip ^r;_ nv;. ':'r_? 1. suf. gr, suf. '?'?? D??'?^ n9p '^'"!|7 ni?p_ 'HV^ ^'PJL?^ Dpf'-|p Dpnj;p_ Dpqv4 Dp'?:^^ PI. abs. n':h'o • T : D^tf^'np Dn;j;i d^to^ D^'?;;p const. 't?^ n5P '^^Sp nii ^DV^ ''Pi^B 1. suf. gr. suf. Du. abs. const. g'^D npp ^^"-ip^ nj;^ >m:i ''byQ Dpo*?? D3n9p D?T-|p D5ni,5 o:)VP D?*'?^^ (feet) itwo-fold8) (loins) (sandals) (noon) O'^r] d59p Dynp d^>^_^ ann^ REMARKS. [For general remarks concerning the inflection of Segholates see § 125. 4. a—/.] 1. While the ~r under ^ in Dpp^D is a syllable-divider ; that under ^ in Dp^p'?? is a half-vowel. 2. instead of the original pure vowel —, there appears everywhere in w-class stems the deflected vowel — (o), the latter always representing the former in closed, as distinguished from sharpened, syllables (§ 29. 5. a), 3. Instead of simple S*wa as a volatilization of the original ii in the pi. abs. and the pi. with light suffixes, a compound S'wa (tt) is generally found. 4. In the guttural stems, — and it before — become ~ and — (o) (§ 37. 3). NOTES.i 1. In reference to the a-class stems, it may be noted that, a. In pause the a generally becomes a (^t),^ though sometimes e remains (D"!p);^ 1 Under "Notes" there are given the more important variations from the para- digm-forms. 2 Gen. 1:39. a Gen. 2:8. M27.] BY AN" INDUCTIVE METHOD. 149 h. In such forms as il (1:11), iT^Q (16:12), the J^ is to be treated as a full consonant. c. In many forms, the original a, before suffixes and before the dual ending, is attenuated to i i^tiy).^ d. In a few ot-class stems, especially '^ guttural, before suffixes, g (— ) stands under the first radical instead of the primary a (11^^).2 e. In a few plurals, like D^J/D^? U*)f_^T). pre tonic — does not appear. /. There are a few forms, especially '^ guttural, which make a con- struct like ^\Q'p instead of ^^^H (cf. ^^^p.^ 2. In reference to i-class stems it may be noted that, a. In a few cases, -- (e) stands under the first radical instead of the original -- (n?J^,4 ^^^y^). 3. In reference to w-class stems it may be noted that, a. The heightened o is sometimes retained before suffixes (I^J^ri)-^ h. The writing — (6) is sometimes found as a substitute for -^ (") (D^tr'-Tp).^ t)|t 4. Segholates with the vowel under the second radical, a. In some cases have the usual inflection [T\y2\(/ f^om ^5^)'^^^* with vocal S'wa. h. In others treat this vowel as unchangeable (^Jfl^P-^ c. In still others preserve it by an artificial doubling of the final con- sonant before affixes (D^DJ^O)-^^ 2. VX *'X rr"*? AND )f'y stems-tabular VIEW. Sg. abs. mawt (death) DID V-IT z^yt (olive) ^7- pary (fruU) yamm (sea) T 'imm (mother) m hiiqq (statute) const. niD m n$ T ~ ni< "PO 1. suf. ^niD 'n'r \n5 '^! 'm ♦pn gr. suf. D5rii9 o^n]i C3?n5 ^59! D59i< ^m PI. abs. D^niD o'm (gazelles) 0'f?l niDN D^prr const. »niD 'r\'i '5! niDK ♦prr 1. suf. ^niD ^01. '^! ^niDX ^prr gr.suf.D5^n1p oym oyD[ 1 D^'ni^^^ D5^pCr Du. abs. const. (eyes) (cheeks) (hands) (teeth) Dy_^j; D^;.!!*? D!55 O'0 ^rj^ '^.^n'? ^95 ^W' 7 2 Gen. 2:20. 3 Num. 11:7. 4 Ex. 18:4. 5 1 Kgs. 12:28. 6 8 Gen. 19 :33. » Zeph. 3 :3. lo Ps. 109 :8. • 1 Ex. 23:18, T Ex. 30:36. Isa. 53:14. 160 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [| 127. REMARKS. [For general remarks see § 125. 5. a, b, and 6. a, b.] 1. yy and ^"^ Segholates generally contract {a-j-w = 6, a-{-y = e) in the sg. const., and to the contracted form all affixes and suffixes are attached. 2. In HBj tlie "T is a volatilization of the original -=-, while i = ly, the third radical with a helping- vowel ; the i of ^ in ^^IB is an attenuation of the original -^, while the -^ of DD^^S ^^ ^ deflection of this i. 3. In J7"i^ stems, the original vowel, a, i, u, is heightened in the abs. sg.; but before affixes the second radical is doubled and the original vowel restored, though 6 is rarely found for ii. NOTES. 1. In reference to V^^ and ^"^ stems, it may be noted that, a. Uncontracted forms sometimes occur in the plural { 0^*7^11),^ and before suffixes and He directive (Hn^^).^ T : J- h. The contraction has already taken place in the abs. sg. in some stems ; a-class (Dl*^ = yawm, p^fT^ = hayq), i-class {V^^ = diyn, *1^^^ = siyr), «-class (|1^^^ = riiwh). For convenience, these are included under the fifth class. c. Stems i^'y, (e.g., ^^f^y = ti^'Kn, fKV9= J{<^) are a-class Segho- lates, the a, heightened to a, becoming 6 ; these also will be included in the fifth class. 2. In reference to H"*? stems, it may be noted that, a. Forms like HD become, in pause, ^13'^^ *^® ^ being a heightening of the original a. h. Inflected forms like n^C^V^ n'l'?^",^^ D^1^^,i3 ^'i^i^,^^ D^J^^DV^^ for U^^y^, occur ; cf. also forms like nDB?^^ )ilD i^^ these are some of the seemingly irregular forms assumed by H '7 stems. 3. In reference to y^ stems, it may be noted that, a. While ^H^^ stands even in abs., D^^^ stands even in const. T b. Forms like ^fj (= ^^fl) have const, like *ll.^^ c. ~=- is often attenuated to -^ (TlilB^^-^^^n^^^* d. Many uncontracted forms are in use. e. p;; forms like t|J< (= 'anp) are inflected like ^y forms (VSN).^^ HKgs. 15:20. a Ex. 28:26. s Gen. 1:5. *lKgs. 22:35. sDeut. 17:8. ejudg. 5:12. 7 Gen. 1:2. « Gen. 3:15. 9 Gen. 4:2. loEccl. 2:5. nPs. 30:7. 12 Jer. 22:21. is Num. 11:31. ujudg. 14:5. is 1 Chron. 12:8. leEzr. 10:1. "Gen.l:2. i8jer.50:6. i9Gen.l4:3. 2oGen.43:15. 2iRuth2:14. 22Gen.2:7. 2 128.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 151 128. Nouns of the Second Class. tabular view. da-bhar ha-kham za-qm ha-§tr sa-dhay 'a-miiq (word) (wise) (old) (couH) {field) (deep) sg.abs. ^yi DDfi p nvrr nn^ pbii const. ^3^ D3rr ]p\ "i^O ^IP p^^, Lsuf. nyi ^D^n ^^pr n):n n'\^ • T : • T : ■}•: . .. _. . ^ gr.suf. 05^5'! D5p5r| D^^pf D^nvo D3"!i? PI. abs. DHD*! D^PDH D^;)p? DnVH [DH^^ D^pPI^ const. n.5^ ^D?rr »jpr nvn np -T : - T -: -(••: - •• -: -t (wings) (loins) (thighs) const. ^£3^3 REMARKS. [For general remarks on stem-changes, see § 125. 1—3.1 1. This class includes all nouns with two, orig. short, vowels (? 107.). 2. While the original penultimate a, in const, pi. and before grave suf- fixes, is generally attenuated to i, it is retained under gutturals. 3. In qa-til forms, there appears in the const, sg., a instead of i, because the latter cannot stand in a closed accented syllable ; in the sg. with grave suffixes, this i is deflected to e. 4 The n_ and H— in the abs. and const, of t^"^ stems is for ay (? 123. 3) ; this original ay disappears entirely before affixes of gender and number, and before suffixes {§ 125. 6). 5. Many words artificially double the last consonant before all affixes ; the preceding vowel is then necessarily sharpened. Here may be included, a. Adjectives in o (§ 107. c), '^jlj;, ipl Oli}, etc. 6. Nouns in a [i 107. a), ^0}, the adjective form fJOp, etc. NOTES. 1. The ii_ of J<"*7 stems may not be shortened even in the construct. 2. \y stems (qa-wal, qa-wil) lose. the weak "), and contract the vow- els to a and e ; they may then be referred to the fifth class. 152 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW U 129. 3. In general, ^"^ forms are regular ; but some contracted forms are found, e. g., ^^^ '^p,^ in which the short vowel is retained on account of the implied Daghes in the second radical; in inflection these may be classed with ^'y Segholates (g 127. 2. R. 3). 4. Some words of this class assume in the construct state a Segholate form, e. g., flilD^ from firi3, T]*)*^ from t|*l* ; some of these words have also the regular form in the const., e. g., IDD, both "1^3^ and "1^3.^ • T - : v-iv 5. In some verbal adjectives the e, heightened from i, is retained even in the construct state, e. g., VS^HJ lip^,^ f^^ 6. This class includes a number of monosyllabic nouns, of which the third radical, with the preceding vowel, has been lost. These are mostly n""? nouns, e. g., T, D^, n, 1^, f !?• 129. Nouns of the Third Class. tabular view. '6-lam (eternity) mis-pat (judgment) •6-yibh (enemy) 'il-lim (blind) ho-zay (prophet) '6-phan (wheel) Sg. abs. D'?ir tO£DSr"0 3'.N D'PN nm m const. ch'i}; D3t?^P yM nrn 151^^ 1. suf. '»VW ^DBtrb 'y.if nh ^351N gr. suf. D?p'7i;f D5t?5t?^P D5?'J;{ D?trT PI. abs. D'p'^IJf D^DBtr'D D*?'N D^D^K oin D^^OIN const. 'o'?iif ^DSS^^'P ♦3♦^< in 1. suf. '0'?1Jf 'tDQl^/O ^yif in gr. suf. D5'o'7i;f D5^D?srp oyyi^ oyfri Du. abs. const. (tongs) (balances) REMARKS. [For general remarks see § 125. 1—3.] 1. This class includes nouns with an unchangeable vowel in the penult ; this may be a naturally long vowel, or a short vowel in a closed syllable. 2. The following formations are included : '?tOlp, ^Dlp, ^^)p, (^ 1<>9. 1—3); ^Dp, bW, bW, ^W (^ 11^' 1—4); many nouns with the third, or the second and third radicals reduplicated (§ 111.) ; some nouns with ^{, n and ^ prefixed (§112.) ; '^LlpP, '^Dpp, "^DpD, ^t?pp, '^bpD (? I Ruth 3:10. 2 Am, 2:15. s Num. 34:11. 4 Gen. 24:9. s Ex. 4:10. 6lsa.l:4, IPs. 35:27. 8 Ps. 35:26. 9 Dan. 12:2. « 130.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 153 113. 1-4); "^^pn, '^Opn, ^Dj^n (§ 115. 1-3); many nouns formed by affixes (^ 116. 1, 2); some nouns with four radicals {§ 117.). 3. An ultimate a is shortened to a in the sg. const., and in the sg. before grave suffixes ; it is volatilized in the pi. const., and in the pi. before grave suffixes. 4. An ultimate e is shortened to i, sometimes to e, in the sg. before ^, Dp, p ; he/ore all other suffixes and before affixes it is volatilized (§ 125. 3. R. 4). 5. The Qal act. participle of verbs H"^ has the same ending (H^), that was seen in certain nouns of the second class, like r?"lC^ (2 1281 K 3) ; but its first vowel is unchangeable. 6. Many nouns of this class treat the ultimate changeable vowel in the manner described in § 128. R. 5, i. e., artificially double the following consonant, and sharpen the vowel : «• f|)lN (§ 109. 1); ]\^W (§ 116. 2. b)- 2}\yf2 {§ 113. 2); and others. b. f^J^n, \^t^p (§ 111. 1) ; D'lDIJSt (§ 111. 2) ; and others. c. ^n^, ^pn5 (^ 116. 1. a) ; '?/^j (§ 111. 1) ; and others. d. T)p^. Dbin, D*inp (§ 117. 1); and others. 130. Nouns of the Fourth and Fifth Classes. tabular view. ga-dhol pa-qidh (great) (overseer) Sg. abs. ^11^ ypQ 'a-niy (poor) sus (Jiorse) DID tal-midh (disciple) ki-thabh (writing) 3ri3 const. ^n^ ypQ '?^. DID n^p^n 2n3 1. suf. np5 ^pID n'P'?^ ♦3ri3 gr. suf. Dpl^p? D5P1D DpTp'pr) D5?'?? PI. abs. D^^pllil O'ypQ 0'':^. D^PID on^D'pn Dqn? const, ^^n^ n'pQ \'^I? 'DID n^D"?]! on3 1. suf. nps ^DID n^'DbD '3)13 gr. suf. nyypp oy^.}.}^. DD^pip Dpn^p'pri D5*3Ji? REMARKS ON NOUNS OF THE FOURTH CLASS. [For general remarks, see § 125. 1. a, 2, a, 3. a.] 1. The fourth class includes nouns which have a changeable vowel in the penult and an unchangeable vowel in the ultima. Here belong many adjectives like ^'im and ^^l^p (? 108. 1. a-b) ; passive participles like 154 ELE3IENTS OF HEBREW [g 131. 7ltOp (? 108. 1. c) ; formations in wbicb a -^, originally in a closed sylla- ble, has become ~ in an open syllable ; and a few nouns ending in on with a pre tonic t (116, 2. c). 2. In a few tl"^ stems with the form ^^^l^T) (? 108. 1. h) the radical \ when final, in the absence of an affix, is absorbed in the formative vowel i; but when affixes of any kind are attached, it appears in the form of Daghes-forte ; D^'^^i^ = '"ni-yim, (not '*niy-yim). REMARKS ON NOUNS OF THE FIFTH CLASS. 1. This class includes those nouns which do not suffer change of any kind in inflection. 2. Here belong nouns of the first class, like D^Di T*!? *11C^, which were Segholates, the unchangeable vowel arising from contraction ; parti- ciples of the second class, like Dp (qam = qa-wam), and jlD (nieth = ma-with), in which *) having been dropped, the vowels have been contract- ed; formations like ^Dp, ^iDp, *?^Pp, ^)lDp (§ 108. 1. d-f) which have an unchangeable vowel, with a S'wa volatilized from an original i or u; formations like '?lDpD, '^^DpO, ^*\Wf2 (§ 113. 6—8); formations like ^''tDpr), '?^£Opil (I 115. 4, 5) ; some formations with the affix on (§ 116. 2); and a few denominatives (^ 119.). 757. Feminine Nouns. i. feminines of the first class. TABULAR VIEW. Sg. abs. mal-kath (queen) hir-path (rtproach) rT£)nn hiir-bath (ruin) T : T hiiq-qath (Statute) npr? g^bhart (mistress) const. rst?'^ nsirr n^'irr npn nnnji I. 8Uf. 'r\±>D ^nsnrr '^3-in ^npri ^?15;i gr. suf. o:in^^t2 D5n5in ODnain D?nprr 05^13-? PI. abs. no'^D ni£3nn nmn ^''PC^ [nnnji] const. Du. abs. n):i'7t? (embroidery) nmn : T nipfi (cymbals) REMARKS. [For general remarks on inflection of feminine nouns, see §§ 123. 4; 124. 2; 126. 1, 2.] 1. The feminine ending is added to the ground form, e and o appearing in i-class and «6-class stems in closed syllables ; the older form jl-— ap- pears in the const, and before suffixes. 131.] BY AN DTDUCTIVE METHOD. 155 2. The pretonic a is found in the feminine declension as well as in the masculine. 3. Examples of weak feminine Segholates are (1) tl"^}^^, (2) H^IHtO (3) n*?w (4) nn% (5) n;% (6) nsiD. (7) n^y^^, (8hnn o) n^p, (10) rtt2h (11) rijpn, of which those numbered 3-6, 8-11 suffer no change of stem, following the inflection of tlpO given above. 4. Just as "^p^ is derived from TJ^O, so fl'lD^ is derived from ^5j| by the addition of H, the insertion of e and the heightening of a to e. Before suffixes the original ^ is attenuated to i. 2. FEMININES OF THE SECOND CLASS. TABULAR VIEW. 9a-dha-qath zS-'a-qath eS-nath 'a-ta-rath g'zi-lath (rightouaness) (en/) Wear) (crovm) (violence) Sg. abs. ni?iv '•Ipi^ T T '^m const. npnv npi?. n:^*" mt?j;?, n'py 1. suf. 'npiv 'npH ^njc^' ^J:^f2y (8i8(er-in-Iaw) ■ : ' : gr. suf. D?ripiv D5iipi^r D?i?i^' PI. abs. nipnv n'l^^' ninDj; const. nipiv (Mp8) ni^Dj; Da. abs. D»n|)b^ const. 'hh^ REMARKS. 1. The same stem-changes take place before the ending J7 as before T the plural endings (§ 126. 1). 2. In the const, sg. and pi., as well as before suffixes, the original a of the first syl., while retained with gutturals, is generally attenuated to i. 3. The S'wa before the endings H— (const, sg.) and Jll (const, pi.) is a half-vowel, being in each case a volatilization of a. 4. Before the fem. ending the final ^_. of H"*? forms is lost; in this case the a of the first syl. is heightened or volatilized according to the position of the accent. 5. Several nouns with the form H'^COp in the abs. have fl'^Dp in the T T f: , •. JV|: const.; these, as well as those which have the form DyDp in the abs., at- tenuate the original a to I before suffixes. 6. Nouns of the form H^DD frequently retain the — in the construct. T •• ); 156 ele:ments of Hebrew [§ 132. NOTES, 1. Forms like qa-til become qa-tal when the fern, ending H is added. 2. V V forms like H^JI, HDf, nHD, in which the stem-vowel is the ^ TT TT T •• result of contraction, retain it in the const. 3. FEMININES OF THE THIRD AND FOURTH CLASSES. TABULAR VIEW. Sg. abs. const. 1. suf. yo-naqt giil-gult qo-ti-lath g'dho-lath t'hil-lath m'nu-hath {killing f.) {great t.) {praise) {rent) • T : Jl PL abs. const. n"?!!^ n'vnr\ noi^p nji} rivnr;\ nm:? a:?rpnr) ni'?tpip niVn^ ni'^nn nini:ip REMARKS. 1. Feminines in Jl of the third class arise in the same manner as those described in ? 131. 1. R. 4, the ground-form generally having a in the ultima, though sometimes u. 2. As before, the original a (or o deflected from ii) appears before suf- fixes. 3. The feminine participle most frequently assumes the form ri/tOpi though n'^Db is common ; the form jl^'?^ (Gen. 16:11) is of special in- T : 1 1 ■ * ~ U' terest, giving, as it does, the ground-form of ill?^- 4. Feminines of the fourth class present no points of difl&culty. 752. Irregular Nouns. 1. ^^ (for n5N) Father; const. ^5^ ; with suff., ^5JjJ {my father), q^D?^, ^TD5< or VDK, nOiNt, D:)^DN*'(U21. 2. c)- plur', h)2i< ; const., I J T -IT • T T -I- T •.••-: T iilDN- "The feminine ending points undoubtedly to an original abstract, indicating dignity." 2. HK (for rini<) Brother; const., ^HN ; with suff., ^HN [rny brother), T V T • -: • T ^^HKj DD^nK; plur.,D^nN with artificial (implied) doubling of (1 (cf. 2 128. R. 4); const., ^HK ; wi'th suff., ^PTK, ^^HK, D^*^^?, etc. On VHK (for VrrK) see ? 31. 2. c' 3. nhX (for inN, with D. f. implied, § 31. 2. c) One; const., inN TV T - (used also before JO); fem., nilN (=ninN), in pause, MUN; plur., I • - - VJV - At v D^IHK Some, the same. 2 132.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 157 4. ilinK ('ahawath ='ahath ='a-h6th, the 6 by obscuration of a) Sister; const, ninN ; with suf., ^niriK ; piur. with suf ., vn'^nt^ ; also ^n'lnK, DD^TifiN from nnx. ' ^ " ~ "' :■ •• I -: T T 5. tr^K (for tr'^K attenuated from If^^i^) Man; plur., D^C^'^{< (three time« D^^'^N); const., ^tT'^K- 6. nDJ< Maid-servant; with sufF., !r]nDJ«5; plur., niHDN; const., 7. n^>? (for t^^i^, fern, of tr■J^t) Woman; const., Jlt^'N = 'i§t ; with sJff., ♦nt^lt/^inSr'N ; plur., frtr^, from D^tr^J<; const., ^C^'jJ; with suff., V^'i DH^ti^'i. T T V •• : 8. n^5 House; const., n^5 ' plur., D^p3(batim), the Daghes being used to distinguish this from D^H!!! part, of jll^; const., ^Jl^; with suf., 9. f5 (for \y^ = ^J15 from H^^ 'build) Son; const., -f^, "jg, ^^5 (Gen. 49:11), S^ (Num.23:18); with suff., ^JS, ^^^; plur., DO!:; const., ^;!g ; with suff., b?, ^rja Drr^;)?. 10. ng (for n^3, fem. of J5) Daughter; with suf., ^n3 (= *n^3 = ^n^3); plur., n\n (cf. d^^::j «o«s); const., nto • : - T • T 11. on Father-in-law; with suf., Tl^DIl; niDIl Mother-in-law; cf. 12. DV if or pV^ Day; plur., D^PM=DW); const., ^Q^ and r\)f2]\ dual,DW 13. ^^75 (from n^D contain) Vessel; plur., D^'?? ; const., ^^75; with suff., ^'pi D.7'75. 14. D^D (piur.) Fa^cr (U22. 5. N.4); const., ^0, ^5*0; with suff., 15. n^j; c7iVy; piu., an^ iM Dn% or from nj;); const., n;;. 16. tlQ (perhaps from an original *£)) Mouth; const., ^5 (cf. ^5^^, ^HJ^, 2 121. 2. c); with suf., ^5, :r|^|), 1,T|) or V$, i^iD, D3*£) ; plu., 0*5,' nV£)'- 17. CTN"! {for tr'N*) = tJ^N*)) ^e«^; plu., D^tf^'N"! (/o^ D^^^'NI); const., ^tr^n ; with suf., i^tr'Ni.' ' •• T J- T . 18. O^Dt^ (plu.) Heaven (2 122. 5. N. 4) ; const., ^f2t{^. 158 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW [I 133. 755. Numerals. GENERAL VIEW. With the Masculine. With the Feminine. Absolute. Construct. Ahsolute. Construct. I ^^^ inj? nm r\m g D'i?^' '^}2f ^\^^ 'W s n^SV rit^*S?^* \iht^ t^'ip 4 nji;:?^^ r\v.i'y^ VTk y^1^^ 5 ntf^'pr? W9^, t^-prr tr'pn 6 nt^t(/ r\i;t2f W tr'tr* 7 n^'?t^ n^'i^f V^^ rss?* 8 T : ~ : n:bp^' 9 nj;2rn nrtr"n vpr) m'T) 10 With the Masc. With the Fern. ^m m^v^'w^i ^1 nb^;; ^^^• nnt?^j^ D^iit?^* m^j^ >n?^' i5 n^jL? rr^'?^" nntf^jr'tj^Stf^' 100 n^JP /em.; cons^., flf^P ; 4,000 D^£3^N^ ni^jiK pl, niND il3^*1, but in later books, soo D^n^D -^i^a? (/or D^nNp) 10,000- Nl3n, 1:31;p^^^m^,niN3•^ soo niNp t^*'?^?' (contracted Jll31) JtOO niNo i^anx 20,000 D^nb"! (^«.) also rr\T) w IfiOO C]'2^',plural,n'0'7l< 30,000 nii<:i"! t:^':'^?'' 2pOO D^5'7N (^w«?) JtO,000 niK^i VT^^ spoo D^5'?^!? ntj;''?^?^' 60,000 iy\^T\'m REMARKS. 1. The numeral "IHK one is an adjective, standing after and agreeing with its noun. 2. The numeral D^-3uJ^ (fem. D^nti^, pronounced sta-yim) is a noun, used either in the appositional or construct relation with the word which it enumerates, and agreeing with it. 2 133.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 159 3. The numerals from three to ten are abstract feminine substantives, used in appositional construction with the noun which they enumerate. The feminine form was the original one, and is used with masculine nouns ; the masculine is a shorter form used with feminines. 4. The numerals from eleven to nineteen are formed by uniting *)tj^ V ten (or the feminine form TTipy) with the units ; here it may be noted I a. In eleven, ^\1!^ and ti^'i^ have a form like that of the construct. h. *'r0^_y in the second form of eleven, is to be connected with an Assyrian word istin (= one). c. In twelve, U*l\(f is a contraction of DO^, and ''^p a shortened form of D*J!^\ tlie contraction and shortening being due to the close con- nection of the words ; these forms cannot be called constructs. d. The feminines from thirteen upward have a shortened, but not a real construct, form. 5. The numerals thirty to ninety are formed by adding the masc. plur. ending Q^ to the units, but twenty (DHtj^J^) is the plural of ten (*)t5^J^). 6. The units are added to the tens by means of ^ ; in the earlier books preceding the tens, in later books following them. 7. The units take the noun in the plural ; the tens, when before it, take the noun in the singular, when after it, in the plural. 8. The numerals eleven to nineteen take the noun in the plural, except in the case of a few very common nouns like day, man, etc. 9. The ordinal first is pt^l}^ (from t^'it), head). 10. The ordinals from two to ten are formed from the corresponding cardinals by means of the termination ^__, another ♦_ being inserted between the second and third consonants. 11. Above ten, cardinals are used for ordinals. 12. The feminines of the ordinals are used to express fractional parts. XIII. Separate Particles. 754. Adverbs. 1. a. ^5^ Where?; ^ There; K^ Not; D^* There. h. nr Sere; H^n Either; ^^t^ Thrice; )jyLf Seven times, c. IKD y^ry; pH Abroad; Ij'? Alone; H^D^ TFi^Am. ^. rr3in Much; aLD^'l TTe??; DD^^H ^a^??// "T^^ Speedily, e. \m Firmly; DlCO Well; n^itT'^'l Formerly; nlJ^'?!?^ l^^^n- / ;rnp (= i;n^-nD) why?; riiv;o'7'0 (= n'^i^p with p and ^) 2. a. jn JJere is; ^^^H, ^Tj^n, l^pll, Dp^n, D|n, etc. h. \^\ There is; iTjt^^ 1^ti^^ DDti^^ c. J^J< There is not; ^^l^JSt, :r]rp, ^^/K, D?^^^, etc. d n^K Where is?; HD^, t*'Nt, D\Nt. 6. 11); >s'\:^pri nr^bhph \r6bph '\:i%ph : J-|: T nVtoprr n'pDpn n'^Bpn 'r)%pn "h^hpii urbhph \r\%pri &c. ■'ep' ^^pfl ♦■^Dpfl I'jDp' i'7Dpn nj'?6pri illiii ♦':'C3pn l'7C3p' rrj'popH lYDpri b'^p'* b't:^pr\ b'iciprs 'b'^pn ^b'bp' ^P^prs ii'hprs ^pppb ^^Vpj ♦■jDp i^op ^^eprirr ♦"pippnrT wanting &hpn ■^'IDp •^Dp)'7bp (^bpri»n) %pnn *?Dprr ''^l? %pr}r2 1 '^'PpP rr^tppiii^ nV^pk" BY AN INDUCTIVK METHOD. 167 Strong Verb. Piiu PI'el. Mph'^l. Qal. ^t?p r\b\^p T\%p "^rs^p on^bp n7op n'^Dp T ,: J-|- n^^p 'rj'^top ^^sp Dn^cop ]r\bi:ip t%p b\5p) n^Dp: rh^p) 'nb^p:^ "^bhp^ Dn^top^ \T\b^p^ ^P^p) m Dri'^Dp jn'i'Kip /S^^. 3 m. ^ 3/ 2 m. 2/ Ic. PI. 3 c. 2 m. 2/ Ic. /SS'. 3m. " 3/ 2 m. 2/. Ic. PZ. 3 m. . 3/. 2 m. 2/ Ic. Sg. 2 m. " 2/. PZ. 2 m. 2/. . 1 *?t?p^ *:^Dpn ^Dpn ''b^prs bhp^ "f^^p". r^p^pt) \%pT) n±>i:ipr\ bi^p^ b^p'. '^'^pri ':'£?p.n 'b\::ipt-\ %pk i^t?p| Ji^'^'^pri ^'i'Spn b^p' b6pr) bii^pT\ ^bwr^ i7\9p' n^b^dfn ■^bp' ■^bpn ■^bpn '"^Dpfl %p« I'^Pp' nJ^bph I'^Dpn nj^pri 1 wanting bw '"l^p ^bi^p '^Pprr t>6pr\ t: j-|t • bbp t>iip ni%p • 1 M (b^p)b'op ('7bpj)'?b'5n Vitsp ■7b|7 ahs. } const. ) >5 "T^PO b^pt^ "^m ■riop «c«. )^ pass. ) PM "5"??^ Jussive ) «j 168 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW Paradigm G. Strong Verb 3 pi. f . 3 pi. m. 2 pi. 1. 2 pi. m. 1 pi. o. t7W D3'ri'?Dp 17W D^t?p tp-FPp] D^VpP JT ): Dl'7tpp' Di'?c?jpri i-i.'^pp^ i^^i'^tpp^ D"?^P ^Wr r?£?i? o^^Pp DD'7£?p ) ^^pp r?£?p D^tpp P'?^P Dp^^p ^^^^p i^'tjipn DV'tDpn f5'?'^i?'"' D^'p'ppn ij^'p^tpprr BY AK INDUCTIVE METHOD. 169 WITH Suffixes. 3 8g. f . 3 sg. m. 2 sg. f . 2 sg. m. 1 sg. c. n^Dp nn^top T J- T 1 : nn'^top n^n^Dp O'ri^Dp ni^tDp mn^ipp ni'^^top T J : -) : inn^^p ) ^n>Dp^ in^CDp ^ im'^top ^ii^i'ppp n"?^P ^l^^P n^^'?^P ^^n'^Dp^ ^-^^^^pi ^A'5*?t5p '^^^?P Qal 3/ 2 m. 2/ 1 c. PZ.3 c. 2 m. 1 c. ^^^R i^Pp ^^^i? ^■?9.p ^-J^-^p /S^r. 3 m. 1 ^p) Construct r% nb^p i^t?p T^'^P T??P o^pp R'el } ^ Sg.Sm.)Si nVpprr I'^^ppn T?'t?p''7 ^V'^Pp'"^ '^I'j'Ppn Hiphll 1 ^• aS'^. 3 m. f g 170 - ELEMENTS OF HEBREW Paradigm D. Verb Pe ('£3) Guttural H5ph'al. T : ^T |T T : j-^t: |t ' : J- ^t: It mph'ii. Mph'Sl. Dp'p^J^n DJi^Dj^n Dii^Dj^^i. ''^V^J^n t:^-<: It ^^'ptpi^n wanting b^Vn --¥:ji Qal. T : "^JT T : J-^T ''7Pj[;n "^'^iin '^'W.p. T:.->Tr ^^>Djr '^jpi^n r : j-'V I" ^bi n'^t^yn Sg. 3 m. 3/ 2 m. 2/ PL 3 c. 2 m. 2/. Ic. Sg.Sm. 3/ 2 m. 2/. Ic. PZ. 3 m. 3/ 2 m. 2/ Ic. J /S'fl'. 2 m. 2/. P/. 2 m. 2/. const. pass. Jussive ) *a BY AX nSTDTJCTIVE METHOD. 171 Paradigm E. Verb "i^KW (y) GUTTURAL • Hithpa'el. Pii'al. Pi'el. NYph'Sl. Qsi. T : -i-)t : • n'p^^pOD '^"p^^pnn Dn^j^pnn tt>^p '^%p ^^i?p bap ri^Np n^???pJ ^>?

^P^ ^t^^P^ "^Npn '?Np^? J?«p^ ^«P' ■^xpri '^'Xpil nj'pNpri ■^Np! ■^i^pn ■^J^pi!) '^>?pri ■^Np^ I'^Np'. nj^Npn i^Npn '"'j'PNpfl ""^NpJ • T : j-)t : • wanting ™'??*p ^Npn '^?!

t>\Dn i7'^n t>m PI 3 c. PU onb^ii Dn^DH nr\bm 2 m. ]r}bw \r)bw ]P^bm 2/ )p^n ^pm Ic. J /STflT. 3m. 1 b^' '^^tD^ btDii' "PCS' ^P! bt$ri b^^D ^D:in "^on ^ton 3/. bm b'^r\ '^tojin ■^bn ':JDn 2 m. 'b\$r\ ♦b^on 'Vp^n ♦■^on ^^t?n 2/. ^Dftt b'^H btD^i< ■7bN ^D^^ Ic. t>Q' t>'^' ^^P|* 1'7D» I'jp^ PZ. 3 m. np^r^ nj'^ton n:i^D:in npgn rtibm 3/ a )bw i':'tDn '^^p^n I'pcsn i^pn 2 m. ruhtDry n:b^D n:i^tD:in rtJ'r'bn nj'7on 2/ bm.. b'm. •• T • "^bJ ':'P^ Ic. J /S^gr. 2 m. ' bm btDin bibj b^ £ ^^^tDH '>P|?i7 '■^PJ t^p 2/.' 1 wanting t>'^n i'7£?|n I'^pj I'i'p FZ. 2 m. 1 npon npmn nj'^bj T : J : T : J- 2/. bw b:::in bbhrt Vio: ViDJ b'm •• T • ^b^ n^D b^'t^D ^tpi btDf? b^y ^1D^ bD' Jussive (^ r^'im Cohort. ia 174 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW Paradigm H. Verb Hithp6'el. Po'al. P6'el. H5ph'al. DD'ipinri HDpipnn pipb'ipnn ^npo'ippn ^Dp'ipnn Dp^DDipnn inpD'ipr^rr iJipmpnn nDp'ip npo'ip ntppip ^nppip Dnpp'ijp IPPP'ip i^PD'ip tOP'lp nDtpip ripD'ip ppp'ip ^npD'ip ^Dp'lp Dnpp'ip l^tpDlp n'ltDpirr ^niDpi.7 DJii'itopin |ntepi7 i^top7 DD'ipil^ tocp'ipnn Dtpipnn ^tptp'ipr^n DD■'lpn^< itopipn* mcppipnn 'iDD'ipnn n^tptoipnn Dplp* Dp'ipll DD'Ipri ^Pplpri t^p■1p^f ^iDP'lp'^ n;pt?'ipin itDp'ipri n;pt?'ipn t3p'ip: top'ipn DP'Ipn ^ppipn topp^? ^iDtpip* n^pDlpii '^Dp'IpJl n^pD'ipii ' top'ip^ (Dpp DpV Dp^in Dpin ^pp^n Dpl^ IDpj^ n:;t?pi;;) '^Dp.in nrDpiip totp'ipnn ^LDtD'ipnn lop'ipnn wanting Dp'lp ^ptpip ItDtp'lp n^pD'ip wanting DtD'ipr^rr Dp'lp • tDp'lp Dp'lp Dpirr DDipnp ^\:^yp^ Dpipp CDpIO 'mv\ BY AK INDUCTIVE METHOD. 'h)'N Doubled [)}"]}). 175 mph'ii. Nlph'al. Qal. ^p'r^ £3p^ top >^^. 3 m. 1 riiDpn T J 1 • -: ^■i?p^ 3/ 2 m. niDpn nropj n'iDp 2/ ^ '0"i^pn 'illDpJ '^V\^. Ic. ^ic^i^n IDpJ )-|-T ^^p. PL 3 c. £ Dn'iDpn Dntep; Dn'iDp 2 m. iJiioprr liiv^p^ fniDp i^'iDp 2/ Ic. Sg.^m. ' 3/ (top!.) tDp^ topri Dp: Dpn Dpt Dp;: Dpn Dpn ^PO Dpn \:^pr\ ^pT\ 2 m. ^ppo ^t3pn *ppn ♦Dpn 2/ n^^Dpn t^p^^ itsp:^ Dp^ ^p^ iDp! iDp; n^ppn n^Dpn Ic. P7. 3 771. 3/ lopri ^Dpn ^Dpn iDpn 2 m. n^Dpn n^^Dpn n^Dpn nrDpn T : |j • T J.- 1". : 2/ m Dp; top; top^ Ic. 1 ' Dpn Dpn ^p ^£y. 2 m. n bmr\ b'^'Ts b^'n 'b^^T) '>b'^\::iyT\ '"i^'t;) ht^ '^^D^K •^CD^N I'r'pN; t)^^t3^» ^b\?'y^ r{±>mn n:i*:>D^n r^^^^'T) ^bmr\ ^b'^^'TS t^^'T) Hj'JtDj^n r^p^'t^ rr^'jD^n b\:^ii^ b'^m '^'^'^ bm *?DM b^' 'bm ♦^♦D^'^ ♦^to» t>^i< ^'5^t3^n Jl^tO^ T : J -: '"^^^p'r? rr;i^D^ 'r'toK ':'DM ^ bto* "^m '^'P'rr ^b^ T '^♦tp^o T V J — BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. DiGM I. Verb Pi Waw (V'5). 177 H5ph'ai. mph'ii Ntph'^1. QSl Dn'ppin : -I- ri'ppm p'ppin : J- '^P'l: n'pp'i^ Tpm ^^p'l:) Dn'ppu etc. regular Sg, 3 m. 3/. 2 m. 2/ Ic. PL 3 c. 2 m. 2/ Ic. ASf(7. 3 m. ' 3/ 2 m. 2/. Ic. PZ. 3 m. 3/. 2 m. 2/. Ic. Sg. 2 m. 2/ PZ. 2 m. 2/. btQV bt5)r\ bQ)D 'b^^r} biDM^ ^b^v \biD)r\ npg)D ' bm b'^tr "^'p'ln ^^p'ln 'b'pyr\ ^♦p■1^^ ^b'W ^b'm b^l etc. regular ':'P'' bt3\ b^^r\ bm b\9V bm 'btD'p 'b^ti ^p^K bm ^b^^'l i7^l np^'rs npm '^"jp'ii i^pp np^'n npm ^bm ^bm 1. . wanting bt^r^ r^ptv\ ':'P'!n T : J-T • btQ\ btD )biD^^ ^bi^ npp] npp. 1 1 J b)^l b)tDi bb] nbp C071S«. )5 *7D10 "^^pto ■^DIJ bd' V J- '^^:i 178 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW Paradigm K. Verbs 'Ay/n Waw (\y) P61S1. Polel. HSph'Sl. mph'ii. etc. "7'?-ip Dn'?'?ip u>>ip ■^pirr n^pLT n'?pirt ;i'?pin ♦ri'^pirr i^piri Dp'?p1»7 Ii?>PV ij':'pin Vpn O^^'P'^ rDb'pn ^ni^^pn ^^^P.n ir)'i'''pn )it>'pn bb)pr^ etc. ■^Vipri "^-^ipri '^^"ipn nj'?Vipn i^^-ip;i nj'^Vipn '■■^Vipj "^pin '7pin '^'piN i-^pi; nj'?p in '■.Vfpi;^ nj-pi^in ■^pw Vpn ™"?pn nj'^pn '^"PJ wanting nj'pVip wanting "^PC 'Vpn I'^'^pn '?'?ip ""PO "^^ipp '^'?'T? •^pio Vpo • •^pn BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. AND 'AYIN YODH (»"J;). 179 Niph'al. Qai Cp. Qai (v;;). b'yp; ni^ip^ ri)b)p'^ 'ri)b^p^ ^^•ip; oni'^'ip^ I^^'^^p^ etc. ^^P ^^P • n'?p. '"'^p. i?>P. 0>p- ri)p fi'pp i^'p. I'^ii on'pp on"?!? rf?>P rrf^p /S^flr. 3 m. 3/. 2 m. 2/. Ic. PZ. 3 c. 2 m. 2/ Ic. . ^^. 3m. 3/ 2 m. 2/. Ic. PZ. 3 m. 3/. 2 m. 2/ Ic. Sg, 2 m. ' 2/. PI 2 m. 2/ 1 b')p' b')pr) ^ipn '>'^pri *:'"ipj< iVip^ n^^'ipn ^b^pr^ npypn ^'b)p: •^'pri I'rp' ™"?'p.^' nr'^'pn ■^'PJ ^ip: ■pipn ■Tipri '^ipri •pipK i-pip: nr'7'ipn I'^ipri nj''7ipri ' ^^ipj i 1 b)pn ^b-^n ^b^pn np)pn J'P ^jp '^P i-^ip ^J^p i b')pri b)pn Vp •7ip const ) ►S b')p: Vp^lp ^1p "11 ■^P^i '?pn'''p:?- Jussive ) ^ W.)cons. )S i 180 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW Paradigm L Verb Hithpa'el. Hoph'al. Hiph'ii. Pii'al. nopr^n nn^pr^n r\''^p^*l )Dpnn Dn^Dprin fn'^pnn ircDpnr? nnppn T J-): T n'^pn )tDph )y^pn J ): T nnppn (n',-^)rr^P'^ (nv)n'bprT ^^pn (Dn'-JorytDpn (fr)V)lO'^p^^ ^^'tppn HDp nntop r\'hp iDp jn^Dp ^:^Dp nt;?pr\\ n^pon n^piin ^Dprin nDpi75< ^Dpn! nmpr)n ^opnn nrDpriri n^pn^ ntDpn '^PO niDpN lop: T J. |: T nt?p! •^5?pf^ nppn *Ppfi nt?pi< 1t3p! n;^Dpn 'iDpn n^^cppn nt?p^ n^p: ntDpri ntppn '^pr\ ^^p^f ^Dp^ n^^tDpn '^Dpn nc?p^ n^pi^n ^topm iDpiin nrDpnn wanting HDpn 'Pprr iDpn T -I.): - wanting n'lopr^n ntopn nitDpn niDpn ntop n^pr\f2 ^^p? '"^^p^ ^W^ t^pO' top! ^^5?P^ BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 181 Lamedh He [Ti"^). prei. Nlph'al. QSl. ntop rrntop p 4p DH^ep iri^pp nriDpj ri't?pJ D^'tDpJ JO'tppJ iJ'EJpJ n't3p n^Pp ^n^pp ^top Dn^pp jn'Pp ^^^Pp Sg, 3 m. 3/. 2 m. 2/ Ic. PZ. 3 c. 2 m. 2/ Ic. . ^Sf^r. 3m. ^ 3/ 2 m. 2/. Ic. PZ. 3 m. 3/. 2 m. 2/ Ic. Sg. 2 m. ' 2/ PI 2 m. 2/ 1 nt?p.: n:?pp nt?pn 'c?pr» n^^opn ^Dpri rryopii 'n^p^ HDpn riDpri ♦ppn IDp' iDpn no'tDpn \-;ppj npp*. nppn nppn 'Ppri nppx n^^Ppn ^topn n:i^Dpn npp^ B ntDp 'Pp ?it3p nopn 't?pn i£3prt npp 'Pp IDp nripp 1 1 (npp)nbp n'ltDp nbpj ntopn rrbp n'ltop a5. U const. 5 iS nppp nppj npp pass. ) P^ top^ ^«?p: op^ ^p: Jussive )^ 182 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW Paradigm M. Verb Lamedh 'Aleph {'^"^l mthpa'el. Hiph'ii. Pfel. Niph'^1. Qal. N??pm HN^pr^n mDpnn nNtDpiin ^mtspnn ^N^pr^n Dr)N??pon filNcsiprin ^jj^^pinn N^ppn nj^^LDpn mppn ^nNOpn ^N'tppn DriNppn finNppn ^i^KDpn nxpp n^pp ^Npp DriNpp iri^^i^p ^l^?pp^ 'nJ^^p^ iKpp^ oriNPp^ ir)^£?p^ 'i^i^op;) NDp T : ||T T -ITJX riNipp • -.t)t Dmtop jt|t Sg. 3 »>i. " 3/ 2 m. 2/ Ic. PL 3 c. 2 m. 2/ Ic. Sg. 3 m. ' 3/. 2 m. 2/ Ic. PI. 3 m. 3/ 2 m. 2/ Ic. /S^. 2 m. " 2/ PZ. 2 m. 2/ . 1 1 KDpW NtDpnn ♦Kcppiin iS ^^5?pOP N^ppD J^Ppp ^m Npp oc^ )^ pass. \ PU ^^?!?Pp; •j- t): • Jussive ) ^ TT. s»7#. i I INDEX OF SUBJECTS. [The references are to sections, unless otherwise indicated.] ft, before suffixes 74. 1. c. N. 1. a-class vowels 7. 1. a. 2. a-class vowels, what they include 33. a, in 'S gutturals 82. 1. a, b. a, in ';? gutturals 80. 2. a, b. a, naturally long, where found 30. 1. &—&, nouns with 107. & — a, nouns with 108. 1. a. a— a, nouns with 109. 1, ft— a, nouns with 113. 1. ft changed to e in nouns 106. a— e, nouns with. 113. 3. a— I, nouns with 107. a— i, nouns with 108. 1. b. a— I, nouns with 109.2. a— i, nouns with 113. 7. a— 0, nouns with 113. 5. a — 6, nouns with 113. 6. a— <1, nouns with 107. a—il, nouns with 108. l.c; 113.8. a of Qai, before suffixes 74. 2. b. (2). a, original stem- form in 120. 2. B. ft, pure short, where found 29. 1. a, restored and heightened in Qftl 74.1.b.(2). a, tone-long in Qitl, volatilized 74.1.b.(l). ft, tone-long, where found 31. 1. Absol ute and construct states 123. Absolute Dual 122. 5. a. Absolute Infinitive 70.1. Absolute masc. plur 122. 4. a. Abstract fern, subst.. Numerals 133. 3. Abstract ideas expressed 119. 5. Abstract nouns 108. ; 110. 2, 8. Abstract nouns, formation of 115. Accent aflfect'g vowel in f . nouns 131 .2.B.4. Accent defined 20. 4. N. 2. Accent in inflected words 20. 4. N. 1. Accent in verbs with suffixes.. 74. 1. c. (3). Accents 20.-26. Accents, relative power of 24. 2. N. 2. Accents, table of 22. Accusative end'gof verb, forms 74.2.C.N.1. Accusative- form and stem-form.. 120. 2. R. Accusative, formation of 121. 3. Accusative of Pronoun, table of... p. 165. Active Intensive, pointing of 59. 1. Active Participle, Qftl 71. 1. a. Active Verbs 58.2. N.2. Addition to stem for tense, person, &c. 57.2. Adjectives as Adverbs 134. 1. e. Adjectives, formation of 107. Adjectives in J 116.2. Adjectives in 6 128. 5. a. Adjectives, neuter 108. Adverbs 134. Adverbs and suffixes 134. 2. Affix, feminine 124.2. N. Affix^_ 119.4. Affix |i or |_ (seldom p) 119. 3. Affixes for gender and number 122. Affixes of cases, origin of. . . 122. 6. N. 1, 2, 3. Affixes of nouns 105. 3. Afformatives and Preformatives 68.5.N.2. Agency expressed 119.1. Alphabet 1. Analysis of noun-forms 122. 5. N. 3. Anomalous form of |"£3 verb 90.3. N. Appelatives 112. 3. Apocopation in T\"h verbs 100. 5. Apocopation off! in fem. nouns. .132. 2. c. Arabic Personal Pronouns 50. 3. N. 2. Aramaic form in ^'y verbs — 86. 2. R. 1. Aramaic Personal Pronouns . . .50. 3. N. 2. Aramaicized forms iVy) 94. 2. R. 5. Archaic construct forms 121. 1. a. Article and Prepositions 45. 4. R. 3. Article before gutturals 45. 2, 3. Article, The 45. Article with Dagh5§ 45. 1. Artificial doubling in II. cl. nouns 128. R. 5. Aspirate and Dagh6§-forte 14. 2. Aspirates 12. Assimilation 39. Assimilation, how indicated 39. 3. N. Assimilation of D and 1 39. 2. Assimilation of J in j";; Seghol'8..106.2.b. Assimilation of h and ■• 39.3. Assimilation of 3 in j "3 verbs 84. 2. Assimilation of J, exceptions to. . .39. 3. R. Assimilation of Waw, verbs V'£) 90. 4. Assimilation of weak J 39.1. Assyrian and Arabic declension 121.3.N.2. 184 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW Assyrian Personal Pronoun. . . .50. 3. N. 2. Attenuated Vowel-sounds 7. 3. c. 'Athnah, 22.1,2. 'Athnah and SlUuq 24.2. 'Athnah and Sllluq, consecution of . .25. 1. Attenuation, when it occurs 36. 4. » q in _p»";r stems ^ ....i^i. a. n.a. Doubling- in verb-stem 57. 1. b. Doubling of final consonant in III. cl. nouns 129. R. 6. Doubling- of guttural refused 78. 1. Doubly weak verbs, synopses of 102, Doubtful vowels 7. 2. N. Dropping of « (K"^) 98. 3. R, 2, Dual number 122. 5. Dukes 22. 1. cl. 3; 23, 3. e, a so-called connecting vowel.74.2.c.(2). 6, deflected, distinguished from 6.31. 2. N. 6 from a, a long vowel 29.4. N.l, efrom anu-sound 29.4.N.2. §, naturally long, where found 30. 4. 6 of Prel bef ore.suffixes 74. 2. b. 3. 6, short, where found 29.4. §, tone-long, where found 31. 2. e, transliterated italicized e 30. 5. 6, written n^ (H"^) 100. 1. f . Elision of J< 43. 1. R. 2. Elision of 1 and "• 44. 2. Emperors (accents) 22. 1. cl. 1; 23. 3. Emphatic forms w. suffixes 74, 2. c. (3). Endings char, of abs. and const. 123, 3, 4, 5. Endings of nouns with suffixes 124. Epenthetic Nfin 74,2,c.N.l. Epithets expressed 110. 7. Etymology 45-137. Euphonic change of 6 to u 94.4. a. R. Euphonic n_ (H""?) 100.4. N. Euphony of consonants 39-44. Euphony of vowels 29-38 Exhortation, how expressed 72. 1 . b. Feminine ending, ) 199 «> « v> o modifications of f Lc:. ^. a, D, c. Feminine in verb 63. 2. Feminine noun, inflection of. 125, 3. R. 3. Feminine nouns 131. Feminine nouns and suffixes 124.2. Feminine nouns, declension of 131. Feminine nouns, IV. class 131,3, Feminine nouns from Segh. stems. .106. 4, Feminine nouns in n_ 108. 2; 115. R. Feminine nouns. III. class 131, 3. Feminine plural 122. 3. Feminine plural affix 123. 5. N. Feminine plural and suffixes 124. 4. Feminine, singular sign 122. 2. Feminines in n^ 131. 3. R. I. Feminines with two short vowels.. 107. 2. Final J< and H not consonants... 42.2. N, 2, Final K (verbs K"S) 98,1. Final short vowel lost 120. 2. R. Final vowelless consonant 14. 1. Fifth class nouns 126. 5; 130. First class feminine nouns 131. 1, First class nouns 126.1. Foreign words, how formed 117. 2. Formation of cases 121. Formation of noun-stems, table of... .120. Formative vowel in Segholates 106. 3. Forms of letters 3. Fourth class nouns 126.4; 130. Fractional parts, how expressed 133. R. 12. Fragments in Qil perfect 63, 1. Full vowel to follow doubling 13. 1. Full writing in later O.T. books, 6. 4, N. 4. Fully written vowels 6. 4. N. 2. Function of consonants 4, 3, Future idea and Waw 73. 1. b. Gender 105.3. Gender, affixes for 122. Gender in verb 63, 2. Gender of verb 57, 3. N. 2, General view of verb-stems 62. Genitive case, formation of 121, 2, Genitive of pronoun, table of p. 164. Gentilics.: 119, 4, b. G^rasaylm 22.1.14. Geres 22.1,13. G6r6s with other accents 25. 2, 3. Grave suffixes 51. 1. b. Grave suffixes and II, cl. nouns.. .128. R, 2. Grave suffixes and tone 125, 2. Grave terminations and changes — 63. 4. Guttural and following vowel.. 80, 3. N, 2. Guttural not doubled in y gutt. ... 80. 1. Guttural noun-stems 127. 1. Guttural vowels and ';? gutt. verbs. .80. 2 Guttural vowels and verbs 78, 2. Guttural weak verbs 77, 1. Gutturals 4, 1 ; 7. 1. a. Gutturals and Compound §^wa 42, 3. Gutturals and Dagh6s-forte 14, 3. Gutturals and '*? guttural verbs 82. 1. Gutturals and S«was 32, 3, N. 2. Gutturals, influence of, on vowels.., 42. 2. G utturals, peculiarities of 42. Gutturals refuse to be doubled 42, 1. Gutturals, verbs containing two ... .83. b. Half-open syl. and new vowel. . .37. 1. N, 2. Half-open syl. andS''waorDaghes.26.4.N. Half-open syl. bef, Daghes impl. 14, 1, N. 3. Half-open syl, in '3 gut, verbs 78, 3. d. Half-open syl., quantity of 28, 4. Half-open syllables. , 26. 4. Half- vowel 9- !• Half -vowel before H changed ) 33 1 N. to 6 in pause I Half- vowel restored in pause 38. 1. Half -vowel synonymous w. S^wa 32.3,N.l. Half-vowels 7.3. c;27. 1. Hateph-Pathah 8. Hateph-Qam6g 8. 186 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW Hateph-S%h61 8. H6* directive 121.3. a. H6 interrogative ^6. H6 interrog. and half -open syl.. . .46. 3. N. H6 interrogative, how written . .46. 1, 3, 3. Heightened vowel-sounds 7. 3. d. Heightening, definition of. .36. 2. footn. 1. Heightening in ;? " j; verbs 86. 2. Heighten'g in Pti'ai of ';? gutt..80. 1. N. 1. Heigh ten'g of penult, vowel in Qai . .68. 1. Heightening of vowels 31. in X"S verbs 98. 3. in n"S verbs 100. 1. a, b, c. in ';? guttural verbs. . . .80. 1. a. N. 2, 3. Heightening, occurrence of 36. 2. Heightening of preform, vowel 94. 2. Helping-vowel 74. 1. c. (3). Helping- vowel with f em. ending. .122. 2. b. Helping-vowel in 'h gutturals 82. 1. d. Helping- vowel in Segholates 106. Hrph'ii; 60.1.2. HIph'il and H5ph'ai 104.3. HIph'il, characteristics of 75. R. 6. Hlph'il with suffixes 74. 1. b. R. 2. Hlph'll form with Waw cons 73. 3. R. HJph'll forms, }}'y verbs 82. 2. R. 3. Hlph'll Imperative and sufif..74. 3. b. R. 2. Hlph'il of verbs Pe Yodh 92. 2. Hir6q 8. HIthpa'el, characteristics of 75. R. 5. HIthpa'el, strong and weak comp...l04.4. HIthpa'el with suffixes 74. 1. b. R. 2. HIthpaipm stem 86. 5. c ; 94. 5. c. Hlthpo'el stem in ;?";; verbs 86. 5. b. HIthp61elstemin V';; verbs 94.5. b. Hol6m 8. H6ph'ai 60.3.4. H6ph'ai, characteristics of 75. R. 7. Hfiph'ai, strong and weak comp 104. 3. 1 in 'Ayin Yodh verbs 96. 1. 1, from e, in active perfects 30. 4. N. i, naturally long, where found 30.2. 1 of HIph'il before suffixes 74. 2. b. (3). I, pure short, where found 29. 2. I— e, nouns with 106. I— a, nouns with 107. I— a, nouns with 108. 1. a. I— a, nouns with 113.2. I— e, nouns with 113.4. I— 1, nouns with 108. 1. e. I— li, nouns with 108.1. f. I-class tone-long vowel 31. I-class vowels 7. 1. b, 2. I-class vowels, what is included in 34. Imperative, aflormatives of 69. 2. N. 1. Imv. and Impf., stem-vowel of .67. 3. N.2. Imperative, cohortati ve 72. 3. Imperative, how used 57. 3. N. 3. Imperative with suffixes 74. 3. b. Imperatives of V '3 verbs 90.2. b. N. Imperatives, inflection of 69. 2. Imperatives, view of. 69. Imperfect, accent of 21.3. Imperfect, affixes of 66. 1. b. Imperfect (active), analysis of 66. Imperfect and Perfect with Waw..73. 1. b. Imperfect, cohortative and jussive 72. Imperfect, with the form ^pp 67. 3. Imperfect, HIph'il 68. 5. Imperfect, Hithpa'el 68. 3. Imperfect, H6ph'ai 68. 4. Imperfect, NIph'ai 68. 1. Imperfect of PI "^ verbs 100. 5. b. Imperfect of Middle A verbs 67. 1. Impf. of Middle E and Middle O verbs. 67.2. Imperfect, original stem of 66. 2. Imperfect, Pe ' A16ph verbs 88. 1, 2. Imperfect, PI'el 68. 2. Imperfect, Pan o -kt ^ of vowels of |-....i0.2.N.l. Inf. const., comparison of 104. 5. Infinitives, view of 70. Inflection 57. Inflection, difference between I qc o vr 1 verbal and nominal ^00. a. is. 1. Inflection of nouns 105. initial J, not lost 84.1. R. Initial S'^wa 10. 1. Inseparable particles 45-49. Inseparable prepositions 47. Inserted comp'd S''wa for euphony .42.3.b. Insertion of euphonic vowel 27. 3. Insertion of helping vowel (n"'?).100. 5. a. Instrument, expression of 114. 3. Intensified root-idea (nouns) 109. Intensity expressed by Prel 59. 2. a. Intensity, how expressed in nouns.. 111. 2. Intensive reflexive stem 59. 5. Intensive verb stems 59. Interjections 137. Interpunction and accent 23. 2. Interrogative pronoun j r. „ riD.howpointed f °*"^ BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 187 Interrogative particle 46. Interrogative pronoun 54. Irregular nouns 132. Jussive of the HIph'il 68. 5. b. (1). Jussive of n"^ verbs 100. 5. b. Jussive Imperfect 72. 3. Jussive of }'y verbs 94, 2. R. 4. X-sound for t-sound 51. 1. a. Kaph with the §«wa 11. 2. a. K''thibh 19.1,2,3,4. Kindred verbs 103. 3. Kings (accents) 22. l.cl. 2; 23. 3. Labials 4.1; 7. 1. c. Lam6dh 'Aieph verb, Paradigm of. ..p. 182. LamCdh 'A16ph verbs 98. LamMh 'Aifph verbs, list of 99. Lam&dh gutt. verb. Paradigm of . . p. 172. Lam6dh guttural verbs > 82. Lam6dh guttural verbs, list of 83. Lam6dh He, and '2 or '_J,» gutt., list of .lOl.b. Lam6dh He stems and changes 125. 6. LamMh He verb. Paradigm of p. 181. Lam6dh He verbs 100. Lam6dh He verbs, list of 101. a. Lam^dh Waw and Yodh, see Lamfedh He. Late Hebrew and full writing. .31. 4. N. 1. L«^gharmeh 22.1.15. L^gharmeh and other accents — 25. 5. N. Lengthening in compen- 1 86 5 b sation ;;";^ verbs f Lengthening, occurrence of 36. 7 Letters, classification of 4. Letters, extended 8. 1. Letters, forms of , 3. Letters, how written 1.1- Letters, the 1-4. Letters to be distinguished 3. 3. Letters with two forms 3. 2. Light suffixes 51. 1. b. Linguals 4. 1. Logical pauses and accent 24. 2. N.2. Long and short vowel (nouns) 109. Long vowel before Maqqeph 17. 2. Long vowel-sounds 7. 3. d ; 7. 3. e. Long vowels 7. 2. b. Long vowels, naturally 30. Long vowels, nouns with 109. 3. R. Loss of n ^■^^ Loss of J in |"3 verbs 84.1. Loss of vowel takes place 36. 8. M. indefinite 122. 6. N. 2. Mahpakh 22.2.24. Mapplq 18. Mapplq in H in verbs '1 gutt. . .82. 2. N. 8. Mftqqgph 1^- Maqqeph and np 54.2.N.3. Marginal (Q^rl) readings 19. 1, 2, 3, 4. Masculine nouns and suffixes 124. 1. Masculine plural 122.4. Masculine plural and suffixes 124. 3. Masculine singular 122. 1. Massorltes and the text 1». 1, 2. M^'ayyqa 22. 2. 27 footn. Medial X (verbs J<"S) 98.2. Medial consonants omitting D.-f 14. 2. Medial first radical and pointing. .78. 3. b. Medial S«wa 10. 2, 3. R. Medial Waw in V'3 verbs 90.3. Medium consonants 4. 2. M6rka 22.2.19. M6rkak«phuia 22.2.20. M6rka with Sniuq 24.7. M6th6gh....*. 18. M6th6gh before compound S^wa 18. 3. M6th6gh before Maqqeph 18. 4. M6th&gh before tone . ^ 18. 1. M6th6gh before vocal S^wapretonic.l8. 2. M6th6gh in r]l7) and H'n 18. 5. M^th&gh with unaccented — 18. 6. Middle A verbs 68.2. N.2. Middle E V';; verbs 94. 2. R. 1. Middle E verbs 58. 2. N. 2. Middle E verbs and suffixes. .74. 1. b. R. 1. Middle E verbs, list of 64. 2. footn. 4. Middle O verbs 58. 2. N. 2. Middle O verbs, list of 64. 3. footn. 5. Middle O V;; verbs 94.2.R.2. Mll'el 20.1. Mllra^ 20.1. Modal idea Intensified by K: 72. 3. R. Monosyllabic nouns, second cl.. .128. N. 6. Moods in Hebrew verb 57. 3. N. 1. Munah 22. 2. 21; 25. 5. N.6. Munah for M^thfgh 18.N.L Munah with 'Athnah 24.8. Munah with S^gholta 24. 9. Musical notes expressed by accent. 23. 1. a. Names of vowels 8. Naturally long distinguished (. 30 7 N 1 from tone-long vowels ) Naturally long vowel-sounds 7. 3. e. Naturally long vowels 30. Nat. long vowels unchangeable. 30. 7. N.2. Nature of vowel-sounds 7. 3. New vowels 37. NIph'ai 6L1,2. NIph'ai, characteristics of 75. R. 2. NIph'ai forms ;,'";; verbs 86. 2. R. 2. NIph'ai Infinitive absolute 70. 1. R. 1. NIph'ai Inf. abs., '*? guttural.. . .82.2. N. 1. NIph'ai Participle 71. 2. NIph'ai, strong and weak compared. 104.4. NIthpa'el 76,footn.3. Nominal inflection, exceptions.. 36. 3. N. 3. Nominal suffix with Inf 74. 3. a. R. 2. Nominative case 131. 1- Nominative of pronoun, table of . . .p. 164. Nouns 105-133 Nouns, as adverbs 134. 1. c. Nouns, Lclass, tabular view 127. Nouns, Inflection of 10f>- Noun-stem, formation of, table 120, Noun-stems 105- 1- Noun-stems classified 128. 188 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW Noun- suffixes, table of p. 164. Nouns and aflftxes 116. Nouns, changes In inflection 125. Nouns, compound 118. Nouns from other nouns 119. Nouns, irregular 132. Nouns of four or five radicals 117. Nouns, plural, as prepositions 135. 3. Nouns, II class, declension of 128. Nouns with D prefixed 113-114. Nouns with one formative vowel 106. Nouns with prefix r\ 115. Nouns with two vowels (short) 107. Number, aflSxesfor 122. Numerals 133. Numerals as adverbs 134. 1, b. Nun demonstrative and adverbs 134. 2. Nun demonstrative and * -i«k verb suffixes, table of j v- xw. Nun epenthetic or demonst 74. 2, c. N. 1. 6, long, from au or aw, where found. 30. 7. 6, long by obscuration, where found. 30. 6. 6 of Qai, before suffixes 74. 2. b. (1). 6, short, sound, where found 29. 5. 6, unchangeable in y gutturals., .80. 3. c. Object of an action expressed 114. 2. Obscuration of vowels (n"S) • • -100. 1. d, e. Occupation, nouns expressing 110.5. a. Older endings restored in verb 74. 1. a. Omission of Daghes-f orte 14. Open syllable, accented 20. 2. Open syllable, quantity of 28. 1. Open syllables 26. 1. Ordinals 133. R. 9,10, 11, 12. Ordinals, how found 119. 4. a. Organic formation 4. 1. Organic formation of vowel-sounds.. 7. 1. Origin of vowel-sounds 7. 3. Original vowels in stems, ) <.„ r>„„,„»i „ general view of \ ■^^' Remarks. Orthography 1-44. OtiantX 43.1. R.I. Palatal for lingual sound 51. 1. a. Palatals 4.1;71.b. Paradigm verb 58. 2. N. 4. Paradigm word SjTS 77.3. N. 1. Paradigms of verbs pp. 164-182. Participle, feminine 139. 3. R. 3. Participle, Qai act. n"S 129. R, 5. Part., Qai act. V';;, ^Dp 94.1.N. Participle, Qai active^ fem 109. 1. Participle, Qai act., inflection of .125.3.R.4. Participles and suffixes 74. 3. b. N. Participles, formation of 107. Participles, passive 108. Participles, view of 71. Particles, inseparable 45-49. Particles, vowels of, changed 32. 2. R. Passive force of HIthpa'el 59. 6. b. Passive Intensive, pointing of 59. 3. Passive of Qai 59. 4. Paasive participle, QfiJ 71. 1. c! Passive participles declined 130. R. 1. Passive stem, usual 61. Past idea and verb with Waw 73. 1. a. pasta 22.1.8. pasta and Qadhma distinguished. . . .23. 7. Pa?uq 24.1. pathah 8. Pathah as a helping- vowel 82. 1. d. Pathah-f urtive 27. 1. Pathah-furtive in 'S gutturals . . .82. 1. c. Pathaii-f urtive w. postpos. accent. . .23.6. Patronymics 119. 4. b. Pausal forms, ^"j? uncontracted.86.2.R.4. Pausal forms with suffixes 74.2. c, (3). Pause 38. Pause and accent 21. 2. Pause affecting Pathah-f urtive. 82. l.c.(3). Pause, perfect in, with'w. cons. 73. 3. b. N. Pazer 22.1.16. Pazer and other accents 25. 5. 6. Pe ' A16ph verb. Paradigm of p. 176. Pe 'Al^ph verbs 77.3. a; 88. P6 ' A16ph verbs, list of 89. P6 guttural verb. Paradigm of p. 170. PS guttural verbs 77. 1. a; 78. P6 guttural verbs, list of 79. P6 Nun verb, Paradigm of p. 173. Pe Nun verbs 77. 2. a; 84. Pe Nun verbs, list of 85. P6 Waw verb, Paradigm of p. 177. Pe Waw verbs 77. 3. b; 90. Pe Waw verbs, list of 91. Pe Yodh verb. Paradigm of p. 176. P6 Yodh verbs 77. 3. c; 92. Pe YjSdh verbs, list of 93. Peculiarities, many, in one 8tem.77.3.N.2. Peculiarities of gutturals 42. Penultimate vowel of Qai 58. 1. Perfect, accent of 21. 4. Perf. and Impf. stems compared. 67.3.N.1. Perfect and Impf. with Waw 73. 1. Perfect, form of, with Waw 73. 3. b. Perfect, HIph'll 65. 3. c. Perfect, Hlthpa^ei 65. 2. b. Perfect, Hdph'ai 65. 1. c. Perfect, Niph'ai 65, and 1. a. Perfect, Prel 65.3. a. Perfect, Pti'ai 65. 1. b. Perfect, Qai, analyzed 63. Perfect, Qai, strong and ) ,„. , weak verbs compared f ^"** ^* Perfect (stative), view of 64. Perfect with suffixes 74. 1. Personal pronoun 60. Personal quality expressed 110. 6. Personal pronoun table of p. 16'. Phrases, prepositional la^.g. PI'el and Pti'ai Perf. and Impf. ) ,«. „ strong and weak compared J ' • •^"** **• PI'el, characteristics of 75. R. 3. Pl'el, derivation of word 59. 2. N. Pl'el, how used 59.2. BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 189 PI*61 infinitive absolute 70. 1. R. 2, Prei infinitive in 'h gutturals. . .82.2.N.2. Pl'el infinitive with sulfixes. . .74. 3. a. R. 1. Pr'61 with suffixes 74. 1. b. R. 2. Pllpel stem 86. 5. c; 94. 5. c. Place, how expressed 119. 2. Place of an action, how expressed.. 114. 4. Place of the accent 20. Po'ftl stem in;;";; verbs 86. 5. b. Po'ei stem in p";» verbs 86. 5. b. Poetic accents, diff. from prose .25. 6. N. 1. Poetic construct form 121. 2. a. P6iai stem 94.5. b. P6161 stem 94. 5. b. POlpai stem 94. 5. c. Postpositive accents 23. 5, 6. Prefix D 113. Prefix D of participles 71. 3. Prefix n 115. Prefixes X, H and ' with nouns 112. Prefixes in verb-stems 57. 1. c. Preform, vowel in T"£) verbs 84.2.N.1. Preformative vowel 0";;) 94. 2. Preformatives and aflformatives.68.5. N.2. Preformatives of all I <»o c at i stems, tableof f bb. 5. N. 1. Prepositional Phrases 135. 2. Prepositions 135. Prepositions and article 45. 4. R. 3. Prepositions and Inf 's const 70. 2. N. 2. Prepositions and vowel change8.47. 5. N. 1. Prepositions as conjunct's 136. 4, N. 2. Prepositions, how written. . .47. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Prepositions, inseparable 47. Prepositions prefixed 47. Prepositions still subst. in force. 135.1. N. Prepositive accents 23. 4. Primary section, accents of 24. 4. Primitive adverbs 134. 1. a. Prohibition, how expressed 72. 2. b. Pronominal fragments in Qftl 63. 1. Pronominal suffix and changes 57. 3. Pronominal suffix and verb 74. Pronominal suffixes 51; 124. Pronominal suffixes and I «^r g tj r; connecting vowel ) ». in . o. Pronominal suffixes and nouns 105. 5. Pronominal suffixes, table of p. 164. Pronoun and verb 51. Pronoun, demonstrative 52. Pronoun, indefinite 54. 2. N. 5. Pronoun, interrogative 54. Pronoun, relative 53. Pronouns 50-54. Pronouns as adverbs 134. 1. b. Pronouns as conjunctions 136.2. Pronunciation of aspirates 12. 1. N. Pronunciation of letters 2. Pronunciation of vowels 5. Proper names, compound 118. 2. Proper names in J 116.2. d. Prosthetics 112.1. PG'ai, characteristics of 75. R. 4. Pa'ai, derivation of word 59. 4. N. Pti'ai, how used 59.4. Pti'ai, strong and weak vbs. comp'd. 104.2. PGlpai stem 86. 5. c. Pure vowel bef. doubled letter. .13.2. N.3. Pure vowels 7. 3. a. Qadhma 22. 2; 23. Qadhma and other accents 25. 4. Qai perfect, view of 63. Qai perfect (stative), view of 64. Qai, simple verb-stem 58; 75. R. 1. Qarafic 8. Qam^Q and Qam65-Hatuph 5. 5. N. 4. Qame^-Hatuph '. 8. Qarne Phara 22. 1. 17. Qarne Phara and other accents 25. 6. Qa-tri forms, second class 128. R. 3. Qattal forms 110. 1. Qattel forms 110.3. Qattil, forms 110. 6. Qattul forms 110.7. Q^rl 19.2,3,4. Qlbbilg 8. Qrttal forms 110.2. Qlttal forms 110.5. b. Qrttel forms 110. 4. Qlttol forms 110. 5. c. Qlttul forms 110.8. Quadriliteral nouns 117. Quality of root expressed 114. 5. Quantity of vowel in syllables 28. Quantity of vowels 7.3. Quiescent weak verbs 77. 3. Quiescingof S 43.1. Quiescing of medial X (S"S) 98. 3. Quinqueliteral nouns 117. Radical consonants 4.3. Radicals 55.1. Relation of words shown by accent. 23.1.C. Rank of accents 23. 3. Raph6 16. R^bhl(a)' 22. 1. 7 ; 24. 5. b. Reciprocal force of HIthpa'el 59. 6. b. Reciprocal force of Nlph'ai 61. 2. a. Reduplication of |p 48. 2. N. Reduplication of jD before suffixes. 51. 5. Reduplication of second radical 110. Reduplication of third radical 111. Reflexive force of NIph'ai 61. 2. a. Reflexive, intensive, stem 59.5. Rejection of a consonant 40. Rejection of 1 in V'Q verbs 90. 2. a. Rejection of 1 in V';; verbs 94. 1. c. Rejection of Yodh (n"S) 100.1. Relative pronoun 53. Repetition expressed by PI' 61 59. 2. a. Repetition expressed (nouns) 111. 2. Retrocession of accent, why . . . . 73. 3. N. 2. Retrocession of accent w. Wftw. .73.3. a.(3) Root form of verbs V';; 94. 2. N. Root, how pronounced 56. 2, 190 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW Root not a word 55.3. N.l. Roots of 1"^ or ""'^ vbs., pronounced. 55. 3. Roots of strong verb 55. Roots, various for one verb 103. 1. gaiseieth 23.1.4. Second class feminine nouns 131. 3. Second class nouns 126. 2. Second class nouns, declension of 128. S«gh61 8. Segholate form of second class. .128. N. 4. Segholate Inf. construct 84. 1. a. Segh. Inf. const, in Pe Waw vbs..90.3.a.(3). Segholate stems and changes 125. 4. Segholates. accent of 20. 4. Segholates, construct state of. . .123. 5. R. Segholates of V. class 130. R. 2 Segholates defined 106. Segholates. changes m 106. 2. Segholates of 1. class 126. 1. Segholates,!";?,'";;, n"S i ion- „ and ;•";? stems f ^'^' ^' Segholates, weak feminine 131. R. 3. Segholates, what they express .106.4.N.2. S'^gholta 22. 1.3; 24. 3. Semitic and Hebrew final vowels .36. 8. N. Semitic case-endings 121. 3. N. 2. Separate Particles 134-137. Separating vowel in \"^ verbs. . 94.4. a, b. Separating vowel In ;;";; verbs 86. 4. Separative Daghes-f orte 15. 4. Servants (accents) 23. 2. cl. 5. Servile consonants 4,3. S^wa, compound, three forms of. . . .32. 3. §*was forming a new vowel 37. 1, 3, 3. §^wa preceding suflBxes i loc •> td i and affixes f Li5.d. K.I. §^wa, simple 8. §^wa, simple and compound 9. §^wa synon. w. half- vowel, etc. .33.3. N.l. §^wa, vocal, under initial consonant. 27. 2. §^wa, compound and simple I 70 o ^ *» standing together j- . . io. d. a, e. Sharpened syllables 36. Sharpened syllable, quantity of 28. 3. Sharpening, occurrence of. 36. 6. Shifting of the tone 21. Short vowels 7. 2. a. Short vowel becoming long 31. Short vowel heightened in pause. . . .38. 2. Short vowel prec. doubled letter. 13.2. N.3. Shortened forms of numerals .133. R. 4. d. Shortened form of verb 72. 2. a. Shortening, when it takes place 36. 1. Sibilants or dentals 4. 1. Sign of definite object and suflBx .... 61. 3. Signification of nouns ) ,, - with D prefixed f ^^*' Silent « (verbs K"S) 98,3.B.l. Silent §«wa 11.3.R.N.2. Sniuq 23. 1.1; 34. 1,3, 3, 4. Sniuq and M^thSgh distinguished. 34.1. N. Sniuq distinguished from M6th6gh. .23. 7. Simple S«wa 8:9.1. Simple §^wa for tone-short vowel ... 32.3. Simple verb-stem 75. R. 1. SophPasuq 24.1. Space, prepositions of 136. 3. Special forms of Impf. and Imv 72. Stative Participle, Qdl 71. 1. b. Stative, Pert. Qai, inflection of ..64. 1.2.3. Stative, Qai imperfect 67. Stative, Qai perfect, view of 64. Stative verbs 58. 2. N. 2, 3. Stative verbs ;;";; 86. 1. N. Statives and infinitive construct. .70. 2. K. Stems, characteristics of 75. R. Stem of imperatives 69.1. Stems of verb, changes of 74. Stems, verbal, characteristics of 63. Stem of verb, formation of 67. 1. Stem-changes in noun-inflection 126. Stem-changes of perfect 74. 1. b. Stem- vowel va.-^"-^ verbs 86. 1. Stem-vowel in K"i) verbs 88. 2. Stems of verb classified, view of .62. Notes. Strength of consonants 4. 2. Strong and gut. forms com pared. 42.3.R.1. Strong and weak verbs compared 104. Strong consonants 4. 3. Strong noun-stems 127. 1. Strong verb defined 66. 1. Strong verb, general table ot 75. Strong verb, Paradigm of p.l67. Strong verb, the 65-76. Strong verbs, list of most common. ... 76. Subject of an action expressed 114. 1. Substantives as conjunctions 136. 3. Substantives as interjections 137. 3, Suffix and Imperfect 74. 3. c. Suffix directly attached 124. 4. R. Suffix, how attached to verb 74. 1. c. Suffixes and adverbs 134. 3. Suffixes and infinitive constrct . 70. 3. N.3. Suffixes and perfect 74. 1. Suffixes and str'g v'b. Paradigm of .p.l69. Suffixes and verb. 74. Suffixes, pronominal 61; 124. Suffixes, pronominal, and nouns . . .105. 5. Suffixes, table of p. 164. Suffixes with imperfect 74. 2. §ur6q 8. Syllabication 27. Syllable-divider 11. Syllable-divider under guttural 33.3. N.2. Syllables 26-28. Syllables begin with consonants 27. 2. Syllables, closed 26.3. Syllables, ending 27. 3. Syllables, half -open 26. 4. Syllables, open ; . .26. 1. Syllables, quantity of 28. Syllables, sharpened 26. 3. Synagogue, canti nation I 00 1 „ andaccentin f ^. i- a. Ta, original sign of feminine. . . .122. 2. N. BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 191 Tables of vowel-changes 36 b T^bhir 22.'l.'li; T^ll^a Gh^dhoia 22.1.18. Tqisa Gh^dhola and other aceent8.25. 4, 5. T^lisa Q''tanna 22.2.25. T^liga Q*'tanna and other accents . .25.4,5. Tense and noun relation 133. R. 7. Tenses in Hebrew verb 57.3. N.l. Termination nj in imperfect (56. 4. Termination of verb, changes of 74. Terminations, vowel, and changes ..63. 3. Third class nouns 126. 3. Third class nouns, declension 129. Third syl. bef. tone with M^thfigh.. .18. 1. Time of an action, how expressed... 114. 4. Time, prepositions of 135. 3. Tlph'Sl 76.footn.4. Tiphha 22. 1. 10; 24. 6. Tone and vowel changes j;";? vbs. , 86.4.R.1. Tone, definition of 20. 4. N. 2. Tone-long, distinguished from j on v xr 1 naturally long vowels |^rfU.7.JN.l. Tone-long -, where found 31. 3. Tone-long -, where found 31. 4. Tone-long vowel from rej. D.-f..31. 4. N. 2. Tone-long vowel-sounds 7. 3. d ; 31. Tone, in construct relation... 123. 5. R. N. Tone restored in pause 38. 4. Tone shifted from ultima 21. 1. Tone shifted in noun-inflection. 125. 1, 2, 3. Tone shifted in pause 21. 2; 38. 3. Tone-short vowel in the I ,., , antepretone syllable f **• ^• Tone-short vowel in pretone syl 32. 2. Tone-short vowel-sounds 7. 3. f . Tone-short vowel synon.w.S^wa. 32.3. N.l, Tone short vowels 32. Tone-syllable and accent 23. 1. b. Tone unchanged in perf.w. Waw.73.3.b.N. Transposed rad. in Vy verbs... 94.1. a. (2). Transposition of letters 41. 2. Transposition of n in HIthpa'el . . .59. 5. b. Triliterals and biliterals 55. 3. N. 2. Two gutturals, verbs containing. ... 83. b. u— a, in nouns 109.3. U, an old nominative ending 121. 1. U-class vowels 7. 1. c, 2. U-class has one tone-long vowel 31. U-class vowels, what they Include 35. u, naturally long, where found 30. 3. ft, plural sign of verbs for un. . . .122.5.N.2. tl, pure short, where found 29. 3. ft to 6 nouns 106. Ultimate vowel of Qai 58. 2. un, plural of verbs 122. 5. N. 2. Unchangeable vowel in I 80 1 N 3 y guttural verbs » Unchangeable vowel-sounds 7. 4. b. Unchangeable vowels 30. 7. N. 2. Uncontracted forms in );'y v'bs.86,2.R.4. Uninflected words and accent 20. 3. Union of suffix with imperfect. . . .74. 2. c. Union of suffix with perfect 74. 1. c. Uniting of 1 and ti In verbs 1";;. . . .94. 1. a. Uniting of ^ with I in P6 Yodh verbs. 92. L Uniting of! and ii, verbs V'D 90. 3. c. Uniting of 1 with a, V'£) verbs 90. 3. b. Uses of the accents 23. 1. Value of vowel-sounds 7, 4. Variations in declens'n of fem's.l31.N.l,2.' Variations in V'V,'"'V,i ,„_ „ „ , n"Sandr':irst;ms^r--^^-2-Note8. Variations in noun inflec- } s~ „ ^ tion (first class) j- ... 127. Notes. Variations in nouns of J ,^ xr^*..„ second class j- .... 128. Notes. Verbs, classes of 56. Verb and suffixes, Paradigm of.... p. 169. Verb, Paradigm of strong p. 167. Verbal suffixes, table of p. 165. Verb, weak 77-104. Verb with suffixes 74. Verbal adjectives in second class. 128.N.5. Verbal form with Waw consecutive.73.3- Verbal forms as interjections 137. 2. Verbal inflections, exceptions in.36.3.N.2. Verbal suffix ""J 51. 1. c. Verbs, classes of 56. Verbs, Paradigms of pp. 164-182. Verbs '£) guttural 78. Verbs '£) guttural, list of 79. Verb-stem, formation of 57. 1. Verb-stem, simple 58. Verb-stems classified, view of ..62. Notes. Verb-stems, general view of 62. Vocal ^^w§L 11.2. R.N.L Vocal S^wa before aspirates 12. 2. Vocal S'^wa pretonic, M^thSgh with.. 18. 2. Vocalization of 1 to ^ 44. 4. Volatilization 32; 36. 3. Volatilization in VJ? verbs 94. 4. b. R. Volatilization of ult. 6, III. class. 129. R. 4. Volatilized vowel-sounds 7. 3. f. Vowel-additions and T}"h verbs ....100. 2, Vowel and S^wastand'g together. 42.3.R.4. Vowel-changes, tables of 36. b. Vowel-letters 6;6. 4. N.L Vowel-signs !k Vowel-signs, introduction of.. 6. footn. L Vowel-sounds, classification of 7. Vowel-terminations in 1";; verbs. . . 94. 8. Vowel-terminations in j;"j/» verbs. . .86. 3. Vowel- terminations of Imperfect . . .66. 3. Vowels 5-11.. Vowels, changes of 86. Vowels, euphony of — 29-38. Vowels in HIph'll of V';? vbs. . .94.4. b. R.2. Vowels in verbs, variations of 56. Vowels, names of 8. Vowels, naturally long 80. Vowels, pronunciation of 5. Vowels of Qai 58.1,2. Vowels, tone-long 8L waw conjunctive, how written. 49. 1,2^4. waw consecutive 49. 4. N. 2. waw consecutive and HIph'il. .68. 6. b. (!>. 192 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW Waw consecutive and tone 31. 3, 4. Waw consecutive with T]"h verbs. 100. 5. b. Waw cons, with Vy verbs 94. 2. R. 4. Waw cons, with Perf . and Impf 73. Waw con versive, the name ... 73. f ootn. 1. waw with Impf. strengthened 73. 2. a. waw with ^n; 49. 4. N. 1. waw in n"S, V'j; and "";; verbs. 73.3. N. 1. Waw with perfect, form of 73. 2. b. Weak consonants 4. 2. Weak, doubly, verbs 102. Weak feminine segholates 181. R. 3. Weak letters without | hot? syllable divider \ n.^.n. Weak radicals in nouns 106. 2. Weak verb defined 56. 2. Weak verb, the 77-104. Weakness of 1 and ^ 44. Weakness of K and T 43. Wish, how expressed 72. 2. b. Words accented on ultima 20. footn. Words, how written 3. 1. Words receiving- in inflection no I „r> „ endings accented on ultima f ' " ' Y6rah b6n yomo 22. 2. 26. Y^rSh b6n y6m6 and other accents. .25.6. Y^thibh 22. 1.9. Y^thlbh and Mahpikh distinguished .23. 7. ZaqephgadhOl 22. 1.6; 24. 5. a. Zaqgph qatOn 22. 1.5; 24. 4. Zarqa 22. 1. 12; 24. 6. INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS. K and H, weakness of 48. K, final, not vowel-letter 6. 1. N. 2. K in KK^^t a full consonant .... 127. N. 1. b. K in 'j;' gutturals 80.1. Kin verbs K""? 68.1,2,3. K loses consonantal character 88. 1. K, nouns with, prefixed 112. 1. K_of K"'? stems 128. N. 1. tc'otiant 43. 1. R. 1. K, peculiarities of 42. N, prefix 68. 1. a. K pref ormative in NTph 68. 1. b.(3). K prosthetic 41. 1. a. K quiescent 48. 1. R. 2. K rejected 40. N, vowel-letter 6.1. 6{_, where found 30. 1. K with Mapplq 16.1. N. 3K 131.2. o; 124.1. b. (2); 132.1. 1?« 89.1. p^N 89.2;101.b.l;102. 1. ^^Vi 79.1. 'j'lN and prepositions 47, 5. R 1 |a^« 129.' "^^K 95.1. T1K 121.2. c;124. 1. b. (2);132. 2. ■^HK 133. 3; 133. R. 1. ^T vowel before, with nouns 32. 2. d. ?], vowel changes before 74. 1. b. R. 2. 2 ^Ith pronominal suffix 51. 4. 122 76.16. x{22 101a. 10. 033 76.17. ^^2 9512. ]}2 95.13. nn3 81.9. *3 and comp'd conjunctions..l36.4,N.l,2. Vih2 99.7. nSi loia.ii. ••Vs". 132.13. dS3 76.18. oS.'eof 29. 4. C.N. 2. DD, fragment of pronoun 51. 1. DD, suffix and verb-form 74. 1, 2, 3. D J, vowel before, with nouns 32. 2. d. DD, vowel-changes before 74. 1. b. R. 2. p, suffix and verb form 74. 1, 2, 3. }j}2 83.13. r\D2 101a. 12. Oio 81.20. D\33 declined 127.2. "133 76.19. /Vd 83.14. iy]2 81.27. h\^2 76.20. 3ni 76.21. 2r\2 130. S affixed, nouns with 116.1. 1 assimilated 39. 3. 7, inseparable preposition 47. 7, preposition with article 45. 4. R. 3. 7, preposition with pron. suffix 51. 3. S rejected 40. K"S 77.3. ^"h verb 98. K"S verbs, list of 99. T\"b 77.3. n"7 and '3 or y gut. verbs, list of . .101b. n"S stem changes (nouns) 1^5. 6. T\"l stems (nouns) 127, N. 2. n"7 verbs and jussive 72. 2. a. H"'? verbs, list of 101a. V'S or ""S, called n"S verbs 100. '7 guttural 77,1. '1 guttural verb 82. 'S guttural verbs, list of 83. I^dS ...70.23. niS 101a. 13. v^'S 95. 14; 103. 3. D"n^ declined 127.2. DhS.' 81.10. rS.'. 97.5. npS 76.23. npS 76.24. V^S 103.3. n P S, "7, how treated 84. 2. R. 2. npS,viewof 103.16. Dps 76.25. Q affixed, nouns with 116.1. D, part, prefix 71. 3. D, prefixed, meaning of 114. D, prefixed, nouns with 113. D prefixed to denominatives 119. 2. |KD 81.2. DND 103.3. Il6 87.4. DD and nouns 114. nn.what? 54.2. np, vowel of 31.2.b.(5). nnD 81.6. ;^d' 95.15. D^D 95.16. h)D 95. 17; 103. 3. ^^D 95.18. n^D 95.19. nip declined 127.2. rivp 54.2. N. 3. nnp ioib.i2. "D and nouns 114. ■•p.who? 54.1. D";D 122. N. 4; 133. 14. ^^"•6 97.6. 12D 76.26. kSd 99.8. dSd 76.27. !|Sp 76.28. ■J|Sd declined 127.1. n^Sp 131.1. ^3pp 51.5. m, how written 48. ID with pronominal suffix 51. 5. nnop 131.3. yh..'. 83.15. nob 103.3. ODD 103.3. NYD 99.9. n^D 101a. 14. r\¥D 83.5. 1\^D 76.29. liffD 76.30. BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 197 t33iyp 129. |_', affix 119.3. J affixed, nouns with 116. 2. J, assimilated 39. 1. J, assimilated in NIph 68.1. a. (2). J, assimilation of 84. 2. J, characteristic 75. R. 2. J^, demonstrative syllable 31, 2. a. J, loss of, !"£) verbs 84.1. 2 not assimilated 39. 3. R. J of ending an or en 74. 2. c. (3). J , prefix 66. 1. a. J rejected 40. J represented by Dagheg 78. 1. |, termination 66. 4. J unassimilated 84. 2. R. 1. J unassimilated in y gutturals. 84. 2. R.l. K3 72.3. R. f)W 85.1. |*J5;f 79.24. '}}y. 95.26. d'?1> 129. n(j; 95.27. n^j; 95.28. 2lp TO. 25. Vt^ 79.26. TT^bj;^ 131.2. D:r;;"declined 127.2. Tj;." 133.15. nSj? 101b. 13. IDJJ 79.27. pb;? 128. mjl-... lOlb.14,15. •]]?.' 130. n^}r 79.28. 3njf 83b. 11. Onjr, plural of "l^,!;. 133.15. '^'^y. ..83b. 13. HK^i? 101b. 16. ni2^;?, view of 103. 18. ■^^jf. 133. R. 4. Onfcjr 133. R. 5. p2^^..' 79.29. Wi 133. R. 4. b. Q, two sounds 13. 1. «"3 77.3. t«"3verb 88. N"3 verbs, list of 89. '3 guttural 77.1. '3 gut. and n"S verbs, list of 103b. '3 guttural verb 78. '3 guttural verbs, list of 79. Y'Q 77.3. V'3 verb 90. V'3 verbs, list of 91. ^'3 77.3. ^'3 verb 93. ^"3 verbs, list of 93. |"3 77.3. |"3 verb 84. |"3 verbs, list of 85. ;?J3 83. 16. nnS lOla.17. ns' 121.3.c;124.1.b.3;132. 16. n^3 103.3. y^3 95.29. •^H2 103.3. in3 81.11. kSs 99.12. dSd Te.se. SSS 87.8. ^JdSx'jSs 54.2.N.5. |5, vowel of 29. 4. C.N. 3. njS 101a. 18. hj;h 59.3.N.;77.3.N.1;81.31 S;?3 declined 127.1. IPD 62.N.1;76.37. Tp3 130. l')B. 81.38. n*J3 101b.l7. nnS 83.7. ns'na 127.R.l,N.2.a. ns declined 127.2. p3 81.39. *T13 87. 9; 103. 3. iyVs 81.30. mh 76.38. };ph 83.17. pnV^ 76.39. npny 131.2. nfi.'- lOla. 19. D^i 95.30. n^y 95. 31; 103. 3. KDV 99.13. p;;^ 81.23. hsi 101a.20;101b. 18. |3V. 76.40. PjV^ 81.31. nny 87. 10; 103. 3. p at end of word 37. 2. N. nnp 76.41. nip 87.11. Dip 76.42. 2^ip 76.43. lyi p declined 127. 1. hriD 81.7. r\^p\ ioia.2i. Vtih 71.1. a. nSiiip 131.3. h^p... 94.2. N. Dip 95.32. Slt3p 71.1.0. Stop'. 58. 2. N.4. Sl3p 71.1.b. '7^p, how formed 59.1. BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 199 Scip, how formed 59. 3. *7Dp, Imperfect stem 67.2. R. 7Dp, original verb-stem 59. Sb p, Qai act. part 71. 1. a. Sop, Qai act. part., V';; 94. 1. N. Sop, Qill Inf. constr 106.4.N.1. S pi light 58.2.N.1. SSp 87.12. Wp 99.14. njp 101a. 22. ip 76.44. n. Knp 99.15,16. 3'?p 81.32. r\'^b 101b. 19. ;rnp 83.18. rW^h 101a. 23. IK^P 76.45. n, how classified 4. 2. N. ■^ in '}; gutturals 80. 1. 1, peculiarities of 42. •^ treated as guttural 4. 1. n«1 101b. 20; 103. 19. IPkS 132.17. p'K^K-l 133. R. 9. 3^1.. 87. 23; 103. 3. nil^ 101b.2-:103. 3. pS 76.46. U^. 76.47. SYt 76.48. nil 101a. 24 on. 95.33. pM 95.34. y}'^ 95.35. ^n*^ 81.12. Dni 81.13. yn") 81.14. pm 81.15. y\. 97.7. 33"^ 76.49. nn 103.3. nV. 87. 13; 103. 3. r\J^^ 101b. 22. J,»;r-J 87.24. K^J^"^ 83b. 13. KSV- ^•^'''• nsS 101b. 23. nirn ioib.24. ^ 83.19. 83.20. 128. 81.16. 97.8. D'fc? 97.9. V;''\ff 97.10. .76.50 76. 51.' .99. 18. ^12^ 81.33. •12; or**^ 53.2. SW 81.3. r^np ioia.26. y2p 83.21. "<3a^ 76.52. n2U 76.53. nU^ 103.3. T}}^ 103.3. .87. 14. T\np 101a. 26; 102.20. tanc^ 81.17. nnb 81.18. «]D1^ 76.54. yp. 97.11. n'U 97.12. SdK^ 76.55. DD^ ..76.56. n'W 103.3. hSe^ 83.9. 76.57. VP- ihb 103.3. IDK^ 76.58. rVp]^ 83.10. D'dW 122. N. 4; 132. 18. DD^ 87.15. DDE^ 103.3. p:py 83.22. nnC^ 76.59. 7}]^ 131.2. D'j?i^ 133. R.2. y'^y 133. R.4. c. U'ly declined 127.2. h'£^ 76.60. npK^ lOla.27. l3pK? 76.61. pn^ 81.34. r\m 101a.28;103. 1. f. r\l and suffixes 74. 1. c.(3). n, assimilated 39. 2; 59. 5. b. Pi changed to D 59. 5. b. n_, feminine affix 124. 2. n_, feminine construct state 123. 4. nl, f eminines in 113. 1 ; 131. 3. R. 1. n in HIthpa'el and commutation. . 41.3. a. r\^ in verbs n""? 100- *• Pi, Inf. const, fem. end'g, vbs.V'3.90.2.a.(3). r\_, older construct feminine. .131. 1. R. 1. ri," prefix 66.1. a. r\ prefixed, nouns with 115. n_ or n_, Qai act. part. fem. in 109. L 200 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW rL_, restored 74. 1. a. (1). ri, sigrn of feminine singular 123. 2. r\, transposed 41. 2; 59. 5. b. n, two sounds 12. 1. T}hr]r\ 131.3. ^ri^from^nn_ 74. i. n. 2. ^r\ restored ..." 74. 1. a. (3). ■•ri restored 74. l.a.(2). nSn lOla.29. TpSjn 130. DjH and jfl in Qai Perfect 63. 4. D/=), 6 of . .' 29. 4. c. N. 2. jW 84.3. R.3. iJ^Sn 78.62. 3^p.^ 83.23. nj? 84.2.R.a AN INTRODUCTORY New Testahemt Greek Method, TOGETHER WITH A Manual, containing Text and Vocabulary of Gospel of John and Lists of JVords, AND Tbe Elements of New Testament Greek Grammar. BY WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph.D., Professor in Vale University, AND REVERE F. WEIDNER, D.D., Professor in A ugustana Theological Seminary, Rock Island, III. OctaTO, price, - - $2.50 net. j{.% Correspondence concerning terms for introduction and examination copies is solicited from instructors desiring a Text-book in New Testa- ment Greek. CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS, Publishers, 743-745 Broadway, New York. MANY who have not studied Classical Greek desire to know New Testament Greek. For these as well as for those who, having studied Classical Greek, desire to review more particularly the principles of New Testament Greek, this book is intended. By its use the student, while acquiring and mastering the principles of the Greek Language by a rapid and natural method, will be pursuing a complete and thorough study of New Testament litera- ture ; and thus not only to clergymen of all denominations — to whom it will serve as an important basis for their work — but to Bible students generally the book will be found invaluable. For several years the inductive method of teaching languages, as exemplified in Professor Harper's Text-Books, has been employed by many of the leading Professors of Hebrew in this country. A book to embody the application of the method in New Testament Greek has long been called for, and it is believed that the present volume will meet the demand. AN ASSYRIAN MANUAL FOB THE USE OF beginners in the Study of the Assyrian Language. By D. G. LYON, Ph.D., Professor in Harvard University. OctaTO. Clotli. Pp. X1*V, 138, Price, $4.oo. This work is designed not only as a text- book for those who are teaching the rudiments of Assyrian, but also, and in particular, for the use of those who have no teacher and yet wish to make the acquaintance of this important Semitic language. Its essential feature is the large collection of transliterated inscriptions given in English letters, which are the basis for the glossary, commentary and grammar. Every prin- ciple in the outline of grammar is illustrated by reference to these inscrip- tions. By this method of beginning the study with transliterations, the acquisition of the language is very greatly simplified. In its large collec- tion of syllabic signs, ideograms, and inscriptions in the cuneiform, the book contains at the same time a full apparatus for learning to read A s- syrian in the original character. The student who has mastered the contents of this volume will be prepared to do independent work in Assyrian. The following testimony, from well-known Assyriologists, Is worthy of notice : " I like it very much indeed. It will wonderfully smooth the way of teacher and scholar in acquiring the Assyrian language. I used advanced sheets of the Manual with the Assyrian class in the Philadelphia Summer School, and have never seen such a rapid advance made toward the acquisition of any language as was made by that class."— Prof. John P. Peters, University of Pennsyl- vania, Philadelphia, Pa. "The book is one which all who are trying to teach or study Assyrian in America, and England, too, I doubt not, will be deeply grateful for. Indeed, I do not see why a Grerman edition might not be in demand." — Prof. Francis Brown, Union Theological Seminary, New York. "A book of the kind was greatly needed, and the want is one reason for the backward state of Assyriology among the younger generation of Englishmen. * * Your selections seem to me to be excellent. * * Your g^lossary wiU be very agreeable to the student"— Prof. A H. Sayce, Queen's College, Oxford. AN ARAMAIC METHOD. By CHARLES RUFUS BROWN, Associate Prof, of Hebrew in Newton Theological Institution. PART /. TEXT. NOTES ANTD yOCA'BULARY, A Text-book for the study of the Aramaic, by a method at once comparative and inductive. Commended by eminent scholars and teachers. Contents : I— Genesis 1-10, The Hebrew Text and Targum of Onkelos on parallel pages. II — Note of References to tha Biblical Aramaic. Ill — Targum Pseudo-Jonathan, Genesis, ch. 8. IV — Targum of Jonathan Ben Uzziel, Joshua, ch. 20, Isaiah ch. 6. V — Targum on the Psalms, Psalm xxiv., Psalm cl. VI — Targum on the Megilloth, Ruth, ch. 2. VII—Notes on the Text: Onkelos, Genesis 1-10. Biblical Aramaic. Other Targums. VIII — Vocabulary. ismo. Clotli. Pp. 132. Price, $1.75, net. PART IL GRAMMAR. The second part of this veork includes brief statements of the prin- ciples of Aramaic Orthography, Etymology and Syntax. The method pursued is comparative and inductive. As in Part I, a knowledge of Hebrew is presupposed, and the agreements or disagreements of Ara- maic therewith are carefully noted. Instead of bringing the principles for all the dialects under one head, the grammar of Onkelos is carefully distinguished from that of the Biblical Aramaic, and, to some extent, from that of the more corrupt Targums, and all dialectical Yariations from Onkelos are printed in special type. For the convenience of those using Harper's Elements of Hebrew, the arrangement has been adapted, as far as possible, from that work. T2ino. Clotli. Pp. 96. Price, $1.00, net. " The result of my examination is altogether favorable. We shall use it In our Seminary." — Prof. Willis J. Bkecher, D.D., Auburn Theological Seminary. "It is well adapted to the purpose which the author had in view." — ^Prof. Henry P. Smith, D. D., Lane Theological Seminary, Cincinnati •' I have decided to use it in my classes."— Prof. Basil Manly, D. D., So, Bapt. Theological Seminary, Louisville. " A real end valuable contribution to the study of the so-called Chaldee." —Prof S. BuRNHAM, D. D., in *• jHeftraica." "The 'Method' is a manual of exceptional merit, and richly deserves recog- nition and success. It is just the kind of a book we need for our Seminaries, our Summer Schools and for private study."— Prof. Geo. H. Schoddk. Ph.D., in "ffeftraico." "Excellently adapted for purposes of instruction. A text-book of thia character is very usefuL"— r7i« Independent, New York. HEBREW AND SEMETIC TEXT-BOOKS. ELEMENTS OF HEBREW. By WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph.D. Twelfth edition. Revised and Indexed. 8vo, $2.00 net. An Elementary Grammar of the Hebrew Language, by an Inductive Method. Comprising systematic statements of ihe principles of Hebrew Orthography and Ety- mology, according to the latest and most scientific authorities, deduced from examples quoted 'in the work ; with a practically exhaustive discussion and classification of the Hebrew Vowel-sounds. INTRODUCTORY HEBREW METHOD AND MANUAL. By WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph.D. Seventh edition. i2mo, $2.00 net. A Text-Book for Beginners in Hebrew, by an Inductive Method. Containing the Text of Genesis I.-VIIl ; with notes, referring to the author's " Elements of Hebrew," Exercises for Translation, Grammar Lessons covering the Principles of Orthography and Etymology, and Lists of the most frequently occurring Hebrew words. ELEMENTS OF HEBREW SYNTAX. By WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph.D. 8vo, $2.00 net. A presentation of the principles of Hebrew Syntax, by an inductive method. The method of presentation includes (i) a citation and translation of examples teaching a given pnnciple; (2) a statement of the principle ; (3) the addition of details and exceptions in smaller type ; (4) a list of references (in the order of the Hebrew Bible) for further study. HEBREW VOCABULARIES. By WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph.D. i2mo, $1.00 net. AN ARAMAIC METHOD. By CHARLES RUFUS BROWN. PART I. Text, Notes and Vocabulary. i2mo, $1.75 net. PART II. Grammar. i2mo, $1.00 net. Including brief statements of the principles of Aramaic Orthography, Etymology and Syntax. The method pursued is comparative and inductive, tor the convenience of those using Harper's Elements of Hebrew, the arrangement has been adopted as far as possible from that work. AN ASSYRIAN MANUAL. By DAVID G. LYON, Ph.D. 8vo, $4.00 net. The Manual contains a list of syllabic signs in most common use, a selection of some of the most important historical texts transliterated in English letters, some pages at Cuneiform Texts, Paradigms, Comments, and Glossary. AN ARABIC MANUAL. By JOHN G. LANSING, D.D. 8vo, $2.00 net. Containing the Letters ; Vowels ; Signs • Accent ; Pause ; Syllables ; The Articles Pronouns ; different classes of Prepositions, Conjunctions, and Adverbs, with a table of the most common of these ; Numerals ; the Verb, with its Measures, Permutations, As. similations, Forms, Voices, States, Moods, Persons, etc., Triliteral and QuadriliteraL m/^'J^tt^"'^ Weak, Inflections by Persons, Voices and Moods, Derived Forms, The Weak Verbs and Other Verbs, with explanations, and paradigms ; The Noun, Kind*, Uenvation, Classification, Verbal Adjectives, Cases, Declensions, etc., with example! under all sections. *^ FROM THE PRESS. "* ♦ A peculiar merit of the 'Elements' is that, although elementary, the book is not superficial but philosophical." — Ihe CongregationcUist, Boston. " The whole grammar aims to lead the student not only into a practical knowledge of the language, but also into a rational explanation of its phe- nomena." — New York Independent. " * * Remarkably full and precise, and appears well designed to train the learner in a sound philological method, and to lead him on gradually until he acquires a firm grasp of the principles of the language."— Prof. S. R. Driver, in Contemporary Review. "* * So logically and self-consistently arranged that the student who goes faithfully through the lessons will, by a very natural process, come into possession of all the fundamental facts and principles of the Hebrew language. We are of opinion that for the beginner in the study of Hebrew no better text- books can be had." — Northwestern Christian Advocate. «« * * In this way the labor of acquiring the language becomes compara- tively light and is always pleasant. * * Any one of moderate capacity can acquire from Dr. Harper's books a good working knowledge of Hebrew with- out a teacher. * * The arrangement throughout is clear, and the statement of principles concise and accurate. * * Will contribute much to the advance- ment of Hebrew learning." — Reformed Quarterly Review. " The plan of the book ( * Method ' ) is admirable. In arrangement it is nat- ural, simple and scientific. It comes nearer to being a satisfactory text-book for teaching Hebrew to beginners than probably any other that has ever been published. * * Every teacher must welcome this book ( • Elements ' ) as the best published aid to his teaching. There is certainly no other grammar of Hebrew so well adapted to the work of the class room as is this." — Prof. Bernard C. Taylor, in Baptist Quarterly Review. " * * The ' Method ' puts the learner at once face to face with the language In concrete and connected form, and teaches him to derive its facts and princi- Eles from actual observation. * * The 'Notes,' 'Observations,' 'Grammar- essons,' etc., are distributed with great judgment and clear understanding, bom of experience, of what students need. * * His plea for historical explan- ations of linguistic facts, as not only not foreign to an elementary treatment, but essential to its intelligent pursuit, is thoroughly sound, and the conven- ience, as well as accuracy of this course is amply illustrated in the 'Elements.'" — Prof. Francis Brown, in Presbyterian Review. " * * Two works which seem destined to supersede all the other introduc- tory manuals now in use in our theological seminaries. * * A rigidly scientific and. consecutive presentation of the elements of Hebrew grammar. * * A unique contrivance of lessons, exercises, vocabularies and explanations, de- signed to introduce the learner to the grammar and to the Bible. * ♦ The combination of an unprecedented amount of help to the beginner with the scientific rigor of a Bickell. Everything is made as lucid as skillful explana- tion can make it, but nothing is passed over superficially. * Works which show upon every page the evidence of conscientious use of the latest authorities upon the Hebrew language, directed by a natural genius for teaching."— J?i6Ko(Aeca Sacra, AN ARABIC MANUAL. By J. G. LANSING, D.D., Professor of Old Testament Languages in Theological Seminary of Reformed (Dutch) Church, Kew Brunswick, N. J. This is an Elementary Arabic Grammar, the need of which was made evi- dent by actual work in the class room. Various reasons, which will be apparent, made the larger and more exhaustive grammars of Wright and Palmer imprac- ticable for such class room work, while they continue still to be the authorities. On the other hand, other elementary grammars were found impracticable on account of their many deficiencies, the instructor being under the necessity of constantly supplying that which belongs essentially to the very rudiments of the language. To supply many of these deficiencies has been one of the chief designs of the author. It has been also a chief object with him to secure not only a more thorough Elementary Arabic Grammar, but one more clear, logical and systematic in its treatment. The Arabic language is unique as to the logical character of its structure; and should be studied logically. The three short vowels, constitut- ing as they do the first and most important key to the language, receive especial treatment both in a separate preface and in connection with the various parts of speech. Orderly arrangement and conciseness of statement have been sought throughout ; while ample examples follow each section, illustrating the rules contained therein. While the Manual is an elementary treatise, it is intended to be more com- plete in every part than other elementary grammars heretofore published, and to meet as far as possible the demands that have called it forth. While essential {)oints are noted, the more special treatment of Arabic Syntax proper has been eft for a future work. Fall Paradigms follow in regular order. The ChrestomatJiy following the Paradigms is composed of three parts ; the first contains selections of Arabic text from Genesis and the Koran ; the second contams specimen translations, transliterations and analyses of portions of the selected text ; the third contains a vocabulary of all the words to be found in the texts selected, besides a few other words. 8yo. Clotli. Pp. 200. Price, ^2.00, net. *' It is a noteworthy fact that Dr. Lansing's Manual is tbe first Arabic grammar printed in America. It is an Important fact that it is a book which bids fair to be of invaluable service to teachers and students, and particularly in view of the grow- ing interest In the study of comparative Sheraitlo philology. The book is of a strictly elementary character, specially adapted lor beginners."— TTie Churchman^ New York, " Prof. Lansing has the important qualification for his work as a grammarian of this fascinating language. It has been a labor of love. * * Besides this be has a thorough prdutical knowledge of the language. He was born in Damascus, and lived many years in Cairo, BO that equally with Engtisli, Arabic is his vernacular. Indeed, I well remember him as a boy speaking Arabic rather more fluently than English. But he is now an accomplished writer of English, and this gives his Manual an advantage in clearness and conciseness over any work that I havo seen translated or adapted from French or German. * * The type used is exceedingly cl«»ar and less trying to tiie eves tlan most others."— Rev. D. Strang, (for many years a missionary in Egypt,) In Vniied Pret^hyterian. " We cordially welcome Dr. Lansing's book. Heretofore English speaking stu- dents have shrunk from entering upon tiie study of the Arabic language, becaupo there were no grammars suitable for beginners. Some have been too extensive, others too meagre. Dr. Lansing has succeeded In observing the happy mean. * * Speaking modern Arabic as fluently a.'? English, he Is an earnest student, and an enthusiastic teacher of the language, which Arabia's admiring sons call the Ian- ffiiage of the angeU. From such an author we might justly expect an excellent man- ual; nor are we disappointed. The definitions are concise, yet clear, and illus- trated by examples. * * The typosrraphical work is admirably done and reflects great credit on the publishers."— iJ^/ormcd Quarterly Review, Philadelphia. CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS, PUBLISHERS, 74J &■ ^45 'Broadway, New York. STAMPED^Sj^I^Sr DATE --Set^/^^^ OF 26 CENTS AUG ~~~M^~^ei~~~!^j ^'>^^-2o„.5,as(,,e9. 9S6529 THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY